Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Movies, Shaw demonstrates, were at the centre of the Cold War’s battle for hearts
and minds. Hollywood’s comedies, love stories, musicals, thrillers, documentaries and
science fiction shockers – to list a few genres – played a critical dual role: on the one
hand teaching millions of Americans why communism represented the greatest threat
their country had ever faced, and on the other selling America’s liberal-capitalist
TONY SHAW
ideals across the globe.
Drawing on declassified government documents, studio archives and filmmakers’ HOLLYWOOD’S COLD WAR
private papers, Shaw reveals the different ways in which cinematic propaganda was
produced, disseminated, and received by audiences during the Cold War. In the
process, he blends subjects as diverse as women’s fashions, McCarthyism, drug
smuggling, Christianity, and American cultural diplomacy in India. His conclusions
about Hollywood’s versatility and power have a contemporary resonance which will
interest anyone wishing to understand wartime propaganda today.
Tony Shaw
Typeset in Garamond
by Servis Filmsetting Ltd, Manchester, and
printed and bound in Great Britain by
Antony Rowe Ltd, Chippenham, Wilts
Acknowledgements vii
List of Abbreviations ix
Introduction 1
1. Love and defection 9
2. The enemy within 42
3. Projecting a prophet for profit 72
4. Of gods and moguls 103
5. Negotiable dissent 135
6. Turning a negative into a positive 167
7. A cowboy in combats 199
8. Secrets and lies 234
9. The empire strikes back 267
Conclusion 301
Bibliography 310
Film Index 332
General Index 335
Acknowledgements
I would like to record thanks to the following who, in one way or another, gave
me help on this project: Chris Appy, Dave Bannerman, John Bell, John
Christensen, Nick Cull, Sue Dowe, David Dunn, Colin Gardner, Ifan Hughes,
Pete Kind, Rob King, Dan Leab, Patrick Major, Gregg McClymont, Ross
Melnick, MRFC, MUFC, Kenneth Osgood, Josie Panidou, Ray Ryan, John
Sbardellati, Axel Schäfer, Leslie Shores, Mark E. Smith, Richard Standring,
Mike Thornhill, June Venables, Pete Venables, Hugh Wilford, Gretchen
Wayne, Andy Woods; to the Arts and Humanities Research Council, the
British Academy, the University of Hertfordshire, and the Scouloudi
Foundation at London’s Institute of Historical Research for financial assis-
tance; and, most of all, to Shirley Heckles, for being my movie-watching
partner for twenty years and for collaborating on the best possible distraction
from book-writing: Isaac.
Thanks to I. B. Tauris for permitting me to update a chapter that appeared
in my book British Cinema and the Cold War: The State, Propaganda and Consensus
(2000).
Grateful acknowledgement is made to the following sources for permis-
sion to reproduce material and film stills in this book. Every effort has been
made to trace copyright holders, but if any have been inadvertently over-
looked the publisher will be pleased to make the necessary arrangement at the
first opportunity.
White Nights (1985). Columbia Pictures/Academy of Motion Picture Arts
and Sciences.
Ninotchka (1939). MGM/The Kobal Collection.
Silk Stockings (1957). MGM/The Kobal Collection.
My Son John (1952). Paramount/The Kobal Collection.
J. Edgar Hoover-Louis de Rochement photograph. Louis de Rochement
Papers, American Heritage Center, University of Wyoming.
Walk East on Beacon (1952). Columbia Pictures/Academy of Motion
Picture Arts and Sciences.
Walk East on Beacon (1952) poster. Columbia Pictures/Louis de Rochement
Papers, American Heritage Center, University of Wyoming.
viii Hollywood’s Cold War
John Halas photograph. Stills, Posters and Designs Division of the British
Film Institute.
Animal Farm (1954). Columbia Pictures/Halas and Batchelor Ltd.
1984 (1956). Columbia Pictures/Stills, Posters and Designs Division of the
British Film Institute.
Red Planet Mars (1952). United Artists/The Kobal Collection.
The Prisoner (1955). Columbia Pictures/Stills, Posters and Designs Division
of the British Film Institute.
Cecil B. DeMille photograph. Paramount/Academy of Motion Picture
Arts and Sciences.
The Ten Commandments (1956). Paramount/The Kobal Collection.
The Day the Earth Stood Still (1951). Twentieth Century Fox/The Kobal
Collection.
Storm Centre (1956). Columbia Pictures/Academy of Motion Picture Arts
and Sciences.
On the Beach (1959). United Artists/MGM.
Pinky (1949). Twentieth Century Fox/The Kobal Collection.
George Stevens, Jr. photograph. Academy of Motion Picture Arts and
Sciences.
Nine from Little Rock (1964). Programme Guggenheim Pictures,
Inc./United States Information Agency.
The Wings of Eagles (1957). MGM/The Kobal Collection.
John Wayne photographs and The Green Berets (1968) poster. Batjac
Productions, Inc.
The Green Berets (1968). Batjac Productions, Inc./ Warner Bros.
Entertainment, Inc.
Hearts and Minds (1974). Columbia Pictures/BBS Productions, Inc.
The President’s Analyst (1967) poster. Paramount.
Three Days of the Condor (1975). Paramount/The Kobal Collection.
Red Dawn (1984). MGM/United Artists/The Kobal Collection.
Walker (1987). Universal Studios.
Red Heat (1988). Carolco/The Kobal Collection.
The Hunt for Red October (1990). Paramount/The Kobal Collection.
List of Abbreviations
In the battle for mass opinion in the Cold War, few weapons were more
powerful than the cinema. From the 1917 Bolshevik Revolution through to
the collapse of the Berlin Wall in 1989, millions of people worldwide went to
movie theatres every week, from the rundown fleapits of Calcutta to the air-
conditioned dream palaces of California. What they saw and heard on the big
screen could have a profound influence on their comprehension of the Cold
War – whether it was via British-made espionage comedies of the 1950s, East
German-made outer-space adventures of the 1960s, American-made ‘para-
noid’ thrillers of the 1970s, or Cuban-made allegorical vampire cartoons of
the 1980s.1
Over the past 50 years, considerable attention has focused on the ‘Great
Fear’ that swept through Hollywood during the McCarthy era. For good
reason: the late 1940s and early 1950s is commonly regarded as Tinsel town’s
‘darkest hour’, when producers were forced into making dozens of lurid ‘red-
baiting’ movies and when scores of filmmakers’ careers were ruined by bogus
accusations of communist subversion.2 More recently, historians have begun
to set the American film industry’s Cold War role in a wider, international
context, by, for instance, highlighting Hollywood’s willingness to export
American ideals in line with the US State Department’s wishes.3 However, this
celluloid ‘cultural diplomacy’ has yet to make serious inroads into mainstream
Cold War historiography, while only a few scholars have taken the lead from
the revelations of Hollywood-State Department collaboration to search for
potential links between the film industry and other government agencies
during the conflict.4
This book is the first attempt to map out Hollywood’s treatment of the
Cold War throughout the whole conflict. On one level, it is a work of film
history, one that provides a comprehensive account of which plots, scenes
and actors figured prominently on the American Cold War screen over a
period of 70 years. On another level, Hollywood’s Cold War fuses film studies
with diplomatic, social and political history. It looks behind the scenes to
determine which individuals, political organisations and government depart-
ments were involved in the filmmaking process. It explains how the political
2 Hollywood’s Cold War
public, one employing arguments that were ‘clearer than truth’. Numerous
other records show that Washington fully realised that its belief in the supe-
riority of ‘American’ values stood for nothing unless it was matched by a
propaganda machine that could project those values at home and worldwide.
Otherwise, the United States risked losing the propaganda/ideological
battle – and thereby, by default, the Cold War itself.10
This marriage between policy, ideology and propaganda called for the
coordination of a diverse range of government information bodies and tech-
niques. Through organisations like the Federal Bureau of Investigation
(FBI), State Department, Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) and United
States Information Agency (USIA), the US government during the Cold War
waged a war of words and images at home and abroad to influence friends,
woo neutrals, and denounce enemies. Critically, coordination extended
beyond official agencies to embrace the private sector. All administrations
from Harry Truman’s onwards judged that the Cold War was a total conflict
requiring contributions from all sectors of American life, and that the battle
for hearts and minds extended beyond the powers of the government’s infor-
mation agencies. Consequently, overt and covert efforts were made to enlist
the services of ordinary Americans, prominent citizens, civic organisations,
women’s groups, labour unions, academic institutions, the mass media, and
virtually every arm of government in the nation’s anti-communist propa-
ganda campaigns. Here, Washington worked on the basis that private organ-
isations and individuals often conveyed propaganda messages with greater
flexibility and credibility. Furthermore, such ‘camouflaged’, or grey, propa-
ganda was more subtle than the more open, often clumsy manipulation of
opinion by the state in communist countries. It could also be more dynamic,
with the private sector often taking the initiative, and the state then stepping
in if necessary to offer logistical support to ensure that certain sanctioned
‘lines’ were followed.11
This book uses the concept of American Cold War ‘state-private networks’
to take a fresh look at the relationship between Hollywood, politics and pro-
paganda during the Cold War. It delineates the often complex interaction
between the world’s two most powerful image-makers, Washington and
Hollywood, and explores how filmmakers not only reflected and projected
official Cold War doctrine but also shaped and defied that doctrine. It shows
that Washington regarded film as an indispensable means of projecting what
it saw as the superiority of capitalism within and beyond its own immediate
sphere of influence. This led to a range of pressures being imposed on
filmmakers which affected both the content and distribution of movies. It
also entailed a whole range of official organisations – including the FBI,
State Department, Pentagon, CIA and USIA – constructively engaging with
Introduction 5
Notes
1 The cinema of the Cold War is a rich mosaic of genres and themes, and by no
means confined to movies made in the United States. On the films mentioned
here see, for instance, Neal R. McCrillis, ‘ “Simply Try for One Hour to Behave
Like Gentlemen”: British Cinema during the Early Cold War, 1945–1960’, Film
and History, Vol. 31, No. 2, 2001, pp. 6–12; Stefan Soldovieri, ‘Socialists in Outer
Space: East German Film’s Venusian Adventure’, Film History, Vol. 10, No. 3,
1998, pp. 382–98; Ian Scott, American Politics in Hollywood Film (Edinburgh, 2000),
pp. 119–24; Michael Chanan, Cuban Cinema (Minneapolis, MN, 2004), pp. 435–6.
2 The literature on Hollywood’s troubles during the McCarthy era is vast, and
includes Larry Ceplair and Steven Englund, The Inquisition in Hollywood: Politics in
the Film Community, 1930–1960 (Berkeley, CA, 1979); Victor S. Navasky, Naming
Names (New York, 1980); Nora Sayre, Running Time: Films of the Cold War (New
York, 1982); Peter Biskind, Seeing is Believing: How Hollywood Taught Us to Stop
Worrying and to Love the Fifties (London, 1984); Patrick McGilligan and Paul Buhle,
Tender Comrades: A Backstory of the Hollywood Blacklist (New York, 1997); Ronald
Radosh and Allis Radosh, Red Star over Hollywood: The Film Colony’s Long Romance
with the Left (San Francisco, CA, 2005).
3 See, for example, David Ellwood and Rob Kroes (eds), Hollywood in Europe:
Experiences of a Cultural Hegemony (Amsterdam, 1994); Reinhold Wagnleitner,
Coca-Colonization and the Cold War: The Cultural Mission of the United States in Austria
after the Second World War (Chapel Hill, NC, 1994); Richard Pells, Not Like Us: How
Europeans have Loved, Hated and Transformed American Culture since World War Two
(New York, 1997).
4 Frances Stonor Saunders, Who Paid the Piper? The CIA and the Cultural Cold War
(London, 1999), pp. 279–302; David Eldridge, ‘ “Dear Owen”: The CIA, Luigi
Luraschi and Hollywood, 1953’, Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television, Vol.
20, No. 2, June 2000, pp. 149–96.
5 For an in-depth analysis of this film see Daniel J. Leab, ‘The Iron Curtain (1948):
Hollywood’s First Cold War Movie’, Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television,
Vol. 8, No. 2, 1988, pp. 153–88.
6 In the past decade, there has been a flowering of interest in the cultural dimen-
sions of the Cold War among scholars trained in literature, American studies,
sociology, anthropology, communication and media studies, and history. Most of
this has focused on the United States and on the period between 1945 and 1965.
A partial listing of works includes Christian G. Appy (ed.), Cold War Constructions:
Introduction 7
The Political Culture of United States Imperialism, 1945–1966 (Amherst, MA, 2000);
David Caute, The Dancer Defects: The Struggle for Cultural Supremacy during the Cold
War (Oxford, 2003); Noam Chomsky, The Cold War and the University: Toward an
Intellectual History of the Postwar Years (New York, 1997); Tom Engelhardt, The End
of Victory Culture: Cold War America and the Disillusioning of a Generation (New York,
1995); Richard Fried, The Russians are Coming! The Russians are Coming! Pageantry and
Patriotism in Cold-War America (Oxford, 1998); Woody Haut, Pulp Culture:
Hardboiled Fiction and the Cold War (London, 1996); Peter J. Kuznick and James
Gilbert (eds), Rethinking Cold War Culture (Washington, DC, 2001); Lary May (ed.),
Recasting America: Culture and Politics in the Age of the Cold War (Chicago, IL, 1988);
Elaine Tyler May, Homeward Bound: American Families in the Cold War Era
(New York, 1990); Bruce McConachie, American Theatre in the Culture of the Cold
War: Producing and Contesting Containment, 1947–1962 (Iowa City, IA, 2003); Guy
Oakes, The Imaginary War: Civil Defence and American Cold War Culture (Oxford,
1994); Naima Prevots, Dance for Export: Cultural Diplomacy and the Cold War
(Middletown, CT, 2001); Lisle Rose, The Cold War Comes to Main Street (Lawrence,
KS, 1999); David Seed, American Science Fiction and the Cold War: Literature and Film
(Edinburgh, 2002); Christopher Simpson (ed.), Universities and Empire: Money and
Politics in the Social Sciences during the Cold War (New York, 1998); Jessica Wang,
American Science in an Age of Anxiety: Scientists, Anti-Communism and the Cold War
(Chapel Hill, NC, 1999); Stephen J. Whitfield, The Culture of the Cold War
(Baltimore, MD, 1996).
7 Alan Cassels, Ideology and International Relations in the Modern World (London, 1996),
pp. 207–8.
8 On the debate about the ideological basis of US foreign policy during the Cold
War see, for instance, Scott Lucas, Freedom’s War: The American Crusade against the
Soviet Union, 1947–56 (Manchester, 1999); Michael Hunt, Ideology and US Foreign
Policy (New Haven, CT, 1987); John Fousek, To Lead the Free World: American
Nationalism and the Cultural Roots of the Cold War (Chapel Hill, NC, 2000); Anders
Stephanson, ‘Liberty or Death: The Cold War as US Ideology’, in Odd Arne
Westad (ed.), Reviewing the Cold War: Approaches, Interpretations, Theory (London,
2000), pp. 81–102. On the role played by ideology more broadly during the con-
flict see Leopoldo Nuti and Vladislav Zubok, ‘Ideology’, in Saki R. Dockrill and
Geraint Hughes (eds), Palgrave Advances in Cold War History (Basingstoke, 2006),
pp. 73–110.
9 For a clear and succinct update on Cold War historiography see Steven Hurst,
Cold War US Foreign Policy: Key Perspectives (Edinburgh, 2005).
10 On the private and public aspects of NSC-68 see Ernest May (ed.), American Cold
War Strategy: Interpreting NSC 68 (Boston, MA, 1993); Nancy E. Bernhard, ‘Clearer
than Truth: Public Affairs Television and the State Department’s Domestic
Information Campaigns’, Diplomatic History, Vol. 21, No. 4, Fall 1997, pp. 545–68,
esp. pp. 561–3; Steven Casey, ‘Selling NSC-68: The Truman Administration,
Public Opinion, and the Politics of Mobilization, 1950–51’, Diplomatic History,
Vol. 29, No. 4, September 2005, pp. 655–90.
8 Hollywood’s Cold War
11 On US government propaganda during the Cold War, including the role played
by ‘state-private networks’, see Lucas, Freedom’s War; Walter L. Hixson, Parting the
Curtain: Propaganda, Culture and the Cold War, 1945–1961 (Basingstoke, 1997); Rana
Mitter and Patrick Major (eds), Across the Blocs: Cold War Cultural and Social History
(London, 2004); Giles Scott-Smith and Hans Krabbenham (eds), The Cultural
Cold War in Western Europe, 1945–1960 (London, 2003); Helen Laville and Hugh
Wilford (eds), The US Government, Citizen Groups and the Cold War: The State-Private
Network (London, 2006).
CHAPTER 1
On a natural high: Gregory Hines (left) and Mikhail Baryshnikov dance to the freedom of the Western beat
in White Nights (1985). Columbia Pictures/Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences.
forbidden music Kolya has brought with him from the West. As a conse-
quence, Raymond and his pregnant Russian wife Darya (Isabella Rossellini)
hatch a daring night-time plan to escape with Kolya to the West from
Leningrad. Inevitably perhaps, this goes awry, due to a combination of KGB
surveillance and the city’s famously bright summer nights. While Kolya and
Darya make it to the West via the US consulate, Raymond is left stranded. For
a few painful months the African-American suffers terribly at the hands of a
humiliated security service, until Kolya finally arranges his release in exchange
for a Soviet spy. At the end, as Lionel Richie’s chart-topping ballad, ‘Say You
Say Me’, plays on the soundtrack, the two heroes embrace.
At a time when Hollywood movies like Rambo: First Blood Part 2 were
attempting to provide after-the-fact US victories over North Vietnam,
Columbia Pictures’ White Nights, which premiered in 1985, was unusual for
making the open charge that the Vietnam War was racist.2 White Nights was
also one of the few American movies made throughout the Cold War that
depicted decent (albeit traumatised) Americans – as opposed to communists,
spies or brainwashed POWs – opting for a life on ‘the other side’.3 However,
in all other respects White Nights typified Hollywood’s long-standing treatment
of that most critical of Cold War themes – conditions behind the ‘Iron
Love and defection 11
Curtain’. This theme more than any other helped characterise the Cold War as
a bipolar phenomenon, one fought between two segregated ‘sub-universes’4
whose political and economic systems represented mutually exclusive ways of
life. Thus, the film portrays the Soviet Union as monstrously grey and pock-
marked by labour camps. Soviet officials are wily, racist and lascivious, while
ordinary Russian citizens are down-trodden and clinically depressed. Shots of
Leningrad (actually Lisbon, curiously), with its rusty cars and long shopping
lines, underscore the inferiority of Soviet consumerism. By outlawing modern
dance, communism is presented as the enemy of both progress and freedom
of expression. Worst of all perhaps, White Nights tells us that communism sub-
jugates love. Raymond and Darya are reunited at the end of the movie, but
only because this serves the interests of the Soviet ‘machine’.
White Nights appeared a mere four years before the collapse of the Berlin
Wall in November 1989, and reinforced US President Ronald Reagan’s view
that the Soviet Union was a dysfunctional ‘totalitarian’ state whose economy
was in tatters.5 Yet the film’s roots went extremely deep, long pre-dating the
Cold War’s conventional starting point of 1945. White Nights’ origins can in
fact be traced back to one film in particular, Ernst Lubitsch’s satirical love
story Ninotchka. Released to high acclaim in 1939, Ninotchka powerfully illus-
trated Hollywood’s hostility towards communism during the inter-war era.
The popularity of Lubitsch’s film was due in large part to the fact that it was
the first mainstream Hollywood production to demonise communism and
celebrate Western capitalism by highlighting the clash between individuals
drawn from each side of the developing ideological divide. Ninotchka’s expres-
sion of a binary approach to the Cold War through a series of dichotomous
symbols – freedom versus oppression, materialism versus poverty, beauty
versus ugliness, romance versus asexual androgyny – would act as a model for
numerous later movies. In the late 1940s Ninotchka was reissued for political
and commercial reasons, and appropriated by a US State Department fearful
of communist expansion in Europe. A decade later, the movie’s durability was
confirmed when it was transformed into a musical on stage and screen. This
chapter examines Ninotchka’s three different lives during the early years of the
Cold War, and highlights the American film industry’s ability to combine
profits and politics almost from day one of the conflict.
films were made by small companies that tackled America’s social problems
head-on. Some even suggested radical solutions. Why?, for instance, made in
1913 by the American arm of the French company Éclair Films, shocked
critics with its tale of corrupt elites and visions of workers revolting against
capitalism by burning down Manhattan. The Strike at Coaldale (1916), also made
by Éclair Films, which portrayed a successful walkout by miners, was
denounced by one employees’ association as a direct threat to American
industry. However, while granting workers some dignity, most social problem
films of this era also provided viewers with ‘happy endings’ that preached
faith and continuity in the liberal capitalist system. In this way, these forma-
tive years of cinema established a trend for the future, with American films
raising social issues yet containing them in satisfactory bourgeois resolutions.6
The dramatic rise of the Hollywood studio system after the First World
War soon put an end to the production of politically volatile labour-capital
films. Beginning in the 1920s, Hollywood’s eight major film studios –
MGM/Loews, Paramount, Warner Bros., Twentieth Century-Fox, RKO,
Columbia, Universal and United Artists – formed a mature oligopoly that
lasted for over thirty years, bolstered by the vertical integration of production,
distribution and exhibition. Financed by Wall Street, the studios increased
their profits by attracting greater numbers of patrons while retaining their
working-class fan base. They did so by building exotic movie palaces, and
abandoning films that spoke to the problems faced by immigrants and the
working classes in favour of lavish movies that emphasized fantasies of love,
luxury, social mobility and cross-class harmony. In this way, movie industry
leaders in the 1920s and 1930s subtly reinforced a growing capitalist discourse
that promoted a new perception of class identity, one rooted more in the allur-
ing world of middle-class consumption than in the conflictual world of pro-
duction. Here was a vision of society in which all problems, both personal and
social, could effectively be solved through love.7
The introduction of new film censorship rules during the same period
strengthened the industry’s conservative outlook. Hollywood was beset by
sex, narcotics and financial scandals in the early 1920s, prompting film exec-
utives to clean up the industry’s image. In 1922, the Motion Picture Producers
and Distributors of America (MPPDA) was established as a film review
board, headed by a Presbyterian church elder and former postmaster-general,
Will H. Hays. The Production Code, popularly known as the ‘Hays Code’, a
highly restrictive set of guidelines for movie content, was promulgated in
1934, and complied with by virtually every Hollywood producer. The
Production Code Administration (PCA) itself was run until 1954 by the
Catholic intellectual Joseph Breen, and functioned at all stages of production.
It selected stories, examined scripts, and approved the final cuts, and thereby
Love and defection 13
managed to control the content of nearly all films shown in the United States,
domestic and foreign. The PCA’s purview was extremely wide. Movies or
scenes involving organised labour, political corruption and war were consid-
ered to be just as ‘dangerous’ as those depicting sex, drugs and crime. It also
frowned on films that gratuitously offended foreign governments, for fear of
damaging Hollywood’s critical export base.8
Throughout the 1920s and 1930s, Hollywood rarely presented any serious
analysis of the causes that led people to engage in radical activities.9 When
filmmakers dared to depict political affairs overtly, often prompted by inflam-
matory newspaper headlines, radicals and political activists were portrayed as
‘Red’ agitators responsible for virtually everything wrong in American society.
In 1919–20, the United States witnessed its first full-blown Red Scare, trig-
gered by the 1917 Bolshevik Revolution, a spate of race riots in 1919, and a
flurry of strikes including one by the Boston police. In 1919, blaming labour
unrest on ‘the red menace’, US Attorney General A. Mitchell Palmer ordered
the round-up of dozens of radicals. In a single night in January 1920, more
than 4,000 men were arrested in 33 cities, and eventually over 500 were
deported as undesirable aliens. The fear that communist subversives were
hidden in prominent places soon spread to the motion picture industry. In
1922, the Justice Department’s Bureau of Investigation (renamed the FBI in
1935) opened a file on one of the biggest film stars of the era, Charlie Chaplin,
after he had entertained at home a leader of the newly formed Communist
Party of the United States (CPUSA).10
The federal government, as the New York Times reported, acted swiftly to
harness the ‘power of the movies’ during the Red Scare ‘to combat Bolshevik
propaganda’. In January 1920, Secretary of the Interior Franklin Lane
impressed upon filmmakers ‘the necessity of showing films depicting the
great opportunities which industrious immigrants may find in this country,
and of stories of poor men who have risen high’. His own personal recom-
mendation was ‘the story of America as exemplified in the story of [Abraham]
Lincoln’.11 Approximately a dozen overtly anti-Bolshevik films appeared in
this short period, demonstrating the movie industry’s commercial oppor-
tunism, as well as its ability to act quickly and to add to a sense of immi-
nent threat. Several of these films stand out, not least because many of their
propaganda themes would re-emerge in movies produced during the
McCarthy era.
Harley Knoles’ Bolshevism on Trial, released in April 1919, represents the
American film industry’s opening volley in the nascent cultural Cold War.
Adapted from Thomas Dixon’s 1909 novel Comrades, a satire on Upton
Sinclair’s experimental socialist colony at Englewood, New Jersey, in 1906–7,
the film warned that any attempts to build a communist utopia would
14 Hollywood’s Cold War
inevitably lead to chaos. Chester Withey’s The New Moon, released later in 1919,
and Fred Niblo’s Dangerous Hours (1920) both presented the Bolsheviks’ recent
mobilisation order to bring women into the labour force as nothing less than
a license to rape. Alan Holubar’s The Right to Happiness (also 1919) blended anti-
Bolshevism with anti-Semitism in a story about an American girl separated
from her family and raised as a Red revolutionary by Jews. Both Dangerous
Hours and Sidney Lanfield’s Red Salute, a comedy released over a decade later
in 1935, singled out college students as those most likely to fall under the spell
of communist rhetoric preached by intellectuals. The latter film incited a riot
at its New York premiere, when leftist students protested its depiction of
campus radicals.12
Once the Red Scare had subsided, filmmakers turned to projecting nega-
tive images of the Bolshevik Revolution or of life in the New Russia. At least
one, George Zimmer, received official assistance. Zimmer’s 1920 documen-
tary, baldly titled Starvation, used harrowing footage, captured by Herbert
Hoover’s European-based American Relief Administration, of Russia
suffering the after-effects of the Great War to pin the blame for the Soviet
Union’s hungry masses squarely on the Bolsheviks’ shoulders. Zimmer’s Red
Russia Revealed (1923) updated this theme, by showing Soviet leaders Vladimir
Lenin and Leon Trotsky with plenty to eat while the simple Russian people
went without. D. W. Griffith’s Orphans of the Storm (1922) took a different tack
and used history as a vehicle for propaganda. Ostensibly a film about the
French Revolution, key scenes drew comparisons between the excesses of the
French revolutionary Jacobins and contemporary events in Russia. The film’s
opening inter-title warned audiences not to draw the wrong conclusions: ‘The
lesson: the French Revolution RIGHTLY overthrew a BAD government. But
we in America should be careful lest we with a GOOD government mistake
fanatics for leaders and exchange our decent law and order for Anarchy and
Bolshevism.’13
During the 1930s Depression era, Hollywood’s depiction of political and
economic matters not surprisingly grew less one-dimensional. On the whole
the major studios continued to steer clear of bread-and-butter social issues,
arguing (rightly to an extent) that audiences preferred escapist entertainment.
At the same time, the space opened up for a minority of single-minded,
reform-oriented filmmakers to point out the pitfalls of unfettered capitalism.
Typical of this approach were Charlie Chaplin’s City Lights (1931), a touching
story of a nervous tramp masquerading as a millionaire to win over a blind
flower-girl, and Frank Capra’s heart-warming comedy about two families from
the opposite sides of the tracks, You Can’t Take It With You (1938). Lloyd
Bacon’s Marked Woman (1937), written by Robert Rossen, then a communist,
challenged the capitalist legal system as well as organised crime in equal
Love and defection 15
measure, leaving Bette Davis’ club hostess heroine with nowhere to turn. Its
downbeat ending closely resembled the end of Bertolt Brecht’s 1928 satirical
play about bourgeois society, The Threepenny Opera.14
National perceptions of communism also changed somewhat in the
United States during the thirties. In 1933, President Franklin D. Roosevelt
made history by formally recognising the Soviet Union. Membership of the
CPUSA grew as the decade progressed. The party’s popularity reached a peak
during the Popular Front period of the late 1930s, when Moscow led the
opposition to Hitler’s expansionism and ordered communists everywhere to
give up their revolutionary rhetoric in order to create a broad anti-fascist coali-
tion.15 Despite these diplomatic and political undercurrents, communists con-
tinued to be portrayed negatively on the silver screen. In comedies, they not
only behaved like deranged lunatics but – even worse perhaps – had no sense
of humour, wit, or style: denouncing Kay Francis’ heroine in Ernst Lubitsch’s
Trouble in Paradise (1932), for instance, for spending a fortune on a handbag. In
topical melodramas such as Heroes for Sale (William Wellman, 1933) and Little
Man, What Now? (Frank Borsage, 1934) communists were exposed as essen-
tially selfish phonies unconcerned with the genuine poverty and hardship of
others.16 One big-budget movie, Rouben Mamoulian’s We Live Again (1934),
did show social injustice in Tsarist Russia, but this could in no sense be inter-
preted as support for the far left.17 In any case, it was far outweighed by movies
like Together We Live (Willard Mack, 1935), which portrayed a wholesome
American family being torn apart by communism,18 or Ben Hecht and Charles
MacArthur’s Once in a Blue Moon (1936), the story of a clown caught in the
middle of the Russian Revolution who falls victim to vicious Bolsheviks.19
Dastardly, subversive-minded Russians also appeared in Hollywood movies
reverently celebrating the British empire. In the 1936 Warner Bros. produc-
tion of The Charge of the Light Brigade, a Russian adviser masterminding the
tribal massacre of British troops and their dependents in 1850s India looked
uncannily like Joseph Stalin.20
Meanwhile, outside the Hollywood mainstream, leftist film societies and
documentary makers struggled to gain access to theatres, and often had to
settle for preaching to the converted in union halls and church basements.
Typical of these was the Marxist Film and Photo League, which might show
an imported copy of Sergei Eisenstein’s Revolutionary epic, Battleship Potemkin
(1926), alongside a domestically produced Worker Newsreel highlighting strikes,
hunger marches or ‘Hoovervilles’. Limited exhibition opportunities were
exacerbated by the internal divisions that bedevilled leftist cinema during this
period. Any filmmaker who collaborated with the major studios or the gov-
ernment in order to reach a wider audience risked being accused of ‘selling
out’. This was the fate suffered by Pare Lorentz, whose documentary The Plow
16 Hollywood’s Cold War
That Broke the Plains played in theatres in 1936. The film was sponsored by
Roosevelt’s US Resettlement Administration, and dealt with the New Deal’s
efforts to improve the lot of farmers in the Oklahoma ‘Dust Bowl’. The doc-
umentary made a strong case for controlled land use, but the Film and Photo
League dismissed it as government propaganda.21
latter’s decision to give the Garbo vehicle a Russian theme can probably be
attributed to his liking for stories set in Eastern Europe.28
MGM was the biggest and most powerful Hollywood studio in 1939, with
reported assets of $144 million. Consequently, the studio could easily absorb
Ninotchka’s total production costs of $1.3 million, a sum that was roughly
three times the cost of an average feature in the late 1930s. Shooting took
place in June and July 1939, and production finished in mid-August, three
weeks before the outbreak of war in Europe.29 The cast was an impressive
one. Melvyn Douglas, one of the most debonair and witty farceurs in
Hollywood, was chosen to play Leon. The Broadway star Ina Claire played
Ninotchka’s chief political enemy and romantic rival, the Grand Duchess
Swana, while Hollywood’s ‘aristocrat of evil’, Bela Lugosi, star of Tod
Browning’s Dracula (1931), played the cruel Commissar Razinin. Unabashed
opulence had long been MGM’s hallmark, and Ninotchka was no exception in
terms of its glossy sets and technical support, thanks in large part to the
studio’s experienced supervising art director, Cedric Gibbons. Audiences
could watch in awe as Ninotchka and Leon drank champagne in a lavish
mock-up of the Parisian restaurant frequented by the one-time French pre-
miere George Clemenceau. State-of-the-art back projection made it look as
though the lovers really were climbing the steps of the Eiffel Tower and that
the filmmakers had gained unprecedented access to Red Square.30
Ninotchka opens in Paris, where Iranoff, Buljanoff and Kopalski, three
scatter-brained delegates of the Soviet Board of Trade, have arrived on a
mission to sell jewels confiscated during the Bolshevik Revolution in order to
raise money for much-needed agricultural machinery. Swana, the rightful
owner of the jewels, learns of the mission and instructs her lawyer-boyfriend,
Leon, to bring about an injunction forbidding the sale. Leon befriends the
three delegates, and proceeds to corrupt them by encouraging a bout of free
spending, boozing and womanising. Before long the Russians have begun to
dress as aristocrats and have almost forgotten what they were sent to Paris for.
Then, one day, a telegram sends shudders down their spines – a special envoy
has been despatched from Moscow to expedite matters.
The envoy turns out to be Nina Ivanovna Yakushova, a straitlaced female
commissar. ‘Ninotchka’ and Leon accidentally meet on the street and strike
up a friendship without knowing of their mutual involvement in the Swana
jewels affair. Slowly, Ninotchka melts under Leon’s romantic advances and the
consumer delights the West has to offer. When the jealous Swana learns of
their attachment, she agrees to relinquish her claim to the jewels in exchange
for Ninotchka’s return to Russia. Ninotchka is by now hopelessly in love with
Leon, but succumbs to Swana’s blackmail out of loyalty to her colleagues and
the benefits the money will bring the Russian people.
Love and defection 19
the railway station, for instance – imply that communism and fascism are
indistinguishable.
The third act of the film, set in Moscow, allows the viewer to see the reality
of life under communism through scenes that would become stereotypical in
countless Cold War movies. For example, burly uniformed Russians in Red
Square are shown flanked by overbearing posters of Lenin and Stalin, while the
common people are small and unidentifiable, like cogs in a machine. Ninotchka
feels fortunate because she has to share a room with only two people. She has
no privacy, as the partitioned walls are curtains so that people involuntarily share
everybody else’s noises and snoring. Worse than the lack of comforts, though,
is the communist system’s tendency to encourage people’s inferior qualities.
Some work as spies, such as one of Ninotchka’s neighbours, while others
begrudge each other anything they do not have themselves. Thus Anna, room-
mate and friend, warns Ninotchka not to dry her Parisian slip in the laundry
yard – ‘All you have to do is wear a pair of silk stockings and they suspect you
of counterrevolution.’ Equally sad is the state’s interference with people’s
letters, and the drab, colourless existence everyone leads. To top it all, despite
Stalin’s Five Year Plans, communism simply is not working economically.
Ninotchka can only make an omelette if her guests bring their own egg. Variety,
the entertainment industry’s most important trade paper, applauded Ninotchka
for being ‘smart, exhilarating and penetrating’, adding that its ‘punchy and
humorous jabs directed at the Russian political system and representatives are
the most direct so far presented in an American film’.34
If Ninotchka’s frank lampooning of Soviet officialdom and spoofing of
Marxist ideology helped set it apart from earlier Hollywood material, it was
what the film said of the West – consciously and subconsciously – that is
perhaps more significant. Ninotchka is no communist automaton: unlike her
colleagues, she has convictions and integrity. Yet even she ultimately opts for
the Western ‘way of life’ because it is portrayed as precisely that – organic and
natural – rather than an artificially imposed communist ‘system’. Her awak-
ening takes several stages. First, she discovers the true meaning of love, some-
thing which Marxism had taught her was a mere ‘chemical process’. In so
doing, she learns that some things are more important than politics and that
the heart should at times rule the head. ‘Lovers of the world, unite!’ exclaims
Leon, as they embrace. Having realised how emotionally barren communism
is, Ninotchka then realises that capitalism is the only route to happiness.
Early on in the film, Ninotchka constantly talks of the West being a doomed
culture, but this is consistently contradicted by even poor Parisians’ ability to
live and even to laugh at their problems. When Ninotchka’s regimented facade
eventually breaks in the heavily trailed ‘Garbo Laughs’ café scene, as she
cackles out loud at Leon’s pratfall, the huge weight of ideological baggage is
Love and defection 21
A glimpse of the workers’ paradise: reunited over an omelette in Moscow, Ninotchka (Greta Garbo),
Kopalski (Alexander Granach), Iranoff (Sig Rumann) and Buljanoff (Felix Bressart) sing of their longing
for Paris. Ninotchka (1939). MGM/The Kobal Collection.
seen to lift from her shoulders. Later, caught giggling by her comrades, she con-
fesses: ‘I always felt a little hurt when our swallows deserted us in the winter
for capitalistic countries. Now I know why. We have the high ideals, but they
have the climate.’
If humour is as natural as the weather, then so too is the desire to buy and
to choose. Having loosened her ideological straitjacket, Ninotchka cannot
wait to swap her ugly asexual uniform for an elegant suit she earlier con-
demned as ‘decadent’. Her butterfly-like transformation suggests that all ‘real’
women would benefit from capitalist good-living. That a cash-strapped Soviet
official could afford the latest in high fashion also implies that luxury is avail-
able to all in the West. With its lavish sets showing glamorous hotel interiors
and Parisian working-class cafés brimming with contented, well-fed cus-
tomers, Ninotchka’s whole look is indeed a showcase for Western prosperity.
Finally, in singling out the royal Swana as the ‘people’s enemy’, Ninotchka
eventually realises it is not capitalism per se that produces social injustice but
its old world, European hangers-on. Here, Ninotchka strikes a blow for
American meritocracy, which, with its modern, democratic checks and bal-
ances, creates a fairer society. An earlier script by Wilder, Brackett and Reisch
22 Hollywood’s Cold War
‘It’s only human to kiss’: drunk on champagne, French gowns and love, a blindfolded Ninotchka prepares to
be ‘executed’ for betraying Russia’s communist ideals. Leon (Melvyn Douglas) offers her the warm embrace of
Western joie de vivre. Ninotchka (1939). MGM/The Kobal Collection.
had in fact blurred this distinction between the ‘old’ and ‘new’ worlds, by
alluding to America’s commercialisation and the pernicious role of its tabloid
press, but these points were dropped during shooting.35
Ninotchka had its world premiere at Los Angeles’ famous Grauman’s
Chinese Theatre in October 1939. Normally averse to political films, the
American trade press showered this one with accolades. Part of the reason for
this was the momentous diplomatic changes that had taken place after pro-
duction work on Ninotchka had finished in mid-August. The shock of the
Nazi-Soviet Non-Aggression Pact of late August 1939, followed by the Red
Army’s invasion of eastern Poland in September, had swept away any liberal
opposition there might have been to the film’s portrayal of an anti-fascist ally.
Soviet perfidy was now on everyone’s lips.36 Except for the few on the far left,
popular journals and newspapers also loved the movie. Most of these,
tellingly, felt there was nothing remotely hostile or propagandistic about the
picture. Typical of this was the New York Times, whose critic thought the film
was just ‘a humorist’s view of the sober-sided folk who have read Marx but
never the funny page’. Some on the political right saw it differently. William
Love and defection 23
AN ITALIAN JOB
In the wake of the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor in December 1941, and
the subsequent marriage of convenience between the United States, Russia
and Britain, such stories were no longer commercially fashionable or politi-
cally advisable. Instead, between 1942 and 1945, the Soviet Union gradually
underwent a makeover on American cinema screens, transformed from an
enemy into a valuable wartime partner. In accordance with Office of War
Information (OWI) guidance, Hollywood movies depicting the USSR tended
to avoid the sensitive issue of communism, rationalise past Soviet behaviour,
suggest that the country was a non-totalitarian state moving towards the
American model, and focus above all on the heroic wartime efforts of the
ordinary Russian people. Thus, Albert Herman’s Miss V. from Moscow (1942)
and Edward Dmytryk’s Tender Comrade (1943) pitted brave Russian spies and
paratroopers against evil Nazi officers. Michael Curtiz’s Mission to Moscow
(1943), with the full support of the White House, whitewashed Stalin’s atroc-
ities. And Gregory Ratoff’s Song of Russia (1943) showed the Soviet mother-
land to have plush nightclubs, thriving collective farms, and lovable comrades
24 Hollywood’s Cold War
worshipping freely at Orthodox churches. The latter film even allowed for the
marriage in Russia between a touring American symphony conductor, John
Meredith (played by Robert Taylor), and Nadya (Susan Peters), a Russian
pianist. When Nadya decides to travel with her husband to the United States
at the end of the movie, this is not to defect but to preach the message of the
Soviets to America.40
Song of Russia, an MGM production, came back to haunt Louis B. Mayer
when East-West relations deteriorated after the Second World War, especially
when the Committee on Un-American Activities of the House of
Representatives started in 1947 to hunt for those who had made Hollywood,
as HUAC chairman J. Parnell Thomas put it, a ‘Red propaganda centre’. Mayer
said under investigation that the film had merely been made to give Russia ‘a
pat on [the] back, to keep them fighting’, but few appeared to believe him. In
November 1947, MGM re-released Ninotchka both as a means of getting
HUAC off its back and to cash in on the growing Red Scare engulfing the
United States. Ninotchka was, as MGM trailers trumpeted, ‘a most timely
film’.41 Indeed it was, especially in war-torn Europe.
During the Second World War, Washington had constructed an enormous
propaganda machine, with two separate organisations, the OWI and Office of
Strategic Services (OSS), handling white and black material respectively.42 At
the end of hostilities, these units were quickly dismantled on economic and
idealistic grounds; at this point many Americans regarded a permanent pro-
paganda organisation run by the federal government as fundamentally unde-
mocratic. By early 1947, however, publicity cutbacks were being hastily
reversed, and a new, more complex machine started to be built. In the wake
of the March 1947 Truman Doctrine, which portrayed the United States and
Soviet Union as two irreconcilable enemies, the newly formed National
Security Council charged the State Department with responsibility for strong
information measures to counter Soviet programmes, and assigned the over-
sight of covert psychological operations to the newly established Central
Intelligence Agency (CIA). The Smith-Mundt Act of 1948 then provided the
legal foundation for American peacetime propaganda overseas. The legisla-
tion envisioned using all the tools of modern communication, including print,
radio, films, exchange programmes and exhibitions, to disseminate informa-
tion about the United States.43
Given a major boost by Truman’s Campaign of Truth from mid-1950
onwards,44 then by the Eisenhower administration’s more holistic approach
towards propaganda,45 the American government’s Cold War information
infrastructure was highly sophisticated by the early 1960s. Successive admin-
istrations then built on this sturdy platform. By the 1980s, the US govern-
ment’s full-service international propaganda machine employed more than
Love and defection 25
10,000 full-time staff, spread out among some 150 countries, burnishing
America’s image while maligning the Soviet Union to the tune of over $2
billion per year.46 Compared with its Soviet counterpart, indications are that
the US government’s whole propaganda machine was better organised, staffed
and financed, and more versatile throughout the conflict.47
In the immediate aftermath of the Second World War, the Truman admin-
istration held high hopes that its atomic monopoly and economic superior-
ity would drive the Red Army out of most of the countries it had occupied
on its march to Berlin and reunite Europe. However, this soon proved to be
a chimera, to the point where, by late 1947, the US government feared
Western Europe was on the edge of disaster. In February 1948 the commu-
nists seized power in Czechoslovakia, and in March the US Commander in
Germany, General Lucius Clay, warned Washington that a Soviet military
attack might occur within days. American leaders feared that a communist
victory in the first post-war elections in Italy in mid-April would signal the
collapse of democracy in Europe, by strengthening the bid for power of the
communist parties throughout Western Europe and weakening the ability of
the moderate middle-class and socialist opponents to resist the hard left.
Furthermore, the US would suffer a severe loss of prestige if a strategic
nation within its sphere of influence moved into close collaboration with the
Soviet Union.48
With 1.6 million cinema tickets being sold in Italy per day in 1948, film
inevitably played a central role in the massive ‘state-private’ American propa-
ganda campaign to mobilise voters against the communist-militant-socialist
coalition at the polls.49 This campaign was no one-week wonder. Just as in
other countries, the State Department and Hollywood had been working suc-
cessfully together to penetrate the Italian film market for years. In 1946, for
instance, 600 American commercial films were registered for import into Italy
compared with 100 British and 30 Soviet films. On a more official level, by
1947 the United States Information Services (USIS) had established five
offices in Italy, each stocked with 100 titles of educational and documentary
films. These films, which were usually shown on mobile American equipment
and reached roughly 100,000 Italians each month, dealt with a variety of sub-
jects designed both to give the Italians some idea of America and to help them
improve their agricultural and industrial techniques.50 In the months leading
up to the April 1948 election, the ten leading American film distributors in
Italy formed a consortium and cooperated with US government information
officials in giving the widest possible dissemination to selected American
feature and documentary films on a non-profit basis. Circulated alongside
these were films extolling the benefits of US economic aid, produced by the
leading Italian weekly newsreel programme, INCOM.51
26 Hollywood’s Cold War
however macabre . . . How odd that we should ever have thought this devas-
tating caricature merely funny.’57 The film heightened the mood of West
Berliners during the 1948–9 Soviet blockade, and was reissued in the western
half of the city in the summer of 1951 during the Whitsuntide march of the
communist-led East Berlin youth, in order to give the visitors the chance to
laugh at their Soviet occupiers and indigenous communist leaders.58
Around this time Ninotchka also appeared in Vienna, a city then still con-
trolled by the Russians, British, French and Americans. In November 1950
alone, more than 70,000 Viennese saw the film in the two large theatres within
the international zone. A few months later, the US Embassy happily reported
to Washington that ‘considerable persuasion and reassurances of American
interests’ had paid off with respect to the film audience.59 As in Rome in 1948,
Soviet officials complained bitterly about Ninotchka’s release in Vienna, and
several theatre owners withdrew the film due to threats of violence by local
communists. To counter the film’s effects further, Moscow waged an intensive
advertising campaign in the city for one of its own re-releases, Michail
Chiaureli’s Second World War ‘artistic documentary’, The Fall of Berlin (1949).
Widely distributed by indigenous communist parties in Western Europe in the
early 1950s, this two-part film accused Roosevelt and Churchill of having
deliberately prolonged the war in the hope that the Soviet Union and Nazi
Germany would destroy one another. As a consequence, the film argued,
Washington and London had added unnecessarily to the ordinary Austrians’
suffering and precipitated the Cold War.60
via the Hollywood trade press that Austrian actors were deterred from
working on this picture because of communist threats and that the produc-
tion was put under Russian surveillance.62
Three years later, in 1956, Ralph Thomas’ The Iron Petticoat, an Anglo-
American production set in West Germany and London, put a further twist
on the Ninotchka theme by having Katherine Hepburn play a Russian pilot
who defects and marries an American air-force officer, played by the come-
dian Bob Hope. Made during the brief period of East-West détente follow-
ing Stalin’s death in 1953, the film ended with the two lovers taking to the skies
as globe-trotting peace campaigners.63 A year on, Howard Hughes’ Jet Pilot,
originally filmed in 1950 in cooperation with the US Air Force, told a similar
story, minus the conciliatory gesture. After wooing Soviet flying ace Janet
Leigh with sexy lingerie, a weekend in Palm Springs, and a luscious steak
dinner, John Wayne convinces his ‘silly Siberian cupcake’ to defect – along
with her precious MIG aircraft.64
With the East-versus-West love story proving so attractive a subject for
filmmakers, it was only to be expected that Hollywood would turn it into a
musical. The musical was, after all, arguably the quintessential American film
genre: optimistic, perpetuating the most conventional beliefs about individu-
alism, social harmony and patriotism, and offering utopian images of
affluence and material well-being.65 Musicals had played an overt role in
Hollywood’s Second World War propaganda campaign, from the nostalgically
patriotic Yankee Doodle Dandy (1942) to military flag-wavers like This is the Army
(1943).66 By contrast, in the struggle to defeat communism during the Cold
War, Hollywood musicals were rarely so transparently political. Unlike many
rock and folk music performers from the 1960s onwards, their lyrics and
scores avoided ideological and geopolitical controversies.67
Nevertheless, immensely popular movies like MGM’s An American in Paris
(1951) and Singin’ in the Rain (1952) – made during the musical’s ‘golden age’ and
during a period when Cold War mentalities were being formed – carried in their
infectiously enthusiastic acting, catchy tunes and lively choreography an exceed-
ingly powerful message about what America represented. In 1955, British critic
Roger Manvell alluded to the subtle propagandistic qualities of the American
musical when he wrote: ‘The best musicals have the vitality of a nation which
has no inhibitions when it comes to singing about the heartaches and happiness
of contemporary life, or laughing at its own absurdities or glamorising the sheer
love of sex and material success.’68 Many years later, British director Terence
Davies recalled seeing Singin’ in the Rain when he was a child: ‘When you grew
up in a Liverpool slum and you saw these films, that’s what you thought America
was like. Everyone was rich, everyone was beautiful. There was no want, no
poverty; it was always summer. That’s very potent. It’s as potent as religion.’69
Love and defection 29
However, what really sets the two films apart is their differing styles. As in
Ninotchka, some political points in Silk Stockings are delivered through witty
dialogue. Just moments after his failed predecessor is arrested by the secret
police, for instance, one commissar requests a copy of Who Was Who – a
mordant reference to the Soviet government’s deadly capriciousness. But
from the opening of Silk Stockings, with its floor-level close-up of Astaire’s
famous feet, the movie is notable above all for the lead players’ wonderfully
expressive movements. Through these movements and accompanying songs,
we learn to appreciate the difference between an inhibiting, depersonalising
Soviet system and the freedom and spontaneity enjoyed in the West. Dance is
crucial here (just as it would be thirty years later in White Nights), being not a
mere decoration but a leading thematic motif. As the film progresses, so Cold
War politics and ideological differences dissolve as dancing becomes the uni-
versal language of romance.
The implicit theme of dance-as-liberation runs throughout the film, start-
ing from the ‘We Can’t Go Back to Moscow’ number. This establishes and
celebrates the conversion of the three Soviet emissaries to the material delights
of capitalism, notably champagne and available women. Here, critically, the
emphasis in the mise-en-scène is on individual movement, in which even the
clumsy but jovial Brankov (modelled partly after Soviet premier Nikita
Khrushchev and played by Hollywood’s wild-eyed eccentric Peter Lorre)75
finds some physical means of expression. The beautiful Charisse solo number
(‘All of You’) sees Ninotchka surrender to the allures of capitalistic luxury,
dressing in lace petticoat, evening gown and silk stockings to transform herself
into the object of male desire, while the grace and freedom of physical move-
ment (of dancer and camera) throughout the sequence movingly express the
casting off of repressive constraints. Charisse’s discovery, through dance, of
her individual physical existence is perhaps more moving than Garbo’s emo-
tional awakening through laughter.
When the movie shifts to Moscow, we see that Ninotchka herself has
reverted to an automaton, dancing not out of exhilaration but as though dis-
charging a duty. Yet in ‘The Red Blues’ number we see the supreme expres-
sion of vitality through physical movement, with movement only stopping
during the two intrusions of an orthodox communist. In this song, set in a
cold, austere hall, Ninotchka and her friends pay homage to their memories
of the warm, vibrant West. This, ‘Siberia’ and ‘Too Bad’ allow the commissars
to express their lachrymose self-pity for their inevitable return to proletarian
life. ‘Siberia’ lists the ‘joys’ of being sent to a region where one never has to
phone for ice and there is no unemployment.
Silk Stockings does contain certain political ambiguities. In ‘America’s
Swimming Sweetheart’, sassy actress Peggy Dainton (played by Broadway star
Love and defection 31
‘An ideological strip tease’, as Life magazine put it: Ninotchka (Cyd Charisse) gets in touch with her
innermost desires, and the pleasures of Western femininity through consumption, in Silk Stockings (1957).
MGM/The Kobal Collection.
Janis Paige) is the epitome of Western decadence, and generally her character
allows the movie to mock the commercialism of Hollywood. In another scene,
Ninotchka objects to an absurdly dressed-up poodle as ‘useless’, whereas Steve
defends it as ‘amusing’.76 The pro-capitalist message is underlined at the end,
32 Hollywood’s Cold War
abroad of American free expression, for instance, tied in with the opinion
held by official propagandists in the 1950s that jazz was the United States’
‘secret sonic weapon’ behind the Iron Curtain. In 1955, Voice of America
(VOA), the official broadcasting service of the United States, had launched its
landmark programme Music USA, aiming jazz at the youth of the USSR and
Eastern Europe.81 Silk Stockings’ promotion of the idea that, as the conserva-
tive magazine Time put it, ‘the Soviet Union could be outflanked by a simple
clobbering with Sears [and] Roebuck catalogues’ was derided as overconfident
wishful thinking by some in 1957. Yet when the US government staged the
first American National Exhibition in Moscow in 1959, hoping to dazzle the
Soviet people with the riches that capitalism provided, in scenes which uncan-
nily echoed sociologist David Riesman’s satirical 1951 essay ‘The Nylon War’
some Russian women literally fought for tickets to the Christian Dior show.82
Ninotchka continued to prove its durability into the next decade. In 1960, the
story crossed from the big to the small screen, when the American
Broadcasting Company produced an orthodox television adaptation, starring
Maria Schell and Gig Young. 83
CONCLUSION
Thirty years later, in 1989–90, the Soviet-run Eastern bloc dramatically col-
lapsed. Historians continue to debate the reasons for this, yet few now doubt
that the Cold War was won as much in the shopping basket as at the negoti-
ating table. Some have gone further than this, arguing that all paths of Cold
War social and cultural history lead to a consideration of consumerism.84 If
so, Hollywood’s role, combined with that played by television,85 was surely
significant. ‘There has never been a more effective salesman for American
products in foreign countries than the American motion picture’, proclaimed
Gerald M. Mayer, head of the International Division of the Motion Picture
Association of America in 1947. ‘Scenes laid in American kitchens, for
example, have probably done as much to acquaint the people of foreign lands
with American electric refrigerators, electric washing machines, eggbeaters,
window screens, and so on, as any other medium.’86 Hollywood’s ability to
open a window onto Westerners’ conspicuous consumption for Eastern bloc
audiences appears to have been particularly important, notwithstanding the
heavy restrictions communist governments placed on American film imports.
Yale Richmond, one of Washington’s most experienced Cold War cultural
diplomats, recalls how one Russian woman, on seeing Billy Wilder’s 1960
romantic comedy The Apartment, was impressed by watching Jack Lemmon
warm up his TV dinner, unknown at that time in the Soviet Union, and light-
ing his kitchen stove without a match. ‘From foreign films, Soviet audiences
34 Hollywood’s Cold War
learned that people in the West did not have to stand in lines to purchase food,
did not live in communal apartments, dressed fashionably, enjoyed many con-
veniences not available in the Soviet Union, owned cars, and lived the normal
life so sought by Russians’, writes Richmond.87
Even if Ninotchka was made fifty years before the Berlin Wall was
breached, the film remains a key artefact of the Cold War. It was the first
movie that fully articulated a materialist view of the capitalist-communist
divide. It served as the inspiration for many other films, including a few that
subverted the Curtain-crossing-lovers theme, like Billy Wilder’s screwball
farce One, Two, Three (1961).88 And it also anticipated later seminal events in
the cultural Cold War. In 1967, no less a person than Stalin’s daughter, Svetlana
Allilueva, defected to the West and in 1970 became a US citizen when she
married architect William Peters. Surprisingly, given its obvious commercial
and political possibilities, Hollywood declined to make a film based on
Svetlana’s story. This is evidence, according to one writer, of the American
film industry’s abject failure to depict the full horrors of Soviet communism
during the Cold War, due partly to the phenomenon of anti-anti-communism
that swept through Hollywood in reaction to the blacklisting ‘legend’ instilled
in the McCarthy era.89 Whether Hollywood could or should have painted a
more gruesome picture of life in the East is open to question. Certainly, not
one single American film made during the Cold War chose to turn Ninotchka
on its head, by portraying an East-West love affair that ended happily on the
‘wrong’ side of the Iron Curtain.90
Just as importantly, Ninotchka is an early example of the degree to which
the celluloid Cold War was fought independent of official propagandists. At
the same time, MGM’s decision to re-release Ninotchka in the late 1940s in the
face of political pressures from HUAC, plus the State Department’s subse-
quent appropriation of the film for political purposes in Western Europe,
shows how easily the lines between the ‘state’ and the ‘private’ could become
blurred when the Cold War proper started.
Notes
1 Cited in Richard Maltby, Hollywood Cinema (Oxford, 2003), p. 280. During the
Second World War, Zanuck combined his role at Twentieth Century-Fox with
running a documentary film unit as a lieutenant colonel in the US Army Signal
Corps. See Leonard Mosley, Zanuck (Boston, MA, 1984), pp. 195–224.
2 On Hollywood’s Vietnam War movies of the early to mid-1980s, including
Rambo: First Blood Part 2 (1985), see Jeremy M. Devine, Vietnam at 24 Frames a
Second: A Critical and Thematic Analysis of Over 400 Films About the Vietnam War
(Jefferson, NC, 1995), pp. 198–236. Hollywood’s treatment of the Vietnam War
is discussed at further length in Chapters 7, 8 and 9 below.
Love and defection 35
3 On the POW theme see, for instance, Susan L. Carruthers, ‘Redeeming the
Captives: Hollywood and the Brainwashing of America’s Prisoners of War in
Korea’, Film History, Vol. 10, No. 3, 1998, pp. 275–94.
4 The phrase is historian Eric Hobsbawm’s, who writes significantly that ‘the sheer
degree of mutual ignorance and incomprehension that persisted between the two
worlds was quite extraordinary, especially when we bear in mind that this was a
period when both travel and communication of information were utterly revolu-
tionized’. Eric Hobsbawm, Age of Extremes: The Short Twentieth Century, 1914–1991
(London, 1994), pp. 374–5. The Western public’s lack of access to solid facts
about the conditions behind the Iron Curtain rendered mass media images of
those conditions potentially highly influential.
5 ‘I didn’t set out to make a Cold War movie,’ said Taylor Hackford. ‘White Nights
is a film about the need for artistic and individual freedom.’ Quoted by Peter
Rainer, ‘Mixed Messages’, American Film, March 1986, p. 48. The Soviet govern-
ment lodged a protest against White Nights in the international press, through its
official newspaper, Izvestia. On this and the film generally see William J. Palmer,
The Films of the Eighties: A Social History (Carbondale, IL, 1993), pp. 242–5, and
Margaret Donovan (ed.), Portrait of a Film: The Making of White Nights (New York,
1985).
6 Frank Walsh, Sin and Censorship: The Catholic Church and the Motion Picture Industry
(New Haven, CT, 1996), p. 5; Kay Sloan, The Loud Silents: Origins of the Social
Problem Film (Urbana, IL, 1988), p. 9.
7 Steven J. Ross, ‘The Rise of Hollywood: Movies, Ideology, and Audiences in the
Roaring Twenties’, in Steven J. Ross (ed.), Movies and American Society (Oxford,
2002), p. 67; Richard Maltby, Harmless Entertainment: Hollywood and the Ideology of
Consensus (London, 1983).
8 Gregory D. Black, ‘Movies, Politics, and Censorship: The Production Code
Administration and Political Censorship of Film Content’, Journal of Policy
History, Vol. 3, No. 2, 1991, pp. 95–129; Francis R. Walsh, ‘The Films We Never
Saw: American Movies View Organized Labor, 1934–1954’, Labor History,
Vol. 27, Fall 1986, pp. 564–80; Ruth Vaisey, The World According to Hollywood,
1918–1939 (Exeter, 1997).
9 For a selection of pro-labour films of this era see M. Keith Booker, Film and the
American Left: A Research Guide (Westport, CT, 1999), pp. 16–69.
10 Kevin Brownlow, Behind the Mask of Innocence: Sex, Violence, Prejudice, Crime: Films
of Social Conscience in the Silent Era (Berkeley, and Los Angeles CA, 1990),
pp. 442–3; John Sbardellati and Tony Shaw, ‘Booting a Tramp: Charlie Chaplin,
the FBI and the Construction of the Subversive Image in Red Scare America’,
Pacific Historical Review, Vol. 72, No. 4, November 2003, pp. 495–530, esp. p. 498.
11 Garth Jowett, Film: The Democratic Art (Boston, MA, 1976), p. 187.
12 Brownlow, Behind the Mask, pp. 443–52; Variety, 2 May 1919, p. 60; New York
Times, 12 May 1919, p. 11; Variety, 6 February 1920, p. 53, and 16 April 1920,
p. 39; Motion Picture World, 23 August 1919, pp. 1175–6; Hollywood Reporter,
7 September 1935, p. 3. Red Salute was re-released in 1953 as Runaway Daughter.
36 Hollywood’s Cold War
13 Variety, 16 January 1920, p. 61, and 8 August 1920, p. 21; New York Times,
29 January 1922, Section 6, p. 2; Brownlow, Behind the Mask, pp. 453–7.
14 John Belton, American Cinema/American Culture (New York, 1994), p. 235; Variety,
14 April 1937. On the hostility towards monopoly capitalism shown by Frank
Capra, Will Rogers, John Ford and other prominent filmmakers, on and off
screen, during the New Deal era see Lary May, The Big Tomorrow: Hollywood and the
Politics of the American Way (Chicago, IL, 2000).
15 Robert Dallek, Franklin D. Roosevelt and American Foreign Policy, 1932–1945
(Oxford, 1979), pp. 78–80; Ellen W. Schrecker, The Age of McCarthyism: A Brief
History with Documents (Boston, MA, 2002), pp. 5–8.
16 Variety, 15 November, p. 19; New York Times, 22 July 1933, p. 14; Film Daily, 1 June
1934, p. 7.
17 Motion Picture Daily, 24 September 1934, p. 2.
18 Variety, 23 October 1935, p. 13. This picture, which depicted a factory strike, was
produced in the wake of a general strike in San Francisco. PCA Director Joseph
Breen agreed to certify the proposed film on condition it specified that the strike
was the work of outside agitators. Breen to producer Brian Foy, 25 September
1934, Together We Live – PCA Files, Margaret Herrick Library, Academy of Motion
Picture Arts and Sciences, Los Angeles, California (hereafter AMPAS).
19 Variety, 9 December 1936, p. 13.
20 Richard Slotkin, ‘The Continuity of Forms: Myth and Genre in Warner Brothers’
The Charge of the Light Brigade’, Representations, Winter 1990, pp. 1–23, esp. p. 9.
21 Thomas Cripps, Hollywood’s High Noon: Moviemaking and Society before Television
(Baltimore, MD, 1997), pp. 124–5; William Alexander, Film on the Left: American
Documentary Film from 1931 to 1942 (Princeton, NJ, 1981); Giuliana Muscio,
Hollywood’s New Deal (Philadelphia, PA, 1996).
22 Maurice Zolotow, ‘Ninotchka: The Movie That Never Should Have Been Made’,
Los Angeles Magazine, December 1976, pp. 1–10; Scott Eyman, Ernst Lubitsch:
Laughter in Paradise (New York, 1993), pp. 265–8.
23 Ninotchka scripts: Folders 2300-f.574–85, Turner/MGM Script Collection,
AMPAS.
24 Ninotchka scripts: Folders 2302-f.586–91, Turner/MGM Script Collection,
AMPAS.
25 Memorandum, 13 May 1938; Breen to Mayer, 2 June 1939; Analysis Chart,
1 September 1939: Ninotchka – PCA Files, AMPAS; Clayton R. Koppes and
Gregory D. Black, Hollywood Goes to War: How Politics, Profits and Propaganda Shaped
World War II Movies (New York, 1987), pp. 17–47, 187–8.
26 Ceplair and Englund, Inquisition, pp. 18–19, 30, 91–2; Neal Gabler, An Empire of
their Own: How the Jews Invented Hollywood (New York, 1988), p. 316; Albert Auster,
‘The Hollywood Musical’, in Gary Crowdus (ed.), The Political Companion to
American Film (Chicago, IL, 1994), p. 288.
27 Zolotow, ‘Ninotchka’, p. 3.
28 Eyman, Lubitsch, p. 233; Charles Highham, Merchants and Dreams: Louis B. Mayer,
MGM, and the Secret Hollywood (London, 1993), p. 289; Koppes and Black,
Love and defection 37
Hollywood, pp. 186, 216. Lubitsch exacted revenge on the Third Reich in 1942 by
directing the anti-Nazi satire To Be or Not to Be. See Nora Henry, Ethics and Social
Criticism in the Hollywood Films of Erich Von Stroheim, Ernst Lubitsch, and Billy Wilder
(Westport, CT, 2001), pp. 97–106.
29 Anthony Slide, The New Historical Dictionary of the American Film Industry (London,
2001), p. 125; Kevin Lally, Wilder Times: The Life of Billy Wilder (New York, 1996),
p. 88; Terry Christensen and Peter J. Haas, Projecting Politics: Political Messages in
American Films (Armonk, NY, 2005), p. 21.
30 Peter Hay, MGM: When the Lion Roars (New York, 1991), pp. 187–9.
31 Jeremy Mindich, ‘Re-reading Ninotchka: A Misread Commentary on Social and
Economic Systems’, Film and History, Vol. 20, No. 1, February 1990, pp. 16–24.
32 See, for example, William Paul, Ernst Lubitsch’s American Comedy (New York,
1983), p. 207.
33 MGM Press book, Ninotchka Clippings File, AMPAS.
34 Variety, 11 October 1939, in Variety’s Film Reviews, Vol. 6, 1938–42 (New York,
1983).
35 Charles Brackett, Billy Wilder, and Walter Reisch, Ninotchka: The MGM Library of
Film Scripts, screenplay (London, 1972), pp. 8–9.
36 For the impact that the Molotov-Ribbentrop Pact had on the politics of
Hollywood, and the disintegration of the liberal-communist Popular Front in
particular, see Ceplair and Englund, Inquisition, pp. 129–52. The Pact cast suspi-
cion on liberals in Hollywood, including Melvyn Douglas, who was forced to use
his role in Ninotchka as evidence of his opposition to communism. See Photoplay,
September 1940, pp. 23, 88.
37 New York Times, 11 October 1939; Sunday Worker, New York, 19 November 1939;
Daily Worker, 24 November 1939.
38 Lally, Wilder, p. 88; International Censorship Board Reports: Ninotchka – PCA
Files, AMPAS; Daily Worker, 13 April 1940.
39 New York Times, 26 December 1940, p. 23; New York Post, 31 August 1940, p. 16.
40 Koppes and Black, Hollywood, pp. 185–221; David Culbert (ed.), Mission to Moscow
(Madison, WI, 1980); Todd Bennett, ‘Culture, Power, and Mission to Moscow: Film
and Soviet-American Relations during World War II’, Journal of American History,
Vol. 88, No. 2, September 2001, pp. 489–518.
41 Hearings Regarding the Communist Infiltration of the Motion Picture Industry (Hearings
Before the Committee on Un-American Activities, House of Representatives,
80th Congress, 1st Session, 20–4, 27–30 October 1947) (Washington, DC, 1947),
p. 80; Robert Mayhew, ‘The Making of Song of Russia’, Film History, Vol. 16, No. 4,
2004, pp. 334–57; MGM Press book, Ninotchka Clippings File, AMPAS.
42 Allan M. Winkler, The Politics of Propaganda: The Office of War Information,
1942–1945 (New Haven, CT, 1978); R. H. Smith, OSS: The Secret History of
America’s First Intelligence Agency (Berkeley, CA, 1972).
43 Scott W. Lucas, ‘Campaigns of Truth: The Psychological Strategy Board and
American Ideology, 1951–1953’, International History Review, Vol. 18, No. 2,
May 1996, pp. 279–302, esp. pp. 282–3; Hixson, Curtain, pp. 5–12.
38 Hollywood’s Cold War
56 Due to diplomatic pressure from the United States and indigenous political infight-
ing, 1947 saw the collapse of Tripartism in France – the uneasy alliance formed
between the communists, socialists and the Mouvement Républicain Populaire
during the latter stages of the Second World War. Maurice Larkin, France since the
Popular Front: Government and the People, 1936–1986 (Oxford, 1995), pp. 151–6.
57 International Censorship Board Reports: Ninotchka – PCA Files, AMPAS; Daily
Telegraph, 19 April 1948; Time and Tide, April 1948.
58 ‘Germans Laugh at “Ninotchka”’, August 1951 (source unclear), Ninotchka
Clippings File, AMPAS.
59 Charles K. Moffly (Vienna) to Department of State, 23 February 1951, RG 59,
511.635/2–2351, National Archives, College Park, Maryland (hereafter USNA).
60 Los Angeles Times, 9 October 1950; Variety, 25 October 1950; Motion Picture Herald,
3 March 1951. On The Fall of Berlin see Richard Taylor, Film Propaganda: Soviet
Russia and Nazi Germany (London, 1998), pp. 99–122. On the measures taken by
the British Foreign Office to counter this film’s impact in Britain in 1952 see
PREM 11/1124 file, The National Archives, London (hereafter TNAL).
61 My source for Luraschi’s CIA connections is Eldridge, ‘Dear Owen’. For
Luraschi’s views on Wilder’s project see Eldridge, ‘Dear Owen’, pp. 161, 169.
Wilder was one of the few at Paramount who refused to sign a loyalty oath during
the post-1945 Red Scare.
62 New York Times, 11 June 1953, p. 37; Los Angeles Daily News, 7 October 1951.
63 Monthly Film Bulletin, September 1956, pp. 113–14.
64 New York Times, 5 October 1957, p. 8.
65 The musical as a specifically American form is examined in Gerald Mast, Can’t
Help Singin’: The American Musical on Stage and Screen (Woodstock, NY, 1987).
66 Thomas Doherty, Projections of War: Hollywood, American Culture and World War II
(New York, 1999), pp. 83, 215. Both films were directed by Michael Curtiz.
67 For an insight into the political role of folk and rock music during the Cold War
see John Orman, The Politics of Rock Music (Chicago, IL, 1984); David P. Szatmary,
Rockin’ in Time: A Social History of Rock and Roll (Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1987);
Sabrina Ramet (ed.), Rocking the State: Rock Music and Politics in Eastern Europe and
Russia (Boulder, CO, 1994).
68 Roger Manvell, The Film and the Public (Harmondsworth, 1955), p. 174.
69 Palmer, Eighties, pp. 8–9.
70 Silk Stockings scripts: Folders 2891-f.1181–6, 2892-f.1187–94, 2893–1195–1204,
2894–1205–13, Turner/MGM Script Collection, AMPAS; Mark Spergel,
Reinventing Reality: The Art and Life of Rouben Mamoulian (London, 1993), p. 216.
71 Edward Jablonski, in Films in Review, August/September 1957, p. 351.
72 Robert Vogel-Arthur Freed correspondence, 29 November and 10 December
1956, Folder 1.1, Box 21, and Folder 2, Silk Stockings Budget, Arthur Freed
Collection, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, California (hereafter
USC).
73 Geoffrey M. Shurlock to Dore Schary, 13 November 1956, Silk Stockings – PCA
Files, AMPAS.
40 Hollywood’s Cold War
74 On the ‘Classical Music Wars’ between East and West see Caute, Dancer,
pp. 379–44.
75 Rouben Mamoulian to Arthur Freed and Leonard Spigelglass, 25 July 1956,
Folder 1.1, Box 21, Arthur Freed Collection, USC.
76 Historian Helen Laville attributes greater significance to the movie’s critique of
American popular culture. For this, plus a detailed examination of the symbolic
power of feminine consumption in Ninotchka and Silk Stockings, see Helen Laville,
‘ “Our Country Endangered by Underwear”: Fashion, Femininity, and the
Seduction Narrative in Ninotchka and Silk Stockings’, Diplomatic History, Vol. 30,
No. 4, September 2006, pp. 623–44.
77 For more on the use of dance to narrate the love story and probe the ideological
divisions between East and West see Tom Milne, Rouben Mamoulian (London,
1969), pp. 147–60, and Robin Wood, ‘Art and Ideology: Notes on “Silk
Stockings” ’, Film Comment, May/June 1975, pp. 28–31.
78 Saturday Review, 20 July 1957; Hollywood Reporter, 20 May 1957, p. 3; Howard
Strickling, Report on Preview Screening at the Crown Theatre, Pasadena,
13 February 1957, Folder 1.2, Box 21, Arthur Freed Collection, USC; Hugh Fordin,
The World of Entertainment! Hollywood’s Greatest Musicals (New York, 1975), p. 452.
79 Orville Croach to Arthur Freed, 27 February 1957, Folder 2.1, Box 21, Arthur
Freed Collection, USC; Laura A. Belmonte, ‘A Family Affair? Gender, the US
Information Agency, and Cold War Ideology, 1945–1960’, in Jessica Gienow-
Hecht and Frank Schumacher (eds), Culture and International History (New York,
2003), pp. 79–93; Hixson, Curtain, pp. 133–41.
80 The Times, 5 August 1957; Observer, 3 August 1957.
81 Osgood, ‘Total War’, p. 181; Hixson, Curtain, pp. 115–19; Penny Von Eschen,
Satchmo Blows Up the World: Jazz Ambassadors Play the Cold War (Cambridge, MA,
2004).
82 Time, 15 July 1957; Caute, Dancer, pp. 40–2; David Riesman, ‘The Nylon War’
(1951) reprinted in his Abundance for What? And Other Essays (London, 1964),
pp. 65–77. Riesman imagined an alternative to the nuclear arms race called
Operation Abundance, in which Washington sowed mass discontent in the Soviet
Union by bombarding the country with Western consumer goods.
83 On ABC’s coverage of the Cold War during this period see Nancy Bernhard, US
Television News and Cold War Propaganda, 1947–1960 (New York, 1999).
84 On this debate see Mitter and Major, Blocs, pp. 1–22. Interestingly, one historian
notes that even as early as the late 1950s state-owned retail enterprises in
Hungary’s big-city department stores attempted to replicate what they described
as ‘American’ shopping experiences. Mark Pittaway, ‘A Home Front in the Cold
War: Hungary, 1948–1989’, www.history.azc.uk/ihr/cold/articles/pittaway.html
(9 May 2006). On the promise of socialist consumerism see Susan E. Reid and
David Crowley (eds), Style and Socialism: Modernity and Material Culture in Postwar
Eastern Europe (Oxford, 2000).
85 On the effect that television programmes beamed from the West had on East
Germans’ perceptions of their comparatively drab lifestyles in the 1980s see
Love and defection 41
The Communists have developed one of the greatest propaganda machines the
world has ever known. They have been able to penetrate and infiltrate many
respectable and reputable public opinion mediums . . . Communist activity in
Hollywood is effective and is furthered by Communists and sympathizers using
the prestige of prominent persons to serve, often unwittingly, the Communist
cause . . . What can we do? And what should be our course of action? The best
antidote to Communism is vigorous, intelligent, old-fashioned Americanism
with eternal vigilance.
J. Edgar Hoover, Director of the FBI, testifying before HUAC,
26 March 19471
His family loved him dearly but knew there was something wrong with John
(played by Robert Walker). Perhaps it was because he had ‘more degrees than
a thermometer’, and had grown apart intellectually from his simple, well-
meaning parents. Maybe it was because he spent too long away from their
small home town, in Washington, DC, where he was mysteriously working for
the government.
Dan and Lucille Jefferson (Dean Jagger and Helen Hayes) had recently
grown to tolerate their son’s effete and snobbish manner. But his failure to
return home in time to see his clean-cut younger brothers depart for combat
in Korea was unforgivable. For John then to ridicule his father’s patriotism and
mock his mother’s devotion to Christianity was the last straw. Little wonder
Mr Jefferson, a member of the American Legion, tries to knock some sense
into his snide son by belting him with a Bible. Who can blame his anxious
mother for trailing John to the nation’s capital, only to have her suspicions that
he is a Soviet agent confirmed? Having failed to extract a confession from her
favourite offspring, Lucille Jefferson knows it is her duty to turn him over to
the FBI.
John calls the Bureau’s bluff, but finally realises his moral corruption when
confronted by the effects his treachery is having on his mother’s health.
Seeking redemption, John rushes to cleanse himself by offering to help the
FBI – only to be tragically gunned down gangland-style by his comrades in
front of the Lincoln Memorial, Hollywood’s favourite symbol of American
The enemy within 43
A family at war: John’s sideways glance at his dad and impertinence to Father O’Dowd are early pointers to
the tragedy about to strike the humble Jeffersons. Helen Hayes, Frank McHugh, Robert Walker and Dean
Jagger in a scene from My Son John (1952). Paramount/The Kobal Collection.
early Cold War years, and to argue that the movies were political sops designed
to placate those who charged the studios with ideologically suspect output.5
Yet the fact is Leo McCarey wrote, produced and directed My Son John for
Paramount not because he was being blackmailed by HUAC, but principally
because he was an ardent Catholic who believed communism presented a
genuine threat to American national security.6 Other filmmakers voluntarily
contributed to the anti-Red onslaught for more complex reasons. Some did so
partly because of their strong links with the state.
To understand the potential that existed for producers, writers and direc-
tors to project their own personal visions of the communist menace, it is
necessary to reassess Hollywood’s part in the institutionalisation of the Cold
War between the mid-1940s and mid-1950s. This was a critical period: when
Americans were urged to swap one foreign enemy (fascism) for another
(Soviet communism); when the anxieties, values and beliefs which most
people would carry throughout the conflict were first established; when
cinema was still at or near the peak of its drawing power in the United States;7
and when the state-film network in the United States was rapidly evolving to
take account of the exigencies of a full-blown Cold War. As we shall see,
America in the 1940s and 1950s was marked by idealism and creativity as much
as fear and risk, motives that mingled in an unprecedented expansion of gov-
ernmental activity and private initiative and which began to blur the lines
between state and civil society. As the Cold War proper started, so the US gov-
ernment’s propaganda apparatus developed to pressurise, guide and sharpen
the media’s anti-Soviet messages. This included agencies like J. Edgar
Hoover’s FBI that ostensibly concentrated purely on surveillance and security,
but which in reality played a significant role in mobilising the American people
to act as ‘citizen warriors’ in the nation’s fight against communism.
HOLLYWOOD ON TRIAL
Hollywood was treated as one of the ‘enemies within’ by counter-subversives
in the United States during the early Cold War years. Once the clash between
Washington and Moscow became direct and overt with the articulation of the
Truman Doctrine in March 1947, domestic communism was transformed
from a matter of political controversy to a subject that dominated national
security. If anti-communism had been confined to the relative margins of
American politics at the time of Ninotchka’s production in the late 1930s, it
now moved to the ideological centre. Anyone even suspected of harbouring
communist sympathies faced the prospect of being labelled ‘Un-American’.
Those in influential positions – in government, education, labour unions, the
media – were subjected to intense scrutiny from the state and the public.
The enemy within 45
As was the case in the Soviet Union, those working in the film industry in
the United States in the late 1940s were put under unprecedented political
pressure to act in ‘the national interest’. Whereas cultural vigilance in the
Soviet Union was organised from the centre through a single department (the
Ministry of Cinematography), in the United States it was implemented via a
loose amalgamation of old and new organisations and legislation. The US
Aliens Registration Act, for instance, which made it an offence to conspire to
advocate the overthrow of the American government and was used to pros-
ecute communists in the late 1940s, had been passed by Congress in 1940. In
the Soviet Union, this cultural authoritarianism (or ‘Zhdanovism’) caused film
production to fall to dramatically low levels, meaning that the Russian people’s
diet of fully fledged Cold War movies was meagre.8 However, in the United
States the effect was the opposite, as Hollywood went into Cold War film
production overdrive.
The CPUSA had made the film industry a special organising target in 1936,
a move that reflected Lenin’s and Stalin’s belief in the power of cinema.
Proclaiming that movies were ‘the weapon of mass culture’, the party organ-
isers urged their recruits at least to ‘keep anti-Soviet agitprop’ out of the
movies they worked on.9 HUAC began hearings on the alleged communist
penetration of the motion picture industry in 1938, due largely to the number
of screenwriters professing support for the Popular Front. The committee’s
then chairman, Martin Dies, also believed Hollywood’s Anti-Nazi League to
be a front for the Communist party (which, after August 1939, it was).10
HUAC’s more concerted efforts to ‘trace the footprints of Karl Marx in
movieland’ a decade later, first in 1947 and again in 1951–2, 1953 and 1955–8,
guaranteed the committee maximum publicity for its counter-subversion
investigations elsewhere. At the same time, these efforts were part of a fero-
cious if uncoordinated campaign fought by conservative forces inside and
outside government designed to draft the media into the Cold War.11 They
were also allied to a genuine (if misplaced) belief on many conservatives’ part
that Hollywood’s alleged Russophilia during the Second World War, combined
with the post-war flurry of film-industry strikes and liberal ‘message’ pictures
raising such issues as home-grown racism, was evidence of growing commu-
nist influence behind and on the screen.
HUAC’s seminal nine-day inquiry in Hollywood in October 1947 was a
peculiarly American marriage of show business and politics, and likened to a
‘Roman circus’ by RKO’s liberal head, Dore Schary.12 Despite the inquiry’s
failure (repeated later) to uncover any hard proof of communist infiltration
or Marxism on celluloid, it ended with chairman J. Parnell Thomas calling on
the industry to ‘clean its own house’. The infamous ‘Waldorf Statement’
was issued by Hollywood’s moguls soon afterwards, amounting to a tacit
46 Hollywood’s Cold War
the White House and Treasury, was confidently telling the readers of Look
magazine ‘How We Can Win the Cold War With Russia’.16
The American Legion acted as the third point of this triangle, on the one
hand by campaigning against those identified as suspect by the Legion of
Decency, the MPA, HUAC and the FBI, and on the other by organising boy-
cotts of films it deemed subversive or that featured actors labelled as com-
munist sympathisers (‘comsyps’ for short). With over 17,000 posts and nearly
3 million members nationwide in the 1950s, the Legion, like the numerous
other established social organisations of the right such as the Daughters of
the American Revolution and Knights of Columbus, carried considerable
economic and political weight in the film industry. Local Legion posts terri-
fied exhibitors by threatening to picket theatres showing ideologically incor-
rect fare. Boasting a circulation of 3,600,000, its monthly magazine regularly
ran articles on ‘communists’ in Hollywood. In December 1951, the magazine
named over 50 then-current films that had ‘commie influence’. Several
months later, in May 1952, it furnished industry executives with a dossier of
over 300 names of ‘Reds’. The Legion’s victims included the famous and not
so famous. Edward G. Robinson’s mea culpa took the form of a memoir pub-
lished that October in the American Legion Magazine, entitled ‘How the Reds
Made a Sucker Out of Me’. Alongside the executive boards in private indus-
try, departmental heads and politically appointed administrators in the public
sector, and the editors and publishers of key metropolitan newspapers and
national magazines, the American Legion both encouraged and extended the
anti-communist work of the governmental investigatory committees during
the Red Scare. The relationships among these various forces were charac-
terised by acknowledged, conscious, often coordinated interaction as well as
agreement on the larger goals and methods of the Cold War enterprise.17
The culture of fear abated somewhat when the worst excesses of the
nation’s Red Scare paranoia subsided in the mid to-late 1950s. Yet the job
prospects of many blacklistees were affected well into the 1960s, and HUAC
itself remained in existence until 1975. The prosecution of ‘unfriendly’ wit-
nesses, the naming of names, the purging of the politically incorrect on
dubious charges, the early deaths of unemployed blacklistees and the flights
abroad of others, the overseas ban imposed by the MPAA on innocuous polit-
ical comedies like The Senator Was Indiscreet (1947) – looking at these and many
other phenomena as a whole, references to the early Cold War years being
Hollywood’s ‘darkest hour’ seem entirely warranted. The wounds left by the
‘Inquisition’ would be felt across the film industry for years.18
Given the film industry’s established antipathy towards communism, its
tendency to bow to political pressure, and its habit of conflating government
and national interest (especially in wartime), it is hardly surprising that the
48 Hollywood’s Cold War
content of American movies in the late 1940s and 1950s shifted decidedly to
the political right. A myriad of factors helps to explain why liberal ‘message’
pictures diminished and a large number of films exalting war or imperialism
and caricaturing the ‘evils’ of communism took their place. Chief among
these are the industry’s nervousness about providing the anti-communist
crusade against it with more ammunition; the fact that executives’ reputations
were on the line due to their promise to watch out for radical propaganda; the
pressure to design films in such a way as to frustrate the efforts of Soviet pro-
pagandists to condemn America by its own images; the influence exerted by
the MPA’s widely distributed manifesto, Screen Guide for Americans; plus a belief
among some producers that sensational Red-baiting films could possibly
make money and thereby help fill the industry’s dwindling coffers.19
After a detailed investigation of Hollywood’s recent output carried out in the
mid-1950s, former OWI official Dorothy Jones scotched all allegations that
Hollywood had for years been pedalling Marxism on screen. She noted, in the
same report, that upwards of 40 films released between 1948 and 1955 had
explicitly attacked communism and the Soviet Union.20 Historians have since
increased that figure: one has counted 48 made between 1948 and 1952, rising
to a total of 107 between 1948 and 1962. 21 Yet even this figure fails to take into
account the scores of movies set in and around the Korean War, the defining
‘hot’ conflict of the 1950s for most Americans.22 It also omits the dozens of
other films that focused on the communist threat more discreetly or allegor-
ically. Even if it is impossible to agree on a definitive total, there is little doubt
that this period represents the high point of Hollywood’s Cold War ‘agit-prop’.
Yet the extent to which movies portrayed this threat accurately is not the
issue so much as the way they depicted indigenous communists and those asso-
ciated with them. In short, ‘they’ were presented as a mixture of criminals,
murderers, social misfits and sexual deviants, who were hypocritical, devious
and emotionally detached, and engaged in illegal activities in order to weaken
the USA and advance the Soviet cause of world domination. In contrast,
‘we’ (‘ordinary’ Americans) were presented as law-abiding, capable and self-
sacrificing, as people who, though traditionally peace-loving, were at war with
an implacable enemy. To stand by in such circumstances, the films warned, was
either an act of dangerous naïvety or one of implicit collaboration.
Communists were shown to be undermining the USA in a variety of ways,
ranging from acts of sabotage, espionage and drug-smuggling to infiltrating
labour unions, university faculties and even churches in order to spread the
party line. Communist tentacles reached across the globe: to Western Europe
(Assignment – Paris, 1952), Eastern Europe (The Beast of Budapest, 1956), Africa
(Tangier Incident, 1953), Asia (The Shanghai Story, 1954), the Arctic Circle (Arctic
Flight, 1952), and even outer space (The Flying Saucer, 1950).25 More seriously,
they had penetrated democracy’s very heartland, in a host of locations – San
Francisco (I Married a Communist, 1949), Pittsburgh (I Was a Communist for the
FBI, 1951), Hawaii (Big Jim McLain, 1952), New York (Bowery Battalion, 1951),
Alaska (Red Snow, 1952)26 – and in a variety of institutions: the science labora-
tory (Invaders from Mars, 1953), the military base (The Wac from Walla Walla,
1952), and even a national monument, Mount Rushmore (North by Northwest,
1959).27
No genre proved immune to the politics of the day, though often this pol-
itics found only indirect expression. Documentaries included The Bell (1950),
which was jointly produced by the Defence Department and the Crusade for
Freedom. The CFF was a project of the CIA-sponsored National Committee
for Free Europe, and campaigned, among other things, for the expansion of
radio broadcasting networks equipped to spread ‘the truth’ among those living
under communism. The Bell was a short educational film which, using the
Liberty Bell, America’s great symbol of independence and freedom, as its
starting point, encouraged movie-goers to purchase savings bonds by spelling
out the dangers of Soviet aggression, partly through footage of the 1948–9
Berlin airlift. The Hoaxsters, another documentary, was made by Dore Schary
in 1952, and showed ‘how the dictators of the world up to and including
Joseph Stalin have been much like the hucksters who attempt to fool the
people with “snake oil” ’. The Hoaxsters was nominated for an Academy Award
and released with the endorsement of the State Department and the FBI.28
Thrillers included Jacques Tourneur’s The Fearmakers (1958), in which a brain-
washed Korean War veteran returns to the US to find his public relations firm
50 Hollywood’s Cold War
taken over by communists, and Edward Dein’s Shack Out on 101 (1955), in
which an FBI agent thwarts a communist smuggling plot operating out of a
Californian hamburger stand. Crime capers included Sam Fuller’s Pickup on
South Street (1953) and Robert Aldrich’s Kiss Me Deadly (1955), which respec-
tively depicted a hard-bitten pickpocket and cynical private investigator
(Micky Spillane’s Mike Hammer) turning anti-communist and routing atomic
spies.29
Closely related to this genre, espionage dramas showed American govern-
ment agents and private citizens, sometimes with their Western allies, chal-
lenging communist spies both at home and abroad, thereby allowing
movie-goers to see the indivisibility of domestic and overseas security. These
included Harold Schuster’s Security Risk (1954), in which a holidaying FBI
agent prevents communists from stealing documents from a murdered
nuclear physicist, and Fred T. Sears’ Target Hong Kong (1953), which depicts an
American soldier of fortune saving the British colony from a Chinese com-
munist plot. Comedies like Norman Z. McLeod’s My Favourite Spy (1951), star-
ring Bob Hope and set partially in Morocco, and Charles Lamont’s Paris-set
Ma and Pa Kettle on Vacation (1953), delivered the same message.30 Victor
Saville’s Anglo-American production The Conspirator (1949) and the afore-
mentioned My Son John were melodramas that focused on the traumas of
family relationships caused by communist intrusion. Both highlighted
women’s role in the struggle against ‘domestic’ subversion, and the painful
need for wives and mothers to give up their treacherous loved ones for the
greater good. Together with Elia Kazan’s multi-award-winning docklands
drama, On the Waterfront (1954), ostensibly a film about union corruption but
interpreted by many critics as an allegory justifying those ‘friendly’ witnesses
(like Kazan) who had cooperated with HUAC, these played a central role in
shaping the informer-as-hero sub-genre.31
Science fiction was a popular vehicle for the covert language of the anti-
Red crusade, with monsters from outer space or beneath the sea serving as the
allegorical enemy intruder. Gordon Douglas’ Them! (1954), for example, fea-
tured enormous nuclear-induced mutant ants threatening Los Angeles before
being destroyed by the combined might of the police, FBI and armed forces.32
Don Siegel’s box office hit Invasion of the Body Snatchers (1956) has been subject
to various interpretations. Some critics have read it as ‘anti-fascist’, others as
‘McCarthyist’, but as historians Leonard Quart and Albert Auster argue,
‘More probably, the alien pods could be seen as Communists . . . who are
everywhere conspiring to turn people into robots.’33 Westerns also took what
one scholar has dubbed a ‘Cold War path’, especially in the early 1950s, when
the genre almost consciously took on a topical relevance. John Lenihan has
demonstrated how various Westerns in this period ‘advocated total military
The enemy within 51
Nazis’ into ‘rotten Russians’ underlined the link. Yet films made it clear that
the nature of the present, post-war threat was even greater, for international
communism was known to favour clandestine, underground takeover
methods rather than Nazi-style military invasions.37 The US was peculiarly
vulnerable to such subversive tactics, we learn, because of its innocence.
Despite the shock of Pearl Harbor and the advent of the atomic age,
Americans were still too trusting and the country so open and free. Vigilance
and the criminalisation of communism were the only reasonable response.
Scripting surveillance: J. Edgar Hoover (centre) looks over a draft screenplay with the makers of The
House on 92nd Street (1945). Director Henry Hathaway (seated) and actor Lloyd Nolan are on the
FBI chief ’s right. The writer John Monks, Jr., and producer Louis de Rochement (with elbow on table) are on
his left. Louis de Rochement Papers, American Heritage Center, University of Wyoming.
little man whom no one suspects: he receives no money, travels by bus, never
frequents hotels, popular restaurants or bars. He is a dedicated Communist
who never meets his superiors personally.’59 Other members of the production
staff chipped in at various stages, with the aim being to blend fact and fiction
in as entertainingly believable a way as possible. In July 1951, for instance,
casting director Shirlee Weingarten told de Rochement that the script needed
to develop the spy’s other, ordinary life more fully, in order to make the audi-
ence identify with him and consequently feel a sense of betrayal, and to high-
light the terrible ‘schizoid’ existence all spies had. In the same month, Joseph
Breen gave the script the PCA’s seal of approval.60 After initial interest from
one of the leading stars of the day, Tyrone Power, George Murphy was chosen
(specially by the FBI, ads claimed) to play the lead role of Inspector Belden. A
solid Republican and former president of the Screen Actors Guild who had
been one of HUAC’s first ‘friendly’ witnesses in 1947, Murphy was described
in the early 1950s by one of the era’s most aggressive anti-communist politi-
cians, Senator Richard Nixon, as the model of ‘positive Americanism’ in
Hollywood.61
Other than the Scottish actor Finlay Currie, who played a German scien-
tist, and Karel Stepanek, the espionage ringleader, few members of the cast
would have been known to the general audience. Using minor actors and non-
professionals helped cut costs and gave the film a more documentary feel.
Filming took place almost entirely on location in Boston, with subsidiary
shooting in New Hampshire, Maine and Washington, DC. Shooting on the
streets, in offices, at ports and in sight of well-known public buildings made
the movie look more ‘real’ than a simple dramatic re-enactment of the atom
spy case. Basing the film in New England also helped RD-DR to draw paral-
lels between events depicted in the film and recent revelations of communist
activities in the region provided by the FBI’s star confidential informant,
Herbert Philbrick, and set out in his best-selling book I Led Three Lives
(1952).62 Walk East on Beacon came in on budget, costing a total of $600,000,
and received a glowing, public tribute from J. Edgar Hoover, who called it ‘an
exceptionally fine motion picture [that] plainly shows the vicious pattern
which has enabled the godless tyranny of Communism to enslave millions of
people’.63
Calling all Americans! George Murphy (centre) calmly directs anti-communist manoeuvres on home soil in
Walk East on Beacon (1952). Columbia Pictures/Acadamy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences.
facts. The film opens with a shot of J. Edgar Hoover, whose ‘Crime of the
Century’, the credits tell us, has inspired this ‘Drama of Real Life’ made ‘with
the cooperation of the FBI’. Over further library shots of smartly dressed
G-Men receiving guidance about Soviet intelligence activities and being taught
how to handle surveillance equipment, a stentorian commentator (newsreel
narrator Westbrook Van Voorhis) then reports how the FBI’s current chief
responsibility is to deal with ‘a worldwide conspiracy which seeks through
subversion to destroy established governments everywhere’.
With an aura of authenticity and official legitimacy in place, the movie then
shifts seamlessly to re-enacting an ‘absorbing case history’ of a Soviet plot
centred on Boston to grab secret American scientific data, loosely but obvi-
ously based on the real Fuchs-Gold spy case. Inspector James Belden (Murphy)
is assigned to track down the spies trying to uncover the work of ‘Operation
Falcon’. This is so highly classified we never learn precisely what it is (for secur-
ity reasons, presumably), but we can deduce that it is related to weapons and
space research.64 Masterminding the plot is the Russian Alex Lazchenkov
(Stepanek) and, as the movie unfolds, the complicated underground proce-
dures used by the communists to achieve their ends are exposed – the use of
Comintern-trained Americans as ‘sleepers’, extortion from the vulnerable and
60 Hollywood’s Cold War
This was necessary, the film tells us, because the communists pose such a
potent threat. By delineating the fifth-columnists’ methods in such graphic
and entertaining detail – via close-ups of keys, explanations of code books,
revelations of counter-surveillance techniques – de Rochement presents the
subversives as clever, determined and extremely resourceful. They are deeply
embedded in American society, the result of a long-term and well-thought-
out Soviet plan. Consequently, we can believe a senior operative, Millie
Zalenko (Virginia Gilmore), when she tells her G-Man interrogator that ‘for
every one of us you arrest, there are a lot of others, trained and waiting to take
over’. Yet they must, and can be, vanquished, the movie states.
Despite contrary claims in the film’s publicity material, Walk East on Beacon
eschews any analysis of the communists’ motives. Harry Gold and Klaus
Fuchs had in fact worked for the Soviet Union out of political conviction, but
their rough counterparts in the movie do so either because they are black-
mailed or for personal aggrandizement. A minority of the plotters are shown
to believe in ‘the Cause’ even after their arrest, but, with their stony faces and
unemotional behaviour, this comes across as an affliction or the blind convic-
tion of the zealot. Even if these ideologues have chosen to work for Russia,
their fear of living in Russia is palpable, especially if they are sent there to be
punished for incompetence. Professor Kafer, on the other hand, has chosen
to work in and for the West because he knows the real meaning of freedom.
He has tasted the bitter fruits of totalitarianism at first hand, in Buchenwald
concentration camp during the Second World War. Kafer sees little or no
difference between Nazi Germany and the Soviet Union, and indeed in one
scene implies that German communists had been complicit in the Holocaust.
The fascist-communist overlap was underlined by Stepanek, who had played
Nazis during the Second World War.66
Given the FBI’s long association with fighting the Mafia (on and off
screen), many viewers watching Walk East on Beacon would automatically have
drawn comparisons between communism and gangsterism. The televised
hearings chaired by Tennessee Senator Estes Kefauver in 1951 had painted a
picture of organised crime being a degenerative force in American life that
could ruin the nation’s strength overseas.67 These hearings would have been
fresh in many people’s memories when de Rochement’s film was released in
April 1952, making it easy for many to link underworld crime and under-
ground political subversion. The movie drove home this theme through its
use of gangster movie conventions – muggings, a femme fatale, night scenes,
narcotics – thereby helping further to depoliticise the appeals of communism.
Unconventionally, the communists in Walk East on Beacon are not easy to
spot. However, they do share common character flaws. They are congenitally
miserable; are either insolent or obsequious; have contempt for others’ views
62 Hollywood’s Cold War
Communism, AKA Espionage, Inc.: publicity poster for Walk East on Beacon (1952). Columbia
Picture/Louis de Rochement papers, American Heritage Center, University of Wyoming.
The enemy within 63
and suspect each other; are power- and often sex-crazed; and have no personal
lives – one husband-and-wife team, for instance, share a ‘devotion and service’
only to the party. Vincent (played by Jack Manning) is the only communist
shown any sympathy, when his request to leave the party meets with the threat
of death. ‘Being a Party member is like waking up and finding yourself
married to some woman you hate’, Vincent confesses to his wife, ‘so you end
up hating yourself.’ Minutes later we read of his apparent suicide. In this way,
the film leads us to the conclusion that all American communists are at best
disloyal, at worst traitors who are accomplices to murder.
Walk East on Beacon premiered in April 1952 in Portsmouth, New
Hampshire, de Rochement’s home state, where it was sponsored by the St
John’s Episcopal Church. It then went nationwide.68 Because the movie had
been independently produced outside Hollywood, it lacked the full backing of
the industry’s public relations machine, but the support provided by the FBI’s
publicity engine made up for this to some extent. The critical response to most
overtly anti-communist pictures of the late 1940s and 1950s was overwhelm-
ingly negative, with reviewers denigrating their ludicrous plots and wooden
acting. Not so Walk East on Beacon. In fact, several trade papers and main-
stream magazines criticised the film for being almost too real, that is for con-
centrating on the minutiae of FBI detective procedures at the expense of
thrills.69 This was not how others in the film press saw it, however. BoxOffice
and Cue both found it ‘fascinating’, while Martin Quigley’s Motion Picture Herald
classed it as being ‘as timely, topical and as exciting as this morning’s newspa-
per’. In Philadelphia, where Harry Gold had worked, the Evening Bulletin
treated Walk East on Beacon as a documentary, arguing that the film ‘gives a
better understanding of the workings of communism and should be more
potent ammunition against it than the more pretentious My Son John’. In New
York, William Randolph Hearst’s Daily Mirror described the movie as ‘one of
the most important of all time . . . a vindication of a brave, a brilliant, and a
dedicated little body of men the like of which has not been seen since
Lexington and Concord’.70 Interestingly, de Rochement’s film even garnered
approval among liberals. The Anti-Defamation League, for instance,
applauded it for vigorously exposing communist espionage tactics without
lumping together liberals and communists and taking ‘gratuitous slaps’ at
labour unions, minorities and intellectuals.71 More predictably, the American
Legion roundly endorsed the film, as did the Republican Senators Karl
Mundt, a regular recipient and disseminator of FBI information, and Richard
Nixon, who proclaimed that it was ‘a picture which should be seen by every
American’.72
Walk East on Beacon was far from being one of Hollywood’s biggest earners
in 1952. However, judging from de Rochement’s accounts it did far better
64 Hollywood’s Cold War
commercially than most other subversion films of the era, grossing in the
region of $2 million. For a docudrama that had virtually no boy-girl action,
was rather one-paced, and whose plot focused on the stealing of complex
mathematical equations, this was quite an achievement. The film’s educational
value was quickly recognised by the US Army and Coast Guard, both of which
hired 16mm prints for instructional purposes. More intriguingly, the CIA also
admired the movie. The agency leased ten prints a year from Columbia from
the early 1950s through till the late 1970s, including five copies dubbed into
foreign languages. It is unclear exactly where and how these prints were dis-
tributed during this long period. However, given a few tweaks Walk East on
Beacon could easily have passed as a bona fide documentary overseas, largely
because its story was told in such a straightforward fashion.73
CONCLUSION
For decades now historians have argued about the causes and nature of
McCarthyism: about whether it was primarily a top-down phenomenon
prompted by the Truman administration’s Cold War measures, or more of a
‘popular insurgency’ with genuine anti-communism agitated by irrational
‘status anxiety’, similar in some ways to the Populist uprising of the 1890s.74
It has long been acknowledged that Hollywood promoted the politics of
McCarthyism, and that its anti-communist output can be attributed in large
part to the political pressures the film industry faced during the first decade
of the Cold War. Yet our analysis of Walk East on Beacon gives a different side
to the story. It demonstrates the increasingly tight, often consensual relation-
ship that developed on and off screen between filmmakers and government
agencies during the McCarthy era. As the government’s Cold War propaganda
machine expanded during the late 1940s and 1950s and the constituent parts
of it sought to promote their role in the fight against communism, so the film
world’s links with the state grew more complex and concrete.
Movies produced during this critical period of the East-West struggle
overwhelmingly supported Washington’s tough anti-Soviet line, with many
venturing, to borrow Senator Arthur Vandenberg’s famous line to Truman in
1947, to ‘scare the hell out of the American people’ about the threat posed by
communism.75 Whether cinema-goers did actually fear communism more for
having watched movies like Invasion USA, The Red Menace and Walk East on
Beacon is debatable. So, too, is the notion that these viewers were more likely
subsequently to acquiesce in or push for more draconian anti-communist
measures. However, what the production history of Walk East on Beacon and
other films suggests about McCarthyism is that the top-down versus bottom-
up approach towards understanding the phenomenon is in some respects a
The enemy within 65
false dichotomy. Some films, like The Bell, were produced at ‘the top’ by gov-
ernment; others, like My Son John, came ‘from below’, being the result of a
director’s personal take on the Cold War; others still, like Walk East on Beacon,
emerged from above and below, from elements of the industry and state
which shared the same political anxieties and, to an extent, political goals.
That Hollywood promoted Cold War orthodoxy so enthusiastically during
this period should not surprise us in the light of the film industry’s campaign
against communism dating back to 1917. Collaboration between the industry
and state propagandists was eased by the organisational legacy of the Second
World War’s Office of War Information, meaning filmmakers and officials in
the late 1940s could pick up from where they had left off a few years earlier,
updating and finessing the ideas and themes they had used to defeat fascism.
This, together with Hollywood’s structure being more centralised than that of
the press and the country’s nascent television service, helps to explain why
cinema led the way in establishing the American media’s aggressive approach
towards the Soviet Union and, after 1949, Mao Tse Tung’s China.76
Nowadays, Hollywood’s McCarthyite Red-baiters are often offered as anti-
quated kitsch or camp classics, as curious relics of an era when propaganda
was thought to be the same colours as film itself – black and white. Whilst
understandable, this can underestimate the role these movies served in
helping to set Hollywood’s Cold War agenda and to establish enemy stereo-
typing for the years ahead. Blunt they might have been, but not uniformly, as
Beacon attests. Moreover, few viewers would probably have seen the hand of
government in what they were watching. For all the FBI’s input, even Beacon
came across as a regular commercial venture, and no critic bracketed it as an
officially inspired film. As the Cold War progressed, the style of Hollywood’s
coverage of the communist threat might have differed from these hard-hitting
movies, but the substance remained essentially the same. In the 1980s, as we
shall see later, history repeated itself, as communist fifth-columnism (with an
added terrorist twist) returned to the screen with a vengeance.
Notes
1 J. Edgar Hoover testimony, Regarding the Communist Infiltration of the Motion Picture
Industry (Hearings Before the Committee on Un-American Activities, House of
Representatives, 1884 and 2121, 80th Congress, 1st Session, 26 March 1947)
(Washington, DC, 1947).
2 On the Lincoln Memorial’s iconic place in American films, especially those
explicitly about politics, see Scott, Politics, pp. 7–9.
3 My Son John press book, British Film Institute Library, London (hereafter BFIL);
J. A. V. Burke, ‘My Son John: A Disturbing Film’, Focus, Vol. 16, No. 8, August 1953,
pp. 185–6.
66 Hollywood’s Cold War
4 Glen M. Johnson, ‘Sharper than an Irish Serpent’s Tooth: Leo McCarey’s My Son
John’, Journal of Popular Film and Television, Vol. 8, No. 1, 1980, pp. 44–9; Whitfield,
Culture, pp. 136–41; Michael Paul Rogin, Ronald Reagan, The Movie and Other
Episodes in Political Demonology (Berkeley, CA, 1987), pp. 240–6, 250–3.
5 See, for instance, Sayre, Running Time, and David Caute, The Great Fear: The Anti-
Communist Purge under Truman and Eisenhower (New York, 1978), pp. 487–520.
6 Motion Picture Herald, 26 April 1952; Stefan Kanfer, A Journal of the Plague Years
(New York, 1973), pp. 56–7, 189–92.
7 Weekly cinema attendance figures in the United States reached an all-time high
of 81 million in the mid-1940s, dropping to 16 million in 1970, then rising slightly
to just over 20 million in the late 1980s, when the Cold War ended. Maltby,
Hollywood, p. 124.
8 According to the Catalog of Soviet Feature Films, between 1946 and 1953 the
USSR produced a total of 165 films. Peter Kenez, Cinema and Soviet Society,
1917–1953 (Cambridge, 1992), p. 227. For the extent to which the Cold War
figured in these movies, and for the pressures imposed on Soviet filmmakers by
Stalin’s cultural overseer in the late 1940s, Andrei Zhdanov, see Films in Review,
Vol. 4, No. 1, January 1953, pp. 7–14; Films in Review, Vol. 4, No. 2, February
1953, pp. 64–73; Sarah Davies, ‘Soviet Cinema and the Early Cold War:
Pudovkin’s Admiral Nakhimov in Context’, Cold War History, Vol. 4, No. 1,
October 2003, pp. 49–70; Graham Roberts, ‘A Cinema of Suspicion or a
Suspicion of Cinema: Soviet Film 1945–53’, in Rawnsley (ed.), Cold War
Propaganda, pp. 105–24.
9 Navasky, Naming, p. 78.
10 Ceplair and Englund, Inquisition, p. 109. On the Popular Front in Hollywood see
Michael Denning, The Cultural Front: The Laboring of American Culture in the
Twentieth Century (London, 1998).
11 On the degree to which television and the press acted as unofficial state propa-
gandists or beat the conservative drum during this period see Bernhard, Television
News, and James Aronson, The Press and the Cold War (Boston, MA, 1973).
12 Sayre, Running Time, pp. 31–78; Dore Schary, Heyday (Boston, MA, 1979),
pp. 162–3.
13 John Cogley, Report on Blacklisting, 2 vol (New York, 1971; reprint of 1956 edn.);
Ceplair and Englund, Inquisition; McGilligan and Buhle, Tender Comrades.
14 Walsh, Sin, pp. 241, 269–71.
15 On the bloody union battles in Hollywood in the late 1930s and 1940s, which
formed an important backdrop to the Red-Scare-era blacklist, see Gerald Horne,
Class Struggle in Hollywood, 1930–1950 (Austin, TX, 2001).
16 Ceplair and Englund, Inquisition, pp. 211–16, 258; Sayre, Running Time, pp. 18, 50;
May, Tomorrow, pp. 177, 191. The Grapes of Wrath (1940) and Tobacco Road (1941),
both directed by John Ford and scripted by Nunnally Johnson, had sympathised
with poor white farmers suffering at the hands of either bankers or capitalism
generally. Ford’s films earned considerable respect in Soviet film circles for their
ability to raise universal human values. Davies, ‘Soviet Cinema’, p. 55.
The enemy within 67
17 Ceplair and Englund, Inquisition, pp. 204, 392; Thomas Doherty, ‘Hollywood
Agit-Prop: The Anti-Communist Cycle 1948–1954’, Journal of Film and Video,
Vol. 40, No. 4, Fall 1988, pp. 15–27, esp. pp. 18–19.
18 Navasky, Naming; Robert Vaughn, Only Victims: A Study of Show Business Blacklisting
(New York, 1972); Walter Goodman, The Committee: The Extraordinary Career of the
House Committee on Un-American Activities (New York, 1968). George S. Kaufman’s
The Senator Was Indiscreet was a gentle satire that spoofed a bumbling and
unabashedly corrupt American senator, played by William Powell. Senator Joseph
McCarthy called the film ‘traitorous’, while a representative of the Allied Theatre
Owners asserted it would be ‘highly recommended by Pravda’. See Sayre, Running
Time, pp. 54–5.
19 Leab, ‘The Iron Curtain’.
20 Dorothy B. Jones, ‘Communism and the Movies: A Study of Film Content’, in
Cogley, Report on Blacklisting. Vol. 1: The Movies, pp. 215, 282.
21 Russell E. Shain, ‘Hollywood’s Cold War’, Journal of Popular Film, Vol. 3, No. 4,
1974, pp. 334–50, 365–72.
22 On Korean War movies see Julian Smith, Looking Away: Hollywood and Vietnam
(New York, 1975), pp. 35–64, and Robert J. Lentz, Korean War Filmography: 91
English Language Features through 2000 (Jefferson, NC, 2003).
23 On these competing judgements see John Earl Haynes and Harvey Klehr, ‘The
Historiography of American Communism: An Unsettled Field’, Labor History
Review, Vol. 68, No. 1, April 2003, pp. 61–78.
24 Schrecker, McCarthyism, pp. 16–19.
25 Variety, 10 September 1952, p. 6; Film Daily, 17 February 1958, p. 11; Variety, 11
February 1953, p. 6; New York Times, 25 September 1954, p. 10; Variety, 30 July
1952, p. 6; Film Daily, 12 January 1950, p. 6. The directors of these films were,
respectively, Robert Parrish, Harmon C. Jones, Lew Landers, Frank Lloyd, Lew
Landers and Mikel Conrad.
26 Variety, 19 September 1949, p. 3; New York Times, 3 May 1951, p. 34; Variety, 27
August 1952, p. 6; Hollywood Reporter, 12 February 1951; Motion Picture Herald, 21
June 1952, p. 1418. The directors of these films were, respectively, Robert
Stevenson, Gordon Douglas, Edward Ludwig, William Beaudine and Boris L.
Petroff.
27 Variety, 8 April 1953, p. 6; Hollywood Reporter, 15 October 1952, p. 3; Variety, 1 July
1959, p. 7. The directors of these films were, respectively, William Cameron
Menzies, William Witney and Alfred Hitchcock.
28 Lawrence Suid (ed.), Film and Propaganda in America: A Documentary History. Volume
IV: 1945 and After (New York, 1991), pp. 116–41; Lucas, Freedom’s War,
pp. 101–3, 126.
29 Hollywood Reporter, 22 September 1958, p. 3; Variety, 30 November 1955, p. 6;
Time, 29 June 1953; Variety, 20 April 1955, p. 6.
30 Hollywood Reporter, 11 August 1954, p. 3; Variety, 17 December 1952, p. 6; New
York Times, 26 December 1951, p. 19; Saturday Review, 28 March 1953.
31 New York Times, 28 April 1950, p. 26; Sayre, Running Time, pp. 151–72.
68 Hollywood’s Cold War
32 William Johnson (ed.), Focus on the Science Fiction Film (Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1972),
p. 7; Biskind, Seeing, pp. 123–36.
33 Leonard Quart and Albert Auster, American Film and Society since 1945 (New York,
1991), p. 52; Stuart Samuels, ‘The Age of Conspiracy and Conformity: Invasion of
the Body Snatchers (1956)’, in John E. O’Connor and Martin A. Jackson (eds),
American History/American Film: Interpreting the Hollywood Image (New York, 1979),
pp. 204–17. On the left-wing views of Body Snatchers’ director and scriptwriters
see Paul Buhle and Dave Wagner, Hide in Plain Sight: The Hollywood Blacklistees in
Film and Television, 1950–2002 (New York, 2005), pp. 72–4.
34 John H. Lenihan, Showdown: Confronting Modern America in the Western (Urbana, IL,
1980), p. 25; New York Times, 6 June 1953; Film Daily, 20 January 1950.
35 David Eldridge, ‘Hollywood and History, 1950–1959’, PhD thesis, University of
Cambridge, October 2001, pp. 127–31.
36 New York Times, 27 June 1949, p. 18.
37 At the same time during this period Hollywood also refurbished the image of pre-
Cold War Germany. With West Germany now a vital member of the anti-Soviet
alliance, films presented its citizens overwhelmingly as victims of Nazism rather
than its accessories. Critic Dwight MacDonald marvelled in 1957 at how seg-
ments of the German population in these films were ‘transformed from cowardly
accomplices of one kind of totalitarianism into heroic resisters of another kind’.
Cited in Daniel J. Leab, ‘Hollywood and the Cold War, 1945–1961’, in Robert
Brent Toplin (ed.), Hollywood as Mirror: Changing Views of ‘Outsiders’ and ‘Enemies’
in American Movies (Westport, CT, 1993), p. 127.
38 Karel Reisz, ‘Hollywood’s Anti-Red Boomerang’, Sight and Sound, Vol. 22, No. 3,
January-March 1953, pp. 132–7, 148; Biskind, Seeing, pp. 3, 162; Daniel J., Leab,
‘How Red was My Valley: Hollywood, the Cold War Film, and I Married A
Communist’, Journal of Contemporary History, Vol. 19, 1984, pp. 59–88; Leab, ‘The
Iron Curtain’.
39 Sayre, Running Time; Jowett, Film, p. 368; Shain, ‘Hollywood’s Cold War’; Caute,
Dancer, p. 177.
40 John E. Haynes, Red Scare or Red Menace? American Communism and Anticommunism
in the Cold War Era (Chicago, IL, 1996), pp. 179–80.
41 Kenneth O’Reilly, Hoover and the UnAmericans (Philadelphia, PA, 1983), pp. 76–82.
42 Steven J. Ross, ‘Introduction’, in Ross (ed.), Movies, pp. 7–8; ‘Communist Infiltration
into the Motion Picture Industry’, FBI Report submitted 16 February 1943, in
Daniel J. Leab (ed.), Communist Activity in the Entertainment Industry: FBI Surveillance
Files on Hollywood, 1924–1958, microfilm collection (Bethesda, MD, 1991), 1: 10.
43 John A. Noakes, ‘Bankers and Common Men in Bedford Falls: How the FBI
Determined that It’s a Wonderful Life was a Subversive Movie’, Film History, Vol.
10, No. 3, 1998, pp. 311–19; O’Reilly, Hoover and the Un-Americans, p. 82; Athan
Theoharis, Chasing Spies: How the FBI Failed in Counterintelligence but Promoted the
Politics of McCarthyism in the Cold War Years (Chicago, IL, 2002), p. 155. Red
Channels first appeared in 1950 as a special report by the magazine Counterattack,
which was published by American Business Consultants in New York, a
The enemy within 69
corporation formed by three former FBI agents. The publication was widely used
as the basis for unofficial blacklisting within the television and radio industries,
and targeted many individuals who also worked in Hollywood.
44 Raymond Fielding, The March of Time, 1935–51 (New York, 1978); Ephraim Katz,
The International Film Encyclopedia (Basingstoke, 1998), p. 361; Leab, ‘The Iron Curtain’,
p. 158; Daniel Leab, I Was a Communist for the FBI (University Park, PA, 2000), p. 80.
45 Christian Science Monitor, 30 December 1950; author’s correspondence with
Borden Mace, 28 March 1998; de Rochement to Nichols, 22 May 1951, Louis de
Rochement Collection, 5716, Box 49, American Heritage Centre, Laramie,
Wyoming (hereafter AHCW).
46 Hoover to de Rochement, 11 September 1942, de Rochement Collection, 5716,
Box 3, AHCW; author’s correspondence with Borden Mace, 28 March 1998; de
Rochement-Hood correspondence, de Rochement Collection, 5716, Box 26,
AHCW.
47 A Day with the FBI, de Rochement Collection, 5716, Box 44, AHCW; author’s cor-
respondence with Borden Mace, 28 March 1998.
48 De Rochement-Ford Foundation correspondence, de Rochement Collection,
5716, Box 20, AHCW; Mace to Paul Lazarus, 6 March 1952, de Rochement
Collection, 5716, Box 44, AHCW. On the Ford Foundation’s connections with
the US government see Saunders, Who Paid the Piper?, pp. 139–44.
49 ‘The History of Communism’, de Rochement Collection, 5716, Box 217, AHCW.
It is unclear whether this film was completed.
50 De Rochement to Hood, 25 August 1950, de Rochement Collection, 5716, Box
26, AHCW; author’s correspondence with Borden Mace, 28 March 1998.
51 Murphy to de Rochement, 6 June 1950, de Rochement Collection, 5716, Box 49,
AHCW. Klaus Fuchs was a German-born, British-educated nuclear physicist who
in January 1950 confessed to passing top-secret information to the Soviet Union
while working on the Manhattan Project at Los Alamos in 1944–5. In February
1950 he was sentenced in London to fourteen years’ imprisonment. Later that year,
Harry Gold, a Swiss-born naturalised American who worked at Philadelphia’s
General Hospital, was sentenced to thirty years’ imprisonment for being Fuchs’
courier. He in turn implicated a Los Alamos atomic bomb machinist, David
Greengrass, who in turn implicated his sister and brother-in-law, Ethel and Julius
Rosenberg. The Rosenbergs were the only two American civilians to be executed,
in June 1953, for conspiracy to commit espionage during the Cold War. On the
publicity these spy revelations excited in the United States see Caute, Fear, pp. 62–9.
52 De Rochement to Hoover, 13 July 1951, de Rochement Collection, 5716, Box
217, AHCW; author’s correspondence with Borden Mace, 28 March 1998.
Hoover apparently chose not to take this money, thinking it would damage his
reputation if he was seen to be profiting from his position as FBI Director. No
such inhibition prevented his sharing with other Bureau officials the proceeds of
other ventures, including Masters of Deceit. See Athan Theoharis and John Stuart
Cox, The Boss (Philadelphia, PA, 1988), p. 207. Walk East on Beacon was titled Crime
of the Century overseas.
70 Hollywood’s Cold War
53 Bernard F. Dick (ed.), Columbia Pictures: Portrait of a Studio (Lexington, KY, 1992),
pp. 15–16; Eldridge, ‘Dear Owen’, pp. 162–3, 180–1; Variety, 15 November 1950,
p. 18; Variety, 10 December 1952, p. 6; Hollywood Reporter, 8 May 1953, p. 3.
54 New York Times, 21 May 1960, p. 15.
55 Albert Hemsing, ‘The Marshall Plan’s European Film Unit 1948–1955: A
Memoir and Filmography’, Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television, Vol. 14,
No. 3, 1994, pp. 269–97. For more on the Marshall Plan film campaign in Europe
in the late 1940s and 1950s see www.marshallfilms.org/mpf.asp (2 February
2006) and www.sellingdemocracy.org (21 June 2006).
56 Louis de Rochement Collection, 5716, Box 49, AHCW. Freeman was the Vice-
President of Paramount Pictures, directing studio operations from 1938 to
1959. He also held the position of Chairman of the Board of Directors of the
Association of Motion Picture Producers from 1947 until 1966. In 1953,
Freeman joined an advisory committee of Hollywood executives and directors,
chaired by Frank Capra, to cooperate with the USIA in producing ‘healthy pro-
paganda’ for overseas consumption, and to screen story material that was
potentially harmful to America’s image abroad. Hollywood Reporter, 8 July 1953.
DeMille was a vastly experienced movie director who in 1953 was appointed as
a special consultant to the USIA on cinema. On Freeman’s government con-
nections see Eldridge, ‘Dear Owen’, pp. 168, 186. For more on DeMille see
Chapter 4.
57 De Rochement memo, August 1951, de Rochement Collection, 5716, Box 217,
AHCW; Nichols to de Rochement, 16 July 1951, de Rochement Collection, 5716,
Box 49, AHCW; Mace to Paul Lazarus, Columbia Pictures, 7 April 1952, de
Rochement Collection, 5716, Box 44, AHCW; press release, September 1951, de
Rochement Collection, 5716, Box 217, AHCW; de Rochement memo, 22 March
1952, de Rochement Collection, 5716, Box 217, AHCW; Mace memo, undated
but probably May 1952, de Rochement Collection, 5716, Box 217, AHCW.
58 Applebaum-de Rochement correspondence, February-March 1952, de
Rochement Collection, 5716, Box 217, AHCW.
59 De Rochement inter-office memo, 8 May 1951, de Rochement Collection, 5716,
Box 44, AHCW.
60 Weingarten to de Rochement, 11 July 1951, de Rochement Collection, 5716, Box
217, AHCW; Breen to Martin Maloney, 17 July 1951, de Rochement Collection,
5716, Box 44, AHCW.
61 Borden Mace-Shirlee Weingarten correspondence, 13 August 1951, de
Rochement Collection, 5716, Box 49, AHCW; de Rochement to Nichols, 9 July
1951, de Rochement Collection, 5716, Box 49, AHCW; Walk East on Beacon
Advertising, de Rochement Collection, 5716, Box 10, AHCW; Nixon in Senate,
26 June 1952, Congressional Record – Appendix, A4240. In 1953–4, Murphy served
as Chairman of the Republican National Convention, and in 1964 was elected a
Republican Senator in California.
62 Mace to Paul Lazarus, Columbia Pictures, 6 March 1952, de Rochement
Collection, 5716, Box 44, AHCW. On the 1953–6 television series I Led Three
The enemy within 71
Lives, based on Philbrick’s recollections, see Thomas Doherty, Cold War, Cool
Medium: Television, McCarthyism, and American Culture (New York, 2003), pp. 140–9.
63 Mace to Leo Jaffe, Columbia Pictures, 20 June 1952, de Rochement Collection,
5716, Box 44, AHCW; Hoover to de Rochement, 19 March 1952, de Rochement
Collection, 5716, Box 49, AHCW.
64 Borden Mace’s suggestion that publicity for Walk East on Beacon should exploit
this space theme to tie in with the current vogue for science-fiction movies fell
on deaf ears at Columbia. The studio felt it would mislead the audience and
detract from Beacon’s politically factual format. Mace-Lazarus correspondence,
March 1952 de Rochement Collection, 5716, Box 44, AHCW.
65 Hoover viewed with deep scepticism those films like Gordon Douglas’ I Was a
Communist for the FBI (1951) which highlighted the role of the Bureau’s celebrity
super-counterspies over the agency’s collective efforts. Leab, I Was a Communist,
p. 81.
66 In 1954, the critic Pauline Kael referred to Hollywood’s prodigious remodelling
of Nazi SS guards as Soviet secret police agents during the period thus: ‘The film-
goer who saw the anti-Nazi films of ten years ago will have no problem recog-
nizing the characters.’ Pauline Kael, I Lost it at the Movies (Boston, MA, 1965),
p. 318.
67 Thomas Doherty, ‘Frank Costello’s Hands: Film, Television, and the Kefauver
Crime Hearings’, Film History, Vol. 10, No. 3, 1998, pp. 359–74.
68 De Rochement to Reverend Robert H. Dunn, 11 April 1952, de Rochement
Collection, 5716, Box 49, AHCW.
69 Variety, 30 April 1952, p. 6; Hollywood Reporter, 30 April 1952, p. 3; New Yorker, 7
June 1952.
70 BoxOffice, 3 May 1952; Cue, 3 May 1952; Motion Picture Herald, 26 April 1952,
p. 1329; Philadelphia Evening Bulletin in Mace to Nichols, 22 May 1952, de
Rochement Collection, 5716, Box 49, AHCW; New York Daily Mirror, 29 May
1952.
71 ADL memo, 7 May 1952, de Rochement Collection, 5716, Box 44, AHCW;
Mundt in Senate, 5 May 1952, Congressional Record, p. 4831; Nixon in Senate, 26
June 1952, Congressional Record – Appendix, p. A4240.
72 Hoover to de Rochement, 3 June 1952, de Rochement Collection, 5716, Box 49,
AHCW.
73 Variety, 7 January 1953, p. 61; J. Raymond Bell to Mace, 28 October 1952, and
L. H. Morine to de Rochement, 8 April 1953, de Rochement Collection, 5716,
Box 44, AHCW; Sayre, Running Time, p. 91.
74 For a concise overview of this debate see Schrecker, McCarthyism.
75 Walter LaFeber, The American Age: United States Foreign Policy at Home and Abroad
since 1750 (New York, 1989), p. 453.
76 Only 9 per cent of American households had television in 1950. By 1959, that
figure had risen to 85.9 per cent. Cited in Bernhard, Television News, p. 47. On the
press see Aronson, Press, esp. pp. 39–102.
CHAPTER 3
Communism believes that human beings are nothing worse than somewhat
superior animals . . . and that the best kind of world is that world which is
organized as a well-managed farm is organized, where certain animals are
taken out to pasture, and they are fed and brought back and milked, and they
are given a barn as shelter over their heads . . . I do not see how, as long
as Soviet Communism holds those views . . . there can be any permanent
reconciliation.
US Secretary of State John Foster Dulles to the Senate Foreign
Relations Committee, 15 January 19531
If proof were needed that literary images could play as important a role in the
cultural Cold War as those viewed at the cinema, it can be found in the work
of the British writer George Orwell. By the time of his death from tuberculo-
sis at 46 years of age in January 1950, Orwell was regarded by many as the finest
political writer in English since Jonathan Swift.2 Two generations later, many
would class him as one of the most influential political writers of the twenti-
eth century, and, paradoxically given his early demise, a key player in the
East–West information war.3 Inspired by democratic socialist principles,
Orwell’s writing was interwoven to an unusual degree in British fiction with a
European and internationalist view of history and politics.4 This feature,
together with a characteristic unadorned style (‘good prose is like a window
pane’, Orwell claimed),5 was most clearly illustrated by his two literary master-
pieces, Animal Farm (1945) and Nineteen Eighty-Four (1949). These novels, the
combined sales of which exceeded those of any comparable post-war writer
in English,6 were immediately interpreted as engaging with the Cold War, and
are now viewed as having contributed many of its most potent images. Words
or phrases culled from the two books – ‘four legs good, two legs bad’, ‘unper-
son’, ‘doublespeak’ – were assimilated into the Western political lexicon and
often used to describe aspects of the Soviet system in particular.
What follows is an analysis of the conversion of Animal Farm and Nineteen
Eighty-Four into films in the 1950s. As we shall see, the American and British
governments appropriated Orwell’s works and image assiduously during the
first decade of the Cold War. First in print, then on the small and big screen,
Projecting a prophet for profit 73
The origins of the animated, feature-length film of Animal Farm lie within the
American secret services. In June 1948, the US National Security Council
issued a directive establishing a new agency to conduct deniable political, eco-
nomic, paramilitary and psychological operations to counter the ‘vicious
covert activities of the USSR, its satellite countries and Communist groups to
discredit the aims of the United States and other Western powers’. The Office
of Special Projects – soon renamed the Office of Policy Coordination
(OPC) – was to operate under the direction of the Departments of State and
Defence, and was housed within the CIA for administrative support.19 Frank
Wisner, OPC chief, was fascinated by the power of propaganda and conse-
quently, armed with a budget in 1949 of $4.7 million (growing to $200 million
in 1952), hired Joseph Bryan III, a Virginian navy veteran, to run a
Psychological Warfare Workshop.20 This unorthodox unit, made up almost
entirely of Princeton alumni, acted as a think-tank, devising often unconven-
tional schemes to undermine the solidarity of the emerging Eastern bloc and
to sharpen the Americans’ anti-communist publicity techniques.21
In 1950, two of the Workshop’s operatives, Carleton Alsop, who had
dabbled in radio and movies, and the writer Finis Farr, began negotiations
with Orwell’s widow and literary executor, Sonia Blair, over the rights to turn
Animal Farm into a film.22 This dovetailed with the OPC’s strategy of creat-
ing a more progressive image for the West, whether via the building up of
democratic international front groups or, in this case, by exploiting Orwell’s
radical credentials.23 The scheme was also linked to President Truman’s
Campaign of Truth, launched in April 1950. This heralded a more aggressive
and comprehensive propaganda strategy dedicated to maintaining faith in
‘the free world’ while destabilising Soviet hegemony in Eastern Europe.
Motion pictures were assigned an integral role in this strategy.24 Substantial
provision was made for overseas film production without attribution to the
US government, for consumption not only by the illiterate in undeveloped
countries but also ‘among industrial workers, farmers and youth in more
advanced countries, [where] motion pictures are a prime instrument for
building confidence, exposing the threat of aggression and combating
tendencies towards neutralism’.25
76 Hollywood’s Cold War
In March 1951, Sonia Blair sold the animation film rights of Animal Farm for
£5,000 ($14,000) to Louis de Rochement’s production company, RD-DR
Corporation, with Carleton Alsop probably having acted as go-between.26 The
result was an ostensibly normal commercial enterprise but one in reality sub-
stantially brokered and financed by the OPC.27 According to one source, Joseph
Bryan as a sign of gratitude arranged for Sonia Blair to meet Clark Gable.28
Although a paucity of available records makes it impossible to decipher pre-
cisely how the OPC forged links with Louis de Rochement, it is not surprising
he was hired to produce Animal Farm. His proven ability to deal successfully
with unusual subjects suggested he had the necessary credentials to handle
Orwell’s novel. As we have seen already, de Rochement’s contacts in govern-
ment were rich and varied during the late 1940s and 1950s. No less a person
than J. Edgar Hoover, who was also on first-name terms with Carleton Alsop,
could vouch for de Rochement’s discretion. Finis Farr knew de Rochement
too, through having worked on the radio version of The March of Time in the
1930s. In addition, de Rochement had recently lost money on a number of film
projects, which made him highly receptive to the OPC’s offer of substantial
finance. Animal Farm appealed to him not only artistically but also as a weapon
against Soviet tyranny. By cultivating British and American intelligence agents
while he was over in Britain working on the film, de Rochement presumably
picked up tips on where the communists’ soft spots lay.29
Using Orwell’s literary agent as a conduit, in November 1951 de Rochement
secured the services of Europe’s largest animation company, run by husband-
and-wife team John Halas and Joy Batchelor in London.30 Halas and Batchelor
had risen to prominence during the Second World War making humorous
shorts for the MOI, including the ‘Abu’ series, which directed anti-Nazi pro-
paganda to the peoples of the Middle East.31 Such work confirmed both the
proselytising qualities of animation, enhanced by its instant accessibility and
apparent ideological innocence, and Halas and Batchelor’s distinctive style,
which combined the sentimentality of Disney with an Eastern European
graphic boldness and darkness (Halas, a Hungarian, had trained under former
Bauhaus tutors Alexander Bortnyik and Lazlo Moholy-Nagy).32 Government
sponsorship continued into the post-war period with the Charley series,
designed to promote the idea of the welfare state as part of a more interven-
tionist British democracy. This, allied with private commercial work for oil
companies, and commissions for the North Atlantic Treaty Organisation
(NATO) and the European Cooperation Administration (ECA), which until
1951 directed the European Recovery Programme resulting from the Marshall
Plan, enabled the company to make a reasonable living.33
There appear to be four main reasons why de Rochement preferred hiring
Halas and Batchelor rather than Hollywood’s established animators, Disney
Projecting a prophet for profit 77
or Fleischer. First, the British company was smaller and could produce films
at a lower cost; a Charley cartoon, for instance, cost less than one third of an
American cartoon of the same length.34 Second, de Rochement’s associate
Lothar Wolff had worked with the firm while acting as chief of the Marshall
Plan’s European Film Unit (also linked with the OPC through the CIA) in the
late 1940s. He could therefore attest to the company’s requisite artistic and
intellectual skills in dealing with the difficult levels of visualisation which
Animal Farm’s philosophical and narrative complexity demanded.35 Another
contributory factor, given de Rochement’s concern with subversion, may have
been HUAC’s investigations in 1951 of alleged communists in the US anima-
tion industry.36 Finally, and most importantly, the lighter the American hand
in the film, the greater its propaganda potential became. Halas and Batchelor
themselves grew more aware of the political nature of the project as produc-
tion progressed, but there is no firm evidence that they (or their colleagues)
knew of the precise origins of the film. As self-styled humanists who saw film
as a vital medium for the expression of internationalist ideas, they believed
that Animal Farm carried a simple message to which no right-minded individ-
ual could possibly object – that ‘power corrupts’.37
SEEING IS BELIEVING
Transferring Orwell’s novel to the screen represented a major logistical chal-
lenge to Halas and Batchelor, and the film was a notable artistic achievement.
Animal Farm became the first feature-length animation film made in Britain
for the entertainment of the general public and the first ever made for politi-
cally conscious adults.38 Work by the eighty artists employed was split between
Stroud in Gloucestershire and London, where the largest studio in Europe
was developed for this kind of specialised production. John Reed, who had
previously worked for Disney, was put in charge of animation; Matyas Seiber,
who had worked on previous Halas and Batchelor projects, composed the
score; and Maurice Denham, an experienced British stage actor who was just
breaking into films, performed all the voices. In all, 300,000 man-hours were
required to create 250,000 drawings and over 1,000 coloured backgrounds.
Filmmaking was initially scheduled to take eighteen months at a cost of
$270,000, but in the end stretched to three years and totalled roughly
$500,000.39
Halas and Batchelor felt the heavy burden of converting into film one of
the world’s best-known and most sophisticated fables. The film’s breakdown
chart, showing all of the novel’s characters in their various relationships to the
plot and to each other, reveals an acute awareness of Animal Farm’s political
significance. Those incidents which strengthened the main dramatic form
78 Hollywood’s Cold War
Shades of grey: Budapest-born John Halas, with some of the preliminary sketches for Animal Farm
(1954). Stills, Posters and Designs Division of the British Filim Institute.
were retained while other sections were discarded. Conveying the satirical
element was particularly challenging given animation’s emphasis on the visual
rather than the spoken, but this was overcome by a naturalistic style, aug-
mented by a stark rather than glossy presentation, which accurately captured
Orwell’s combination of humour and deep pessimism. The Swiftian irony was
transmitted courtesy of the film’s emphasis on the changing slogans. The end
product was a film that reduced the storyline to essentials but still followed
Orwell’s narrative very closely.40
Halas and Batchelor normally worked autonomously, relying on their own
skills to convert a commission to screen. This was not the case with Animal
Farm. The contract drawn up between RD-DR and Halas and Batchelor,
following the agreed treatment in the summer of 1951, gave the former sig-
nificant scope in shaping the film.41 Input came from several interested
parties. De Rochement was himself heavily involved, discussing alterations
at the planning and timing stages in September 1952, and commenting speci-
fically on when the pigs should take over the farmhouse and when the ‘all
animals are equal’ slogan should come in. On viewing the early material, he
insisted that Napoleon’s demeanour and behaviour be modified to make him
Projecting a prophet for profit 79
obtaining’ and that could best reach ‘the pre-determined audience that we as
a motion-picture medium must condition’.52 The PSB worked on the basis
that if art was to be good propaganda it needed to be good art, a theory borne
out by its cultivation of respected film directors like Frank Capra and studio
executives such as Nicholas Schenck, President of MGM, Columbia’s
President Harry Cohn, and Walt Disney.53
The Animal Farm script crossed the desk of the PSB’s deputy director,
Tracy Barnes, in January 1952, courtesy of media executive Wallace Carroll. A
consultant to the US government on psychological warfare throughout the
1950s, Carroll also formed a bridge between the CIA and the American
press.54 The PSB’s film experts were disappointed with the script’s propaganda
value and offered suggestions for improvement. ‘[T]he theme is somewhat
confusing and the impact of the story as expressed in cartoon sequence is
somewhat nebulous. Although the symbolism is apparently plain’, the critique
concluded, ‘there is no great clarity of message.’55 One of the PSB’s propa-
ganda lines during this period was to accuse the Soviet regime of having per-
verted Marxism,56 and promoting a wider reception of Orwell’s novel
corresponded nicely with this. However, for the film to have its fullest
impact – and contribute to the PSB’s three-fold ‘consolidate, impregnate and
liberate’ strategy – ease of understanding was considered essential. PSB
officials argued, therefore, that it was far better to simplify, presumably even
at the cost of modifying Orwell’s meaning, rather than confuse the audience
with an overly precious adherence to Orwell’s text.57 Collaboration between
the PSB and OPC in 1952 on political activism in Western Europe meant that
there was ample scope for the former’s views on Animal Farm to blend into
those of the film production team.58
Despite going a year over schedule and through the debilitating process of
nine different scripts, the film’s message was ultimately evident. Several sig-
nificant alterations were made to the book for quite normal commercial or
artistic reasons. For instance, by having Old Major (Marx-Lenin) die immedi-
ately at the end of his revolutionary speech rather than days later created a
more dramatic, heart-rending opening. Similarly, the ferocious chasing and
killing of Snowball (Trotsky) in one scene a third of the way through pre-
cluded the latter’s alleged attempts to overthrow the new regime while in exile,
but made dramatic sense in terms of being more visual and shockingly violent.
However, certain other changes are worthy of further comment given their
cumulative political implications.
There can be no doubting Orwell’s depiction of Napoleon (Stalin) as a
despicable tyrant, or that de Rochement’s desire to magnify the character’s
authoritarian nature made commercial sense. Yet the book states that during
the seminal Battle of the Windmill (the Second World War) ‘all the animals,
Projecting a prophet for profit 81
except Napoleon, flung themselves flat on their bellies and hid their faces’.59
This represents Orwell’s attempt to be fair to Stalin, who remained in Moscow
after Hitler’s launching of Operation Barbarossa in June 1941, directing affairs
from the rear. However, in the film Napoleon is singled out as the only animal
(apart from Squealer) that does not fight, other than issuing a few orders from
the safety of the farmhouse in cowardly response to direct attacks on him.
Similarly, the book attributes Napoleon’s trading with humans partly to the
economic needs of the Soviet Union in the 1920s and 1930s, whereas in the
film Napoleon’s motives are reduced to pure greed, in the shape of jam for
himself and the other pigs.
Related to this last point is the wider one of the way the film diminishes
the book’s human characters and, in the process, its references to the iniqui-
ties of capitalism and the limitations of liberty. Far less is made in the film of
why the animals rebel in the first place; the ‘tyranny of human beings’ in
Orwell’s opening chapter is reduced on screen to Jones’ drunken cruelty.
The role that the humans play throughout the book in trying to stamp out the
rebellion via black propaganda and the flogging of animals for singing the
revolutionary anthem is cut. ‘Sugarcandy Mountain’, Orwell’s reference to
Christianity as the servile upholder of the status quo, is omitted altogether.
Two of Orwell’s central characters, Pilkington and Frederick (the British and
German governing classes), are virtually elided. Other than Jones himself, the
humans are reduced in the film to an indeterminate pub rabble. In the process,
the film plays down the significance that the book attached to capitalist in-
fighting, and Orwell’s condemnation of Britain and Germany’s strategic iso-
lation of the USSR prior to the Second World War.
This line of interpretation is given a further twist in the final scene, which
amounts to a wholesale inversion of Orwell’s ending. The book concludes on
a bleak note, with the now clothed pigs drinking, brawling and gambling with
their human farmer neighbours, and agreeing they have a common interest in
keeping the lower animals and lower classes subservient. The ‘creatures
outside’, reads the last sentence, ‘looked from pig to man, and from man to
pig, and from pig to man again; but already it was impossible to say which was
which.’60 Orwell’s suggestion is that there is no difference between old tyran-
nies and new, between capitalist exploiters and communist ones. Moreover,
the raucous farmhouse party is meant to satirise the cynical power politics of
the first wartime meeting between Churchill, Stalin and Roosevelt at Teheran
in November 1943, and to predict their inevitable future conflict based on
self-interest. This is why Pilkington and Napoleon draw the ace of spades
together at the end of their card game. By participating in this future struggle,
warns Orwell, the masses would once again be serving their oppressors’
ends.61
82 Hollywood’s Cold War
The twist in the tail: with the humans airbrushed from the party, Napoleon (centre) and his ‘comrades’
celebrate their takeover of the farm. Moments later the beasts’ revolt will begin. Animal Farm (1954).
Columbia Pictures/Halas and Batchelor Ltd.
The film changes this dénouement in two ways. First, the audience is not
allowed to feel that the capitalist farmers and communist pigs are on the same
debased level. The farmers are excluded from the scene altogether.
Consequently, the watching creatures see only pigs enjoying the fruits of
exploitation – a sight which impels them to stage a successful counter-
revolution by storming the farmhouse. John Halas years later explained this
radical twist in terms of the filmmaker’s conventional need to have an upbeat,
active ending that sent audiences away happy. In fact, although the revolt sce-
nario appeared in production records as early as March 1952, the ending was
the source of a six-month dispute between de Rochement and the directors,
especially Batchelor, who wanted to stick to the book’s conclusion. It is
unclear whether de Rochement’s motives were commercially or politically
grounded, but his insistence on the beasts mounting a fight back eventually
prevailed.62 The result is not only an uplifting ending but also one which
underlines the film’s anti-Soviet message. In the context of the Eisenhower
administration’s strategy of ‘liberating’ those living under communist rule, the
film’s counter-revolutionary theme is particularly intriguing.
Projecting a prophet for profit 83
was not only flawed but also either beatable or inherently self-destructive. ‘At
last an anti-Communist film has come along that is 100% effective artistically
and hence is really telling as propaganda’, declared one of Britain’s best-selling
Catholic newspapers, the Universe, ‘[showing that] Communism is an evil
system that does not even make for material happiness.’72
The movie was eagerly promoted. The American Committee for Cultural
Freedom (ACCF), the US offshoot of the CCF, went to great lengths to make
Animal Farm’s opening run at New York’s prestigious Paris Theater a platform
for domestic and international success. Media contacts spread word of ‘one
of the most important anti-Communist documents of our time’; discount
rates were offered to students and labour unions; and strenuous efforts (ulti-
mately unsuccessful) were made to persuade MGM to act as the film’s dis-
tributors.73 The IRD also distributed the film among ‘the slightly educated’ in
parts of the British empire and in other parts of the developing world such as
Indochina.74 A cartoon strip drawn by one of the animators, Harold Whitaker,
appeared in the British and international press; merchandising spin-offs,
unusual for the period, included children’s animal figurines.75 Despite this, the
film was not a great success; its initial run in Britain’s third city, Manchester,
for example, lasted only a fortnight. ‘It was a serious cartoon and the distribu-
tors didn’t know what to do with it’, said a spokesman for the Motion Picture
Association of America.76 ‘One of British film’s more honourable failures’,
claims film historian John Baxter, Animal Farm was arguably too serious a
subject for a medium commonly thought of as suitable only for children.77
Whether the film still prospered in political terms is debatable. Few records
exist relating to the reception outside Britain and the United States of this
most international of films. However, being animated meant that Animal Farm
was easily translatable and versions in Japanese, Swedish, German and other
languages soon appeared.78 In France, where Napoleon was renamed Caesar,
it was lauded as a powerful parody of the Soviet regime.79 The CIA helped to
finance distribution, though it was powerless to circumvent bans imposed on
the showing of the film behind the Iron Curtain.80 If the film’s chief target
was the potentially dissident element suffering under the communist yoke, it
therefore failed. If, on the other hand, success is measured in terms of its
broadening awareness of Animal Farm, previously confined largely to the
literary-minded middle classes, a different picture emerges. The perspective
changes again if the film is examined by way of its subtly contrived Cold War
message, serving both as a warning to developing states and as a reminder to
doubters in the West of the sordid Soviet record. Nor should the film’s poten-
tial impact be restricted in time. By the late 1950s, Animal Farm (and Nineteen
Eighty-Four) had become standard reading in British and American schools. In
the decades ahead, the film became a popular pedagogical aid, helping in the
Projecting a prophet for profit 85
for one, intended his play to act as a warning against totalitarianism in all its
forms, including fascism, communism and McCarthyism.97 However, as had
been the case with NBC’s 1984, the majority of British politicians and jour-
nalists interpreted the play in straight Cold War terms. Indeed, it is notewor-
thy just how many commentators across the political spectrum referred to the
BBC’s ‘coverage’ rather than ‘production’ of Orwell’s book, as if it were a real
event that the cameras were at. This encouraged people to see the book and
play not as fiction but as a ‘true’ account of the nature of totalitarianism gen-
erally and of life behind the Iron Curtain specifically. The play effectively
‘launched’ Orwell as a ‘public’ writer, marking the point when the language of
his novel entered the popular imagination and when Nineteen Eighty-Four
became, as Stalin’s biographer Isaac Deutscher characterised it after the tele-
cast, ‘an ideological superweapon’ in the Cold War of words.98
socialist leanings appear to have had no bearing on either his decision to take
part in 1984 or his performance.107 A further expense was Terence Verity’s
ingenious art work, which successfully created an imaginary yet starkly realis-
tic London by eschewing fashionable science-fiction techniques as much as
possible. The elaborate studio sets were augmented by highly publicised loca-
tion work in London’s Hyde Park and the city’s rundown East End.108
1984 opened in London in March 1956 and the United States six months
later. As with Animal Farm, first impressions of the film are those of a rela-
tively straight adaptation of the book. On the whole the film remains close to
the novel in incident and plot. Winston Smith’s disillusionment with life in
Airstrip One, his soul-destroying work for the Ministry of Truth punctuated
by frightening Two Minute Hate sessions, his passionate and rebellious love
affair with Julia, the couple’s imprisonment, torture and brainwashing by the
ruling elite – all of these key features survive intact. A sense of Orwell’s
oppressive, claustrophobic atmosphere is conveyed by the ubiquitous tele-
screens and secret police, rumours of traitors being ‘vaporised’, and the rat-
infested junk shop where the two lovers pathetically create their own private
life among the ‘proles’ until their betrayal by the landlord. At the same time,
simplification and condensation abound, inevitably so given the book’s many
almost unfilmable sections. Orwell used paradox – the Oceania slogan ‘War
is Peace’, for example – for some of his most telling blows, and such purely
literary devices could not be effectively translated to the screen.
However, on closer inspection more substantial changes become apparent
which confirm the traces of the film’s abettors. A commentary at the very
outset seeks to set 1984 outside the science-fiction genre and to place events
in ‘the immediate future’. Shocking pictures of genuine atomic explosions
follow, representing the nuclear conflagration of 1965 (undated by Orwell)
and the subsequent establishment of Oceania. This emphasis on reality con-
tinues throughout, with the Thought Police toting machine guns rather than
lasers, and Eurasian prisoners being paraded through an easily recognisable
Trafalgar Square. Julia (Jan Sterling) wears a chastity armband rather than sash
and behaves more like a 1950s housewife than Orwell’s libidinous modern
woman; the old-fashioned trumpets are replaced by electronic sounds. The
overall effect is to make Orwell’s world more tangible and believable, and his
picture of society thirty years hence more relevant to contemporary politics.
One of the major planks of Orwell’s novel was the criticism it levelled
equally at all the great powers. Indeed, Nineteen Eighty-Four was in this sense a
natural extension of his argument in Animal Farm: that continued rivalry
between the powers could result in a world divided into three superstates
locked in never-ending combat (a Cold War). Alliances (like that between the
USA, USSR and Britain between 1941 and 1945) would expediently change
90 Hollywood’s Cold War
London’s future? Winston Smith (Edmond O’Brien) and his omnipresent leader on the streets of Airstrip
One, Oceania. 1984 (1956). Columbia Picture/Stills, Posters and Designs Division of the British Film
Institute.
from time to time, but the real losers would be the masses, fed on a diet of
propaganda and coercion.109 This theme is obfuscated in the film. Oceania is
certainly at war with Eurasia, but this is attributed wholly to the designs of Big
Brother rather than to the workings of the international system. Moreover,
Eurasia remains an enemy throughout rather than, as happens towards the
end of the book, suddenly being announced as an ally. Thus, Orwell’s refer-
ence to the bankrupt nature of the Grand Alliance during the Second World
War, which was intended to force people to question their leaders’ motives, is
excised. Winston’s failure in the film to read the book ostensibly written by
Goldstein, leader of the underground in Oceania, explaining how the three-
state conflict emerged out of that between Russia, China and the United
States, has a similar effect.110
Big Brother is never identified in either the book or the film. Stein had
recommended to Rathvon that in order to emphasise the possibility of Big
Brother’s real existence, in the film his posters ought to have the photograph
of an actual human – say, of the now dead Stalin – rather than being a cartoon
caricature. For some reason this advice was not followed and a cartoonish ‘BB’
Projecting a prophet for profit 91
Peace-Sex-Hate: in their final act of atonement, Rutherford and Jones are led to the steps of Trafalgar
Square to declare their undying love for ‘Big Brother’. 1984 (1956). Columbia Picture/Stills, Posters and
Designs Division of the British Film Institute.
stares out from the walls.111 The unmistakable indications in the film are, nev-
ertheless, that Oceania’s ruling party is modelled on the Soviet regime, with
Nazi flourishes. Thus some of Orwell’s nomenclature, such as ‘comrades’,
stays in the film, whereas other key points are taken out. Oceania’s currency,
for example, is changed from dollars, denoting American imperialism, to ster-
ling. None of the explicit comparisons between ‘Ingsoc’ and the communists,
which O’Brien makes in the book while brainwashing Winston, find their way
onto the screen. Consequently, the important point that Russian communism
is in fact inferior to ‘Ingsoc’, in terms of its ability to break its opponents’ will
and its ultimate quest for equality rather than power, is omitted. The high-
lighting of a Soviet-style show trial, with ‘traitors’ Rutherford and Jones con-
fessing their guilt before execution, further alters the book’s message.112
Orwell’s story was not entirely pessimistic. ‘If there is hope’, writes
Winston, ‘it lies in the proles.’113 But Orwell rejected the possibility of the
human spirit rising above pain and privation. Faced with the dreaded rats in
Room 101 at the end of the novel, a broken and wizened Winston forsakes
Julia and learns to love Big Brother instead. Believing this to be dangerously
92 Hollywood’s Cold War
defeatist in the context of the Cold War of the mid-1950s, Stein had produced
a draft alternative version which proved Winston’s surviving freedom of
spirit.114 This was taken a stage further in the film released in Britain and in
other countries, though oddly not in the American version.115 As soon as
Winston and Julia meet after their release from the Ministry of Love, we see
that nothing can erase from their minds the knowledge that the system is evil.
They are living proof that the human soul cannot be completely overcome,
even by the most powerful regime. Winston shouts ‘Down with Big Brother’
and is shot, promptly followed by Julia who also sacrifices herself to the cause
of freedom. Orwell’s savage masterpiece is thus brought into line with con-
ventional screen morality and orthodox Western beliefs. Rathvon argued,
almost in Newspeak-ian terms, that this ‘logical’ change was what ‘Orwell
might have written if he had not known when he wrote the book that he was
dying’.116 Orwell had in fact expressed particular objections to Nineteen Eighty-
Four being altered in any way by publishers and, for the record, Sonia Blair was
reportedly ‘horrified’ with the ending of the film.117
basics, the novel lost many of its most subtle and powerful features. The
intense freedom of the love scenes, for instance, was never communicated,
and even the torture scenes lacked impact. Despite Stein’s best efforts, the
characters seemed so rootless they could scarcely begin to engage viewers’
sympathies. Those not ‘repulsed’ by the horror found the film ‘boring’, ‘plod-
ding’ and, above all, ‘depressing’.121 Many critics spotted the changed ending
and its political significance. Representing the majority’s view on this, Milton
Shulman in the Sunday Express condemned it as ‘our own kind of double-
think’.122 However, others – on both the political right and the left – either
thought the ending was ‘more true to life’ or missed it (and the film’s other
alterations) altogether.123 This suggests that the majority of normal viewers
would themselves have been ignorant of the distorted version of Nineteen
Eighty-Four they were being presented with. It also indicates that, for all the
film’s weaknesses, a large proportion of these people would have left the
cinema having their fears of the Soviet Union confirmed.
At the box office 1984 seems to have performed poorly, despite the attrac-
tion of Orwell’s name and the notoriety of the recent television play. What
undid the film probably more than anything else was that in attempting to
straddle several genres – horror, romance, science fiction and thriller – it
merely confused too many viewers.124 This can be attributed to commercial
considerations and Columbia’s need to maximise its profits by appealing to as
wide an audience as possible. The money spent by the US government on what
ultimately looked a shabby production cannot, therefore, have been worth it.
Indeed, the project might have served as a painful lesson in the difficulties of
constructing effective propaganda when commercial and political interests
were not in unison. The final word on the film was left to Sonia Blair. Having
publicly castigated it at the time as a desecration of her husband’s intentions,
she decided to withdraw the film from circulation when the rights expired in
the mid-1970s, twenty years after their original release date. The adaptations
thenceforth became, as the London Times put it, ‘unfilms’.125
CONCLUSION
George Orwell died at a key point in the Cold War: after the conflict had begun
but before its full global dimensions had become apparent. Consequently,
despite his having spelt out in one of his last essays the desire for ‘a Socialist
United States of Europe’ independent of Russia and America,126 a myriad of
politicians, intellectuals and commentators argued for years after January 1950
about what Orwell’s stance on the Cold War would have been had he lived to
see the conflict reach maturity. While some did this out of academic curiosity,
many others did so for ideological purposes. Orwell would surely not have
94 Hollywood’s Cold War
been surprised to see his name being posthumously appropriated by state and
non-state propagandists. After all, he had himself been involved in propa-
ganda work for the BBC during the Second World War,127 and he had
approved of the IRD’s aims and techniques shortly before his death. These
experiences aside, it is still richly ironic to find a man who had made a career
out of alerting people to the black arts of political propaganda being so sys-
tematically used and abused by the media and governments during the Cold
War.
This analysis has focused on the role played by American and British state
propagandists in the formative years of the Orwell ‘claiming game’. What
exactly the impact these propagandists had in creating Orwell’s iconic status
is debatable. To attribute the presence of dog-eared copies of Animal Farm
and Nineteen Eighty-Four in homes and libraries scattered across the world
largely to the promotional efforts of Washington and London would naturally
be absurd. Yet it is difficult to escape the conclusion that the work of the CIA,
PSB, USIA, IRD and others at least helped to lift Orwell’s profile, especially
during the Cold War’s early years. The more long-term effects of these efforts
is even more difficult to determine, but it is worth noting that by the time of
the collapse of the Berlin Wall in 1989, Animal Farm and Nineteen Eighty-Four
had sold almost 40 million copies in more than 60 languages, more than any
other pair of books by a serious or popular post-war author.128
In helping to convert Animal Farm and Nineteen Eighty-Four into movies,
American official propagandists undoubtedly, in turn, made the novels
more accessible, especially to the casual reader or those who rarely opened
books. Moreover doing this so secretly, to the point at which even most of
the movies’ senior production staff, let alone the viewers, were unaware of
the political machinations behind the scenes, highlights the value that
Washington attached to clandestine propaganda during the Cold War. What
also helped significantly in this respect was arranging for the films to be made
overseas. This sort of covert media management, or propaganda by proxy,
as it were, was, as we are about to see, given a high priority during the
Eisenhower years in particular. Persuading or assisting foreign film industries
to produce anti-communist propaganda had the added advantage of encour-
aging indigenous hostility towards the Soviet Union, or at least implying that
opposition to communism had found its roots in countries other than the
United States. Finally, by cleverly twisting Orwell’s Animal Farm and Nineteen
Eighty-Four into emphatically anti-Soviet tracts on the big screen, Washington
highlighted both the malleability of even the most famous literary figures
during the Cold War, and the considerable skill and resources it was prepared
to invest in cinematic propaganda in order to win that conflict’s battle of
words and images.
Projecting a prophet for profit 95
Notes
1 Cited in Walter LaFeber, America, Russia and the Cold War 1945–1996 (New York,
1997), p. 147.
2 Bernard Crick, George Orwell: A Life (London, 1992), p. 16.
3 Timothy Garton Ash, quoted in Peter Davison (ed.), Orwell and Politics (London,
2001), p. xi.
4 Malcolm Bradbury, The Modern British Novel (London, 1993), p. 236.
5 Ibid., p. 238.
6 Peter Lewis, George Orwell: The Road to 1984 (London, 1981), p. 1.
7 Cited in Crick, Orwell, p. 460.
8 Ibid., pp. 455–8.
9 Bradbury, British Novel, p. 282; John Rodden, The Politics of Literary Reputation: The
Making and Claiming of ‘St. George’ Orwell (New York, 1989), pp. 44–5; Fredric
Warburg, All Authors are Equal (London, 1973), pp. 35–59, 92–121.
10 Crick, Orwell, pp. 450–2, 488; Jeffrey Meyers, A Reader’s Guide to George Orwell
(London, 1975), p. 131.
11 Crick, Orwell, pp. 488–92.
12 Roderick Parkes to Ralph Murray, 25 October 1950, FO 1110/319/PR48/
82/G, TNAL; V. Puachev to George Orwell, 24 June 1949, and Celia Kirwan to
Charles Thayer, director of Voice of America, 4 November 1949, FO1110/
221/PR3361, TNAL; Crick, Orwell, p. 536; Rodden, Literary Reputation, p. 202;
Peter Davison (ed.), The Complete Works of George Orwell. Vol. XIX: It is What I
Think 1947–1948 (London, 1998), pp. 211, 224. On the IRD see Andrew Defty,
Britain, America and Anti-Communist Propaganda 1945–53: The Information Research
Department (London, 2004), and Paul Lashmar and James Oliver, Britain’s Secret
Propaganda War, 1948–1977 (Stroud, 1998).
13 Minutes by Celia Kirwan, 30 March and 6 April 1949, FO1110/189/PR1135/G,
TNAL; Crick, Orwell, pp. 483–4.
14 Ibid.; Michael Shelden, Orwell: The Authorized Biography (London, 1991), p. 468.
15 On this highly contentious debate see Peter Coleman, The Liberal Conspiracy: The
Congress for Cultural Freedom and the Struggle for the Mind of Post-War Europe (New
York, 1989), pp. 15–16; Crick, Orwell, p. 17; Hugh Wilford, The CIA, the British
Left and the Cold War: Calling the Tune? (London, 2003), pp. 57–64; Christopher
Hitchens, Orwell’s Victory (London, 2004), pp. 111–21; Scott Lucas, The Betrayal
of Dissent: Beyond Orwell, Hitchens and the New American Century (London, 2004),
pp. 2–3, 33, 52.
16 Roderick Parkes to Ralph Murray, 25 October 1950, and minutes by Murray and
Leslie Sheridan, 7 and 10 November 1950, FO1110/319/PR48/82/G, TNAL.
17 Ralph Murray circular to overseas information officers, 11 December 1950,
FO1110/365/PR127/9, TNAL; FO1110/392/PR32/14/51/G and FO1110/
392/PR32/89/G, TNAL, for details of the cartoon strip’s production and
distribution in 1951; Adam Watson’s report on IRD’s work and importance
attached to cartoons as propaganda, 15 February 1950, FO 1110/359/
PR110/5/G, TNAL.
96 Hollywood’s Cold War
33 Wells, ‘Dustbins’, pp. 70–1. One contemporary source noted that Chancellor of
the Exchequer Stafford Cripps was so pleased with Robinson Charley, which
explained Britain’s economic problems, that he showed it to Ambassador Averill
Harriman, head of the ECA’s Paris headquarters, who took a copy to New York,
where de Rochement saw it. Yorkshire Evening Post, 15 December 1951.
34 Central Office of Information Review: Documentary Films (London, 1948), p. 28.
35 Hemsing, ‘Marshall’; John Halas’s unpublished autobiography, pp. 18–19, Halas
and Batchelor Collection Ltd., London.
36 Karl Cohn, ‘Toontown’s Reds: HUAC’s Investigation of Alleged Communists
in the Animation Industry’, Film History, Vol. 5, No. 2, 1993, pp. 190–203.
37 John Halas’ unpublished autobiography, p. 19, Halas and Batchelor Collection
Ltd., London; production records, Animal Farm archive, Halas and Batchelor
Collection, SIIARA; author’s correspondence with Harold Whitaker, Stroud-
based animator of Animal Farm, 25 February 1998.
38 Roger Manvell, The Animated Film: With Pictures from the Film ‘Animal Farm’ by
Halas and Batchelor (London, 1954), p. 5.
39 Production records, Animal Farm archive, Halas and Batchelor Collection,
SIIARA; Manvell, Animated Film, pp. 5, 11.
40 Tabulation of Animal Farm characters, photographs of rough storyboard and
synopsis, Animal Farm archive, Halas and Batchelor Collection, SIIARA.
41 Contract for Animal Farm between RD-DR Corporation and Halas and
Batchelor Cartoon Films Ltd., 19 November 1951, Halas and Batchelor
Collection Ltd., London; letter from Borden Mace to author, 28 March 1998.
42 Notes on discussion of script changes, September and October 1951, and on
changes made in dialogue and timing, September 1952, Animal Farm archive,
Halas and Batchelor Collection, SIIARA.
43 John Halas’ unpublished autobiography, p. 18, Halas and Batchelor Collection
Ltd., London.
44 Coleman, Conspiracy, pp. 61, 77, 145–6; Warburg, Authors, pp. 154–7; author’s
correspondence with Daniel Bell and Melvin J. Lasky, CCF members in the
1950s, September and November 1997; Saunders, Who Paid the Piper?,
pp. 109–11.
45 Warburg, Authors, pp. 154–7; Saunders, Who Paid the Piper?, pp. 109–11, passim.
46 Letter from John Halas to Warburg, 12 November 1952, Animal Farm archive,
Halas and Batchelor Collection, SIIARA.
47 Crick, Orwell, pp. 560, 567. Secker and Warburg published an illustrated edition
of Animal Farm based on the film in 1954
48 Daily Film Renter, 28 November 1951.
49 De Rochement’s letter to Halas and Batchelor, 1 December 1952, Animal Farm
archive, Halas and Batchelor Collection, SIIARA.
50 Directive by the President to the Secretary of State (Acheson), Secretary of
Defence (Marshall) and Director of Central Intelligence (Smith), 4 April 1951,
FRUS, Vol. 1, 1951 (Washington, DC, 1980), pp. 58–60. The PSB was disbanded
in 1953.
98 Hollywood’s Cold War
62 Manvell, Animated Film, p. 19; script change discussions, March and November
1952, Animal Farm archive, Halas and Batchelor Collection, SIIARA; author’s
correspondence with Vivian Halas, the filmmakers’ daughter, February 1998.
63 Northern Echo, 12 January 1955; The Times, 17 March 1955.
64 Letter from Borden Mace to author, 28 March 1998.
65 John Halas’ unpublished autobiography, section dated 29 April 1994, Halas and
Batchelor Collection Ltd., London.
66 Kinematograph Weekly, 13 January 1955.
67 Commentary, February 1955, p. 157; Encounter, March 1955, pp. 35–7.
68 New York Daily News, cited in Yorkshire Evening Post, 10 January 1955; Catholic
Herald, cited in Films and Filming, March 1955.
69 Tablet, 22 January 1955.
70 Glasgow Herald, 12 January 1955.
71 The Times, 11 February 1955.
72 Universe, 21 January 1955.
73 Sol Stein, ACCF executive director, letter to Paris Theater manager, 5 January 1955;
Stein memorandum concerning discount coupons for Animal Farm, 11 January
1955; Murray Baron circular to trade unions, 17 January 1955; Borden Mace letter
to Stein concerning MGM distribution, 14 January 1955: Box 8, folder 2, ACCF
archives, Tamiment Library, New York University (hereafter TLNYU).
74 H. A. H. Cortazzi to Douglas Williams, 28 January 1955, FO 1110/740/
PR124/3/G, TNAL; Information Section Saigon Embassy to Information
Policy Department, 9 March 1955, FO 1110/740/PR124/6/G, TNAL.
75 Whitaker’s letter to author, 25 February 1998.
76 Author’s interview with Whitaker, 7 April 1998; Rodden, Literary Reputation,
p. 445.
77 John Baxter, Science Fiction in the Cinema (London, 1979), p. 99.
78 International newspaper cuttings scrapbook, Animal Farm archive, Halas and
Batchelor Collection, SIIARA.
79 Le Figaro, 20 January 1955.
80 Hunt, Undercover, p. 70; Hixson, Curtain, pp. 87–119.
81 Rodden, Literary Reputation, pp. 382–98.
82 Warburg, Authors, pp. 114–15.
83 Bradbury, British Novel, p. 284; Lewis, Orwell, p. 112.
84 Crick, Orwell, pp. 563–70, 603–4; Shelden, Orwell, pp. 470–4.
85 Nineteen Eighty-Four had evolved in Orwell’s mind over many years but was
written principally between late 1947 and spring 1949.
86 Rodden, Literary Reputation, pp. 202, 210–11; Arch Puddington, Broadcasting
Freedom: The Cold War Triumph of Radio Free Europe and Radio Liberty (Lexington,
KY, 2000), pp. 12–13, 67; Lucas, Freedom’s War, pp. 100–4, 253–5. Garton Ash
in Davison (ed.), Orwell and Politics, pp. xi–xii; Dan Jacobsen, ‘The Invention of
“Orwell” ’, Times Literary Supplement, 21 August 1998, p. 3.
87 Luce wielded his publications empire as a powerful anti-Soviet instrument in the
Cold War. His contacts in officialdom were legion, and included the post-war
100 Hollywood’s Cold War
104 Coleman, Conspiracy, pp. 71–2; Sidney Hook, Out of Step: An Unquiet Life in the
Twentieth Century (New York, 1987), pp. 423–31.
105 Wald, Intellectuals, pp. 268–71; William O’Neill, A Better World: The Great Schism –
Stalinism and the American Intellectuals (New York, 1982), pp. 305–6; Alexander
Bloom, Prodigal Sons: The New York Intellectuals and their World (Oxford, 1986),
pp. 259–73, 371. Stein was ACCF executive director 1953–6, and a member of
the Executive Committee of American Friends of Captive Nations. From 1951
to 1953 he had acted as an ideological adviser to the VOA in the US State
Department.
106 Stein’s letter to Rathvon, 31 January 1955, Box 4, folder 11, ACCF archives,
TLNYU; Stein’s correspondence with author, 28 April 1998.
107 Daily Herald, 5 August 1955; Shelden, Orwell, p. 468; Michael Redgrave, In My
Mind’s Eye: An Autobiography (London, 1983), pp. 135–43.
108 1984 micro-jacket, BFIL.
109 George Orwell, Nineteen Eighty-Four (Harmondsworth, 1973), pp. 150ff.
110 For the links between Nineteen Eighty-Four and James Burnham’s The Managerial
Revolution (1941), which prophesied a tripartite division of the world, each unit
ruled by a self-elected oligarchy, see Crick, Orwell, pp. 494, 566; Robert Hewison,
In Anger: Culture in the Cold War, 1945–1960 (London, 1981), p. 43.
111 Stein’s letter to Rathvon, 31 January 1955, Box 4, folder 11, ACCF archives,
TLNYU.
112 Orwell, Nineteen Eighty-Four, pp. 204, 211.
113 Ibid., p. 59; Shelden, Orwell, pp. 476–8.
114 Stein’s letter to Rathvon, 31 January 1955, Box 4, folder 11, ACCF archives,
TLNYU. Stein recommended that the film end with Winston Smith dreaming
of other rebellious lovers and, counting his fingers, knowing that two plus two
still made four despite O’Brien’s torturing.
115 The ending of the film released in the United States largely corresponded with
Orwell’s book, with Winston and Julia estranged and the two of them express-
ing their love for Big Brother. A final, omniscient voice-over warns the viewer
of the dangers of totalitarianism, in effect tacking on an affirmative didactic
message. Owing to the lack of production records it is not entirely clear why two
endings with different messages were made. It seems that the BBC flap
prompted Columbia Pictures, the distributors, to shoot two endings, one faith-
ful to the novel and the other more hopeful. The latter was also intended for the
American market but was switched despite the director’s protests. For a (posi-
tive) review of the American version see New York Times, 1 October 1956. For
the decisions on the two endings see The Times, 10 March 1957, p. 7.
116 Daily Mail, 27 February 1956.
117 Crick, Orwell, pp. 551, 554. On Blair’s reaction see Daily Mail, 22 December 1954
and 1 March 1956; Sight and Sound, Vol. 53, No. 2, Spring 1984.
118 Daily Telegraph, 2 March 1956; Monthly Film Bulletin, April 1956.
119 Sight and Sound, Vol. 25, No. 4, Spring 1956; The Times, 1 March 1956; Sight and
Sound, Vol. 27, No. 6, Autumn 1958.
102 Hollywood’s Cold War
The whole world is torn by a great political issue – Freedom or Slavery, which
means Americanism or Totalitarianism.
Ayn Rand, Screen Guide for Americans (Beverly Hills, CA, 1950), p. 2
It is the near future. Chris Cronyn, a Californian scientist (played by Peter
Graves), claims to have established contact with Mars using a hydrogen-
powered radio transmitter. The scientist who originally invented the trans-
mitter, Nazi criminal Franz Calder (Herbert Berghof), is then sprung from jail
by the Russians and from a laboratory hidden in the Andes begins to spy on
the American’s communications. When news spreads that the aliens have con-
firmed their existence to Cronyn by completing the mathematical formula for
pi, Mars mania breaks out across the world. When it is subsequently revealed
that the Martians run a perfect economy using only atomic energy, pandemo-
nium ensues. The West’s mining and oil industries fold, banks close, and
Moscow gloats over the imminent collapse of capitalism.
On the brink of chaos, the Earth learns that Mars is also a Christian-like
society, ruled by a ‘Supreme Leader’ whose teachings parallel those of the
Sermon on the Mount. This revelation prompts a religious revival on Earth
and a new revolution in Russia, where pious peasants inspired by Voice of
America broadcasts throw out the communists and crown an elderly patriarch
as their new ruler. The story ends on a bittersweet note. After a fight, Chris,
his wife and Calder are killed in a laboratory explosion. Despite this, the
American President (Willis Bouchey, made up to resemble Dwight D.
Eisenhower) is able to announce that the faith of the world has been saved,
and that peace now reigns.
Few films capture the personal and political paranoia so often associated
with McCarthyite Hollywood better than Harry Horner’s Red Planet Mars,
described by one British critic at the time of its opening in 1952 as ‘a
grotesque, almost insane fantasy, told in deadly earnest’.1 Even fewer films
threw all their Cold War eggs – anti-communism, ambivalence towards
science, terrestrial and extraterrestrial ‘alienation’, and the power of religion –
into a single, preposterous basket. Yet Red Planet Mars was only one of many
ways in which filmmakers on both sides of the Iron Curtain linked religion
104 Hollywood’s Cold War
The Cold War – a conflict without bounds: publicity poster for Red Planet Mars (1952). United
Artists/The Kobal Collection.
with domestic and international politics in the 1950s. In September 1955, the
esteemed critic Catherine de la Roche drew attention to the frequently recur-
ring and interacting themes of religion, war and anti-communism in British
and American films of the period. In the British journal Films and Filming, she
argued:
This can hardly be coincidental. Many people, including some in Hollywood,
believe that the Cold War is fundamentally a conflict between Christianity and
atheism and that religion is therefore a strong weapon against Communism.
Whether the pictures dealing with these three subjects are deliberate pro-
paganda or not, they belong to the same, easily recognisable, pattern of
ideas. . . . The best propaganda, of course, is indirect, hardly noticeable. How
many of us, I wonder, have not been taken in by any of it?2
Taking de la Roche’s speculations as a cue, this chapter examines
Hollywood’s remarkable appetite for religious storylines in the 1950s within
two distinct but interlocking contexts: the spiritual revival that swept the
United States during that decade, and Washington’s attempts to project the
Cold War as a Manichean struggle between Good and Evil. America’s Cold
War state–film network was at the peak of its powers in the 1950s, and included
some of the biggest movie moguls in history. Legendary producer-director
Of gods and moguls 105
Cecil B. DeMille stood at the very hub of the network, and, as we shall see,
tried harder than arguably any other filmmaker to ‘sanctify’ liberal capitalism,
most notably through blockbusters like The Ten Commandments (1956). What
this biblical epic and the other films analysed below help to illustrate is the
more constructive and ideologically charged dimension of the Unites States’
Cold War propaganda campaign. During the 1950s and beyond, many film-
makers and politicians recognised the need to do more than just bang the anti-
communist drum via movies like Walk East on Beacon or present the West as a
consumers’ paradise through pictures like Ninotchka. America’s ‘crusade for
freedom’ – the central trope of US Cold War rhetoric – meant projecting
democracy’s spiritual as well as material values, both to doubters at home
and to the uninitiated overseas. However, overt preaching had to be avoided if
possible, lest it make America appear absolutist. Allegorical techniques were
one way of avoiding this, by encouraging audiences to imbibe the message
subconsciously.
of the communist system, rather than simply focusing on its economic and
political advantages. This heralded a renewed assault on Russia’s alternative
spiritual forces, notably the church. Films such as Conspiracy of the Doomed
(Mikhail Kalatozov, 1950) and Dawn over the Neman (A. Faintsimmer, 1953) por-
trayed church dignitaries as American-backed Vatican spies prepared to go to
any lengths to prevent ‘progress’, from poisoning collective farm crops to
coercing Balkan nations into joining the Marshall Plan.6
Official and unofficial propagandists in the West were equally quick to play
the religious card in the early years of the cultural Cold War. In the immedi-
ate aftermath of the Bolsheviks’ rise to power, sections of the American and
British press denounced communists as murderous blasphemers, while the-
atrical productions such as R. Grahame’s The Bolshevik Peril, staged in London
in 1919, warned of the spiritual and sexual depravity inherent in communist
rule.7 After 1945, the persecution of religion under ‘godless communism’
became one of the most emotive themes of Cold War discourse in the United
States. Many American policy-makers assumed a missionary mentality, seeing
the Soviet Union as not just an enemy but something akin to the anti-Christ.8
In 1950, John Foster Dulles, a Presbyterian minister’s son and US Secretary of
State 1953–9, decried the ‘materialistic’ bent of American society, and called
instead for a ‘righteous and dynamic faith’ in the nation’s fight against com-
munism. Three years later, his brother Allen, Director of the CIA between
1953 and 1961, explained to the Council on Foreign Relations the need for a
new ‘Magna Carta of Freedom’ around which the West could rally. To many
conservative Protestants and Catholics in the United States, Americans were
in effect the chosen people, those who believed in the holy trinity of God,
Democracy and Freedom. Their ‘way of life’ was the model for all others, and
was currently threatened, they believed, by the kingdom of hell on earth: what
Ronald Reagan would later call the ‘evil empire’ of the Soviet Union. ‘It is only
through religion that we can lick this thing called Communism’, intoned
Eisenhower in 1953, whose inaugural parade that year was led by a ‘float for
God’.9
In line with this belief that the Cold War was at root a moral contest, the
State Department, FBI, CIA and USIA took every opportunity to contrast the
West and its ‘gospel’ of religious tolerance with the ‘fanatic faith’ of those in
the East led by their ‘pseudo-Gods’ in the Kremlin. Voice of America (VOA),
the US government’s official broadcasting service, together with Radio Free
Europe and Radio Liberty, both secretly funded by the CIA, consistently
sought to mobilise the great spiritual resources that were still thought to exist
behind the Iron Curtain despite Moscow’s clampdown on the churches in
Eastern and Central Europe.10 Such language and action reaffirmed a
Manichean perspective on the Cold War for many Christian activists in the
Of gods and moguls 107
United States, who believed that the fight to protect theological freedom in
the East would in turn help to revitalise democracy’s own moral and spiritual
values.
All of this tied in with the remarkable resurgence of organised religion
in the United States in the early 1950s, a phenomenon which resulted in
an enhanced political role for Christian pressure groups who defined
Americanism in religious terms. In 1954, Congress created a Prayer Room for
its members, and America became a nation – according to its newly modified
Pledge of Allegiance – ‘under God’. In 1956, the House of Representatives
and Senate unanimously made ‘In God We Trust’ the national motto, and in
1957 church attendance in the US reached an all-time high. At a time when
there was a steady attrition of religious belief in many other countries, one
sociologist, Will Herberg, remarked in 1960 that religion probably played a
greater role in the United States than in any other modern industrial state.
Amidst these fears and hopes, in American popular culture religion became
discursively associated with ‘liberty’, ‘democracy’ and ‘Western civilisation’,
and held in sharp contradistinction to the amalgam of ‘atheism, barbarism
and totalitarianism’ that was communism.11
As religion tightened its grip on Cold War America, so the White House
sharpened the nation’s propaganda tools. During the Truman presidency, as
befits a nation going to war, Washington had focused predominantly on nega-
tive, scare-mongering, anti-communist propaganda. However, on coming to
office in 1953 Eisenhower told publicity officials that he was ‘tired of just plain
indictments of the Soviet regime’, and ordered them to go on a charm
offensive instead to accentuate the West’s moral, political and economic strong
points. In tandem with this more creative philosophy and his belief that the
United States could boast ‘the finest civilisation the world has known’,
Eisenhower did more than any other chief executive before or since to cen-
tralise and expand the US’s capability to wage war at the psychological level.12
Three new propaganda mechanisms were established. Overseas propa-
ganda operations were centralised in the USIA; an Operations Coordinating
Board (OCB) injected psychological considerations into the formulation of
national security policies; and a presidential adviser, C. D. Jackson, a former
OWI operative and vice-president of Time, Inc., was appointed to oversee the
US propaganda effort and to generate new ideas for psychological warfare ini-
tiatives.13 Officials quickly tied religion to Eisenhower’s drive for a more pos-
itive, constructive propaganda strategy. The OCB established a subcommittee
on the ‘religious factor’ and enlisted religious leaders and organisations to
emphasise the ‘spiritual roots of freedom’. The USIA created an Office of
Religious Information instituting publications and radio programmes that
presented the US overseas as a land of spiritual and religious vitality, and
108 Hollywood’s Cold War
(1957), in which Deborah Kerr’s nun and Robert Mitchum’s marine outwit the
Japanese invaders of a small Pacific island, reminded viewers of the recent
victory Christianity and democracy had enjoyed over fascism.26
There were also plenty of real-life characters whose activities Hollywood
deemed worthy of screen treatment during this period. Financed by the
Lutheran churches of Germany and the United States, Irving Pichel’s dra-
matic biopic Martin Luther (1953) switched the focus from the Catholics’ to
the Protestants’ historic role as the guardians of Western civilisation. The film
was a critical and commercial success worldwide.27 Henry Koster’s dreary yet
equally popular A Man Called Peter (1955) recounted the life of Peter Marshall
(played by Richard Todd), a Scottish clergyman who became chaplain to the
US Senate.28 Douglas Sirk’s Battle Hymn (1957) had a clearer Cold War focus,
and centred on the story of Colonel Dean Hess (Rock Hudson), a pastor-
turned-fighter pilot who had rescued a large number of Korean War
orphans.29
Cinema accorded a special privilege to Cardinal Jószef Mindszenty, the
post-war Catholic Primate of Hungary, who was the subject of two movies
and a television drama. Mindszenty had been arrested in December 1948 as
part of the Stalinist regime’s policy of subjugating the church to the state.
Charged with treason and currency offences, he ‘confessed’ all at his dramatic
trial in February 1949 and was sentenced to life imprisonment. Media cover-
age of the trial, actively promoted by official propagandists in Washington and
London, provided many in the West with compelling images of communist
injustice and Catholic suffering, and helped establish Mindszenty as the model
of clerical ‘martyrdom’ in the United States in the 1950s.30 Felix Feist’s
‘B’ movie, Guilty of Treason (1950), dealt with the Mindszenty case by focusing
on the gruesome torturing to death of a Hungarian music teacher (played by
Bonita Granville, herself a victim of the Hungarian communist regime) who
refuses to let her class sign petitions for the cardinal’s arrest, and attributed
Mindszenty’s cardinal’s trial confession to hypnosis.31 Peter Glenville’s The
Prisoner (1955) was a more ambitious and commercially successful project.
Financed by Columbia but made in Britain with a predominantly English cast,
it attracted considerable interest on both sides of the Atlantic, not least
because playing Mindszenty inspired the famous actor Alec Guinness to
convert to Catholicism. The Prisoner accused the communists of having ‘brain-
washed’ Mindszenty, thereby helping to confirm the growing Western per-
ception of communism as an insidious form of mind control that induced
‘robot-like enslavement’.32
By the time The Prisoner appeared, the United States and Western Europe
were in fact experiencing something akin to a full-scale ‘brainwashing scare’.
This phenomenon was linked partly to the highly publicised East European
Of gods and moguls 111
God versus evil: in a thinly veiled re-enactment of the 1949 Mindszenty show trial, interrogator and
‘brainwasher’ (Jack Hawkins, centre) humiliates the cardinal (Alec Guinness) before the ‘people’s court’.
The Prisoner (1955). Columbia Pictures/Stills, Posters and Designs Division of the British Film
Institute.
show trials of the late 1940s and early 1950s, in which senior communists
admitted ludicrous crimes, and partly to the ‘change’ that some Western
POWs underwent at the hands of their communist captors during the Korean
War. In response to these and other events, the CIA helped to produce dozens
of books and articles on what Allen Dulles called ‘brain warfare’, with the
intention of demonising the ‘Communist conspiracy’ and warning of a mono-
lithic aggressor that targeted the very centre of the free self. Among the
movies that played on the Korean War brainwashing theme in the mid-1950s
were Lewis Seiler’s The Bamboo Prison (1955), which also incorporated an
American communist disguised as a POW camp’s chaplain (and hence was
banned in several US states). Two others, Arnold Laven’s The Rack (1956) and
John Frankenheimer’s highly acclaimed, complex conspiracy thriller The
Manchurian Candidate, which appeared a little later, in 1962, appeared to
support writer Philip Wylie’s influential notion of ‘Momism’ – the idea
that America had opened the door to communism by raising a generation
of effeminised young men who were excessively attached to their mothers.
112 Hollywood’s Cold War
scale.39 Audiences were inundated with thinly and thickly camouflaged mes-
sages about the Cold War carried in movies set in the near or distant past. A
handful of Westerns featuring evil land-grabbers, among them George
Stevens’ Shane (1953) and Joseph H. Lewis’ Terror in a Texan Town (1958),
reflected their writers’ left-wing views.40 The revival of Indian War Westerns
during this era, however, should be seen in a conservative light, with the con-
flict between the pagan ‘red skins’ and God-fearing whites standing in for the
ideological clash between East and West – with one key difference: ‘civilised’
American military skill and political judgement prevailed virtually every time
on screen, compensating perhaps for the frustrations of the real-life Cold War
stand-off.41 Walt Disney’s films reverberated with tried-and-true Americanism
even more than usual in this period. Having declared in 1947 that Hollywood’s
communists ought to be ‘smoked out’, Disney, an FBI informant, proclaimed
a year later that the time was ripe to ‘renew acquaintance with the American
breed of robust, cheerful, energetic, and representative folk heroes’. During
the 1950s, the basic tropes of religion, work, individualism, progress and
patriotism formed the backbone of Disney’s stories, which were often set in
the past, and in which the protagonists confronted and overcame enemies to
their society. In some films, like Davy Crockett (1955), the heroes were unmis-
takably American, while in others, like The Story of Robin Hood and His Merrie
Men (1952), they personified America’s idealised democratic spirit.42
Religion, history and the Cold War came together most concertedly in one
of the defining genres of the era – the biblical saga. A succession of films set
against the backdrop of pyramids and Old Testament temples – Samson and
Delilah (1949), The Prodigal (1955), The Ten Commandments (1956) – or New
Testament Rome and Jerusalem – Quo Vadis (1951), Salome (1953), The Robe
(1953), Ben-Hur (1959) – made huge profits in the 1950s, despite being among
the most expensive films ever made.43 This cycle of film epics, the first since
the silent era, principally relates to Hollywood’s need to compete with televi-
sion. By offering more extravagant ‘widescreen’ entertainment than television
could afford, the major studios hoped they could reclaim dwindling domestic
audiences and maximise their pre-eminent strengths as production-distribution
companies in the increasingly important international market. Producers also
sought to increase income by appealing to the public’s perceived craving for
sexuality on screen and by capitalising on the fact that bare flesh was, ironically
perhaps, often more permissible in biblical pageants than in modern settings.44
Recently, however, commentators have suggested ways in which these biblical
epics might have given scriptural authority to the ideology of America’s Cold
War. Maria Wyke points out, for instance, how the publicity surrounding
MGM’s Quo Vadis depicted Nero as a Stalinist dictator defeated by the Christian
faithful, and that the movie was banned in Eastern Europe for decades.45
114 Hollywood’s Cold War
A close analysis of the biggest epic of them all, The Ten Commandments (1956),
not only confirms Wyke’s general thesis; it also reveals some of the more
subtle qualities that characterised the state–film network at the height of the
Cold War.
A PROPHET IN CELLULOID
Few filmmakers better appreciated the importance of offering audiences an
entertaining set of images that extolled America’s spiritual values during the
Cold War than Cecil B. DeMille. Fewer still had the talent, drive and power to
put this into effect. The son of a Protestant minister, and a Republican who
equated Americanism with Christianity, Manifest Destiny, and the triumph of
free enterprise, DeMille had entered the movie business in 1913. Working
largely as a semi-independent director-producer at Paramount, for decades he
had enthralled audiences with stories of consumption and upward mobility,
rugged individualism and empire-building, sexual titillation and, above all, reli-
gious uplift.46 The success of films like King of Kings (1927) and The Crusades
(1935) earned DeMille a reputation as the world’s leading exponent of religious
film entertainment. On presenting a Bible to the mogul in the early 1950s, the
evangelical preacher Billy Graham described DeMille as ‘a prophet in celluloid
who has had the privilege of bringing some of the Word of God to more
people throughout the world than any other man’.47 By this stage DeMille was
into his seventies and in the twilight of a career encompassing more than sixty
movies. Dubbed ‘Mr Motion Pictures’ in Hollywood and Washington, he had
been showered with professional honours and was a household name;
Paramount claimed his films had been seen by three billion people worldwide.48
DeMille was as busy off the studio lot as he was on it, especially politically
during the early Cold War. In 1944, he co-founded the Motion Picture Alliance
for the Preservation of American Ideals. A year later, he established his own
Foundation for Political Freedom to crusade for right-to-work laws and
against communist infiltration in all walks of American life. The Foundation
regularly sent information to California’s ‘little HUAC’, the Tenney
Committee, and to the real HUAC in Washington. Many of the speeches
DeMille delivered under the Foundation’s aegis, largely to businessmen and
civic organisations, were infused with religious rhetoric. Thus he described the
CPUSA as ‘the Party of Judas Iscariot’, proclaimed America’s ‘spiritual
strength of freedom under God’, and called Hollywood’s movies ‘a teacher of
our children and an ambassador to the entire world’.49 After attributing criti-
cism of his Samson and Delilah in 1949 to a communist conspiracy, DeMille
campaigned in vain in 1950 for a loyalty oath for fellow members of the
Screen Directors Guild. In 1953, he and Bishop Fulton J. Sheen, star of the
Of gods and moguls 115
television programme Life is Worth Living, were presented with awards for out-
standing contributions to the American way of life by the strenuously anti-
communist Freedom Foundation.50
DeMille’s political activities extended further, linking him directly with US
foreign policy. He was one of the original board members of the National
Committee for Free Europe (NCFE), the ostensibly private organisation estab-
lished by the CIA in 1949 to mobilise dissent within the Soviet satellites. This
brought him into contact with C. D. Jackson, the NCFE’s President and
Eisenhower’s future psychological warfare expert, through whom DeMille
urged the Committee to target Catholics behind the Iron Curtain.51 DeMille was
also on the Board of the Crusade for Freedom, an initiative launched by
Eisenhower in 1950 which campaigned for the expansion of Radio Free
Europe.52 In 1952, DeMille turned down a request from the Second World War
hero Admiral Chester Nimitz to become the chairman of the CFF’s Motion
Picture Committee,53 but a year later agreed to become the USIA’s chief film
consultant. DeMille’s main function at the USIA was to serve as liaison between
the agency and Hollywood, and to enlist the cooperation of the film industry in
making movies for training and informational purposes. Taking guidance from
the former film sales executive who ran the USIA’s Motion Picture Division,
Andrew Smith, DeMille advised the Motion Picture Industry Council on scripts
and projects that would fit the government’s propaganda programme.54
Soon after his appointment to the USIA, in April 1953, DeMille met with
C. D. Jackson, now working for the White House, to mull over their approach
towards propaganda. The two agreed ‘that the most effective use of American
films is not to design an entire picture to cope with a certain problem, but
rather to see to it that in a “normal” picture the right line, aside, inflection,
eyebrow movement, is introduced’.55 A few months later, DeMille admon-
ished his colleagues on the MPA Executive Committee for ignoring the more
‘positive’ side of their duties: ‘You cannot fight anything with nothing . . . We
have two missions – to fight subversion in our own industry and to make the
pictures we produce effective carriers of the American ideals we are pledged
to preserve’.56 In March 1954, the Director of the USIA, Theodore Streibert,
told the Motion Picture Industry Council that his organisation ‘was most
appreciative of the cooperation that is being extended to the Government . . .
in this fight against Communism’. He added: ‘Cecil B. DeMille and other
members of his Committee are serving us well’.57
ALLEGORICAL AUTHENTICITY
Cecil B. DeMille’s single biggest contribution to Freedom’s Cause was an
updating of his 1923 classic, The Ten Commandments. DeMille had been loosely
116 Hollywood’s Cold War
planning a remake since the mid-1940s, but in 1953 was given the go-ahead
for the project from Paramount’s chief executives, Barney Balaban and
Y. Frank Freeman. As producer and director, DeMille was given a free hand
in the making of the picture, the only stipulation being that he shoot it in the
studio’s new widescreen process, VistaVision. Paramount appears to have set
few if any financial constraints, judging that even at an initial costing of $6
million (during production it would balloon to a world record $13.5 million)
the movie would still make a hefty profit.58
DeMille took from his archives Jeannie Macpherson’s scenario for the
silent version, which had consisted of two parts: a biblical prologue about
Moses’ later years, followed by a modern story about lovers violating the com-
mandments. At first, DeMille inclined towards another two-parter, and one of
his staff suggested giving the second half an explicitly political twist by focus-
ing on the devious forces aligned against an American city official. However,
this whole idea was soon discarded in favour of a conventional narrative
telling Moses’ life story stretching from birth through slavery to Mount Sinai,
which was thought to be more commercially appealing and would look less
propagandistic. By concentrating entirely on Moses, who was honoured as a
prophet by Jews, Christians and Muslims, DeMille also hoped to use the film
overseas ‘as a means of welding together all faiths against the common
enemy of all faiths, atheistic Communism’. He and assistant producer Henry
Wilcoxon expected to repeat the success that Samson and Delilah had enjoyed
in the Near East and Asia especially, two regions considered strategically and
politically vital by Washington.59
Having decided to concentrate on delivering a history lesson, DeMille and
his team of four scriptwriters – Aeneas Mackenzie, Jesse L. Lasky, Jr., Jack
Gariss and Frederick Frank – did everything they could to make it as believ-
able and as topical as possible. DeMille had always rejected films that focused
on mass movements in favour of individuals: on those, as he put it, ‘in whose
fortunes they [audiences] can feel personally involved’. The final script for The
Ten Commandments, which ran to 308 pages, almost three times longer than
the average Hollywood film, duly highlighted Moses’ heroic quest to liberate
the Hebrews from Egyptian bondage, and was built around spectacular ‘his-
toric’ moments such as the Exodus, the crossing of the Red Sea, and the
Burning Bush.60 The Bible actually says nothing about the first thirty years of
Moses’ life, but DeMille made a virtue of this by claiming to fill in the gap
through scholarship. Led by Henry S. Noerdlinger, a team of researchers
costing $300,000 spent months ‘reconstructing’ Moses’ movements and
thoughts by consulting books, periodicals, museum directors and experts in
Egyptian history. The results were published as a 200-page scholarly mono-
graph in the same year the movie was released.61
Of gods and moguls 117
Naturally, selling the film as a historical document that told the definitive
version of the Bible story also involved shooting at the Holy sites. In late 1954,
DeMille and eighty-two assistant directors undertook three months’ advanced
location filming in Egypt, whose king had recently been unseated in an
officers’ revolution. This involved building the biggest movie set in history
outside Cairo to house a 60-acre mock-up of the traditional ‘treasure city’ of
Per-Rameses, and mobilising probably the greatest number of extras (25,000)
ever used. Press releases focused on the pilgrimage made to the Sinai desert,
where an elite group of cast and crew ‘followed the path taken by Moses as
described in Exodus’, giving a sense that the making of the film was itself a
religious experience.62 DeMille suffered a heart attack whilst filming the
Egyptian sequences, and yet seems to have interpreted his survival as a sign
of God’s support for the project. Despite a hectic schedule, he found time to
conduct a spot of cultural diplomacy with the new Egyptian regime, which
the State Department and CIA were then courting. In exchange for the loan
of large cavalry formations for the chariot scenes, DeMille agreed to produce
a film showing Egypt’s past and present glories. Wearing his official consul-
tant’s hat, DeMille also inspected the USIA facilities at the US embassy in
Cairo, where he found ‘there was a touching eloquence in the tin cans of film,
battered and dented from their many trips to and from Egyptian towns and
villages, with their message of what America means’.63
Principal photography on The Ten Commandments began in California in
March 1955 and ended in August. Totalling 112 days, this was reportedly the
longest shooting schedule of all time. At Paramount DeMille discovered that
the 35-acre lot was not big enough to contain one of his biggest set-piece
scenes, the crossing of the Red Sea. He therefore demolished the intervening
buildings, joined Paramount and RKO territory, constructed a 200,000 cubic-
foot swimming pool, and installed hydraulic equipment that could deluge the
area with 360,000 gallons of water in two minutes flat. This scene alone cost
more than $1 million and took eighteen months to shoot.64 Paramount’s volu-
minous coffers also paid for a stellar cast assembled from the screen, stage,
television and radio. America’s favourite gangster, Edward G. Robinson, who
had recently been released from the blacklist, played the villainous Hebrew
subversive, Dathan; Yul Brynner, fresh from the Broadway hit musical The
King and I (adapted for the screen in 1956), and whose Eurasian features might
have led some viewers to think of the current East–West divide, played
Rameses II;65 and the Oscar-winning Anne Baxter played the scheming
Nefretiri, Queen of Egypt.
Moses was played by Charlton Heston, Hollywood’s resident epic hero of
the 1950s and 1960s. Tall and muscular, with a dominant physical presence
and a strong-jawed, patrician facial bone structure implying intelligence and
118 Hollywood’s Cold War
All eyes on the master story-teller: Yul Brynner (left), comedian Danny Kaye (with cap) and Charlton
Heston listen to Cecil B. DeMille during the production of The Ten Commandments (1956). Kaye was
among the profusion of actors, politicians and religious leaders who visited the movie’s California set.
Paramount/Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences.
dignity, Heston managed, as one critic later put it, ‘to suggest both the rugged
American frontiersman of myth as well as the God who creates Adam in
Michelangelo’s Sistine Chapel fresco’. Heston was an active anti-communist
in Hollywood in the 1950s, and took his role so seriously he could recite whole
passages of the Old Testament.66 The Ten Commandments’ crew also included
some of the biggest names in the movie business, including Oscar winners
Loyal Griggs (director of photography), Edith Head (costumes), Ray Moyer
(set director) and Anne Bauchens, who had been DeMille’s film editor for
thirty-eight years. Arnold Friberg, one of the America’s foremost religious
artists, was commissioned to paint biblical events as well as wardrobe and
character interpretations, on which many of the scenes were based.
Animators were borrowed from the Walt Disney Studios to spruce up the
special effects.
Unlike one of his rival directors, Alfred Hitchcock, DeMille had never
been one for appearing on screen. DeMille was also opposed to blatant ser-
monising, as his advice to the Protestant Film Commission in 1949 attests:
‘[L]et the story itself carry the message. Do not put propaganda speeches into
Of gods and moguls 119
the dialogue. Convey the message through what the characters do.’67 DeMille
broke both of these rules with The Ten Commandments, however. Immediately
after the movie’s overture, he steps before a silver curtain to explain to his
audience that: ‘The theme of this picture is whether men are to be ruled by
God’s law, or whether they are to be ruled by the whims of a dictator like
Rameses. Are men the property of the state, or are they free souls under God?
This same battle continues throughout the world today.’ The ‘eternal’ nature
of this conflict was further emphasised in the souvenir programme, which
carried the imprimatur of democracy’s ‘great saviour’, recently retired British
Prime Minister Winston Churchill, and stated:
The foundations of freedom’s triumph over the forces of darkness are found
in the words that came from Mount Sinai – the Ten Commandments . . .
These events are both timely – and timeless. They are as timeless as God’s
word to Moses heard as the last speech in our film and found on America’s
famed Liberty Bell: ‘Proclaim liberty throughout the land, unto all its inhabi-
tants thereof ’ . . . In the relationship between Moses and Rameses, we have
the clash between two great opposing forces, forces which have confronted
each other throughout human history and which still – at this very moment –
are engaged in mortal combat for the future of all mankind. On the one hand,
there is the Pharaoh Rameses – worshipped as a God – the massive machin-
ery of oppression at his command, his people chattels, and his will their only
law. Opposing him stands Moses, armed only with a staff – and the unquench-
able fire of freedom under God.68
The Ten Commandments itself was not as direct as the publicity surrounding it,
but this was typical of the efforts made in promotion during this era to ensure
that audiences came to biblical epics with the knowledge that they were ‘about’
much more than just their historical narrative.
One of ‘the afflicted, the hopeless, the oppressed’: once a prince but now a Hebrew slave, Moses (Charlton
Heston) is paraded before Pharaoh Sethi’s court in The Ten Commandments (1956). Paramount/The
Kobal Collection.
Hardwicke), for the affection of the people, the Pharaoh, and the beautiful
Nefretiri. The Pharaoh is displeased with Rameses’ inability to finish con-
struction of the massive new city of Goshen for his upcoming jubilee and
assigns the task to Moses. While he is supervising work at the building site,
Moses rescues from death an old woman whom he does not recognise as his
mother and orders more humane treatment of the Hebrew slaves. Suspicious,
Nefretiri learns about Moses’ origins from one of Bithiah’s servants, and dis-
closes the secret to him. Humbled by his real family’s love for him and the
Hebrews’ quiet religious devotion, Moses rejoins his people, and goes to work
in the brick pits among the slaves he once commanded. When he becomes
popular with the Hebrews who are seeking a leader, Rameses exiles him,
leaving him in the barren wilderness to perish.
Yet Moses miraculously survives the desert, travels to Midian, and marries
Sephora (Yvonne De Carlo). Years later, on Mount Sinai, Moses speaks to
God, who appears in the form of a burning bush, and returns to Egypt to
confront Rameses, who is now Pharaoh and married to Nefretiri, and demand
Of gods and moguls 121
the freedom of his people. Moses brings the wrath of God upon the
Egyptians, but Rameses is unyielding until the angel of death takes the life of
every Egyptian first-born. Rameses sets the Hebrews free when his own son
dies, but is goaded by Nefretiri into pursuing them with his chariots. When the
Hebrews are trapped, Moses demonstrates the power of the Lord by parting
the Red Sea, allowing them to pass through the chasm of waters, which surge
closed when the Egyptians attempt to cross. Moses spends forty days on
Mount Sinai while the people, provoked by the Egyptian informant Dathan,
worship a golden calf and engage in bacchanalian revels. Moses returns with
the Ten Commandments on two stone tablets, and punishes the idolaters by
forcing them to wander in the wilderness for forty years. When this period
draws to a close, Moses goes alone to Mount Nebo to face his God, as his
people cross the River Jordan on to the Promised Land.
On the face of it, this storyline has nothing whatsoever to do with the Cold
War. Historian David Caute has recently taken issue with postmodernists like
Alan Nadel who contend that The Ten Commandments was ‘a major product of
American Cold War ideology’ through its equation of ‘God’s perspective with
American global interests’. Caute highlights aspects of the film that are at
odds with Washington’s Cold War outlook. For instance, the movie does not
hold out the hand of salvation to the Egyptians/communists, it justifies indis-
criminate slaughter by the Almighty/the West, and Rameses’ Egypt is not set
on military or ideological expansion like the Soviet Union. Caute makes some
valid points, especially about those cultural studies scholars who seek to
impose interpretations on movies of the 1950s that in his view ‘would most
probably have been news to the screenwriters and directors themselves’.70 Yet
he overlooks the fact that DeMille was not making a movie that sought
mechanically and unambiguously to press every one of Washington’s Cold
War buttons.
To DeMille, the very splendour of the film – with a musical score by Elmer
Bernstein, art work by Walter Tyler, fantastic special effects, and rich colours
painted on a spectacularly large canvas – testified to America’s capitalist-based
creativity and advertised the superiority of democracy’s freedom of spirit. Its
simple yet profound story of good winning over evil, wrapped up in a soap-
opera formula with a deeply chiselled morality at its core, would, he believe,
connect with millions at home and overseas. In his estimation a good pro-
portion of these people were bound to see the resemblance between ancient
Egypt – with its monolithic architecture, labour camps and muscle-bound
security guards – and the Soviet Union and Nazi Germany. They could not
fail to see the Hebrews as modern-day Americans – sincere, honest, compas-
sionate and innocent – confronted by an imperialist enemy that was sustained
by militarism and surveillance. So what if anachronistic Hollywood-isms like
122 Hollywood’s Cold War
Behold one of the miracles of cinema! Moses parts the Red Sea, thanks to God and Paramount’s special
effects department. The Ten Commandments (1956). Paramount/The Kobal Collection.
Freedom’s crusader: Moses bids farewell to Joshua and his fellow disciples at the end of The Ten
Commandments (1956). Paramount/The Kobal Collection.
Outside the Academy, The Ten Commandments soon became, in the words of
the Catholic publisher Martin Quigley, ‘much more than a motion picture’.
Some of America’s most famous Christian and Jewish leaders were quoted in
full-page newspaper advertisements urging people to see it, for religious
and political reasons. The Vice-President of the National Committee of
Christians and Jews announced that the film was ‘a spiritual weapon that will
have a telling effect in the current world-wide struggle for the preservation of
freedom’. Public schools in certain cities and states granted their students time
off to watch the movie, and special showings were arranged at cut-price group
rates. Paramount even arranged for buses to take customers from northern
Mexico, where the film’s exhibition was restricted, to see a Spanish subtitled
version in El Paso, Texas, and San Diego, California. Further north, in Fresno,
a judge placed three offenders on probation on condition that they saw The Ten
Commandments and wrote essays on the moral lessons they had learned. In San
Francisco, five women shoplifters were similarly directed. A group calling
itself the Disc Jockeys National Committee for Public Service was formed
as a result of discussions about the film on the radio, thereby tying the movie
to the Red Cross and other charities.81 DeMille received scores of letters
expressing admiration and thanks for the film, including one from an anti-
communist Hungarian émigré, Bela Kornitzer. He, at least, had got the point
of the film: ‘The tyranny of the Pharaos [sic] and the relentless drive for
freedom and the dignity of man – which to me was the keynote of your
picture – left a deep mark in my family who lived under the oppression of the
modern Pharaos a short while ago.’82
By the time DeMille conducted a promotional tour of Western Europe in
late 1957 to mark The Ten Commandments’ release overseas, the film had become
the top money-maker of the year, already taking approximately twice what it
had cost to produce.83 It is difficult to ascertain whether the USIA helped to
promote or distribute The Ten Commandments abroad, but DeMille’s official
position within the agency certainly opened a number of important doors.
American ambassadors met him at each stop on his tour, arranging receptions
and meetings with dignitaries. In Italy, he enjoyed a private audience with Pope
Pius XII, during which DeMille presented the pontiff with replicas of the Ten
Commandments tablets used in the film. In Germany, he was received by
Chancellor Konrad Adenauer and the Mayor of Berlin, Willy Brandt, and
made a speech before the Berlin League of Human Rights. In Paris, he was
awarded the Legion d’Honneur; in London he met one of his heroes, Winston
Churchill.84 In what was probably little more than a publicity stunt, in early
1958 DeMille offered the Kremlin free copies of The Ten Commandments so
long as it was exhibited in unexpurgated form in the Soviet Union. By the end
of that year the movie had been barred from the whole of Eastern Europe
126 Hollywood’s Cold War
CONCLUSION
The use of religious propaganda in wartime predates the Cold War by at least
2,500 years.88 The Catholic Church had signalled its own awareness of the arts
of public persuasion in the seventeenth century, when Pope Gregory V estab-
lished the Sacred Congregation de Propaganda Fide in 1622.89 Religion as a theme
in wartime cinematic propaganda has not been confined to the struggle between
communism and capitalism either. During the Second World War, American
films constantly linked God with democracy in the fight against fascism.90
Since the mid-1980s, Hollywood has profited considerably from its portrayals
of the perceived threat posed to the West by Islamic fundamentalism.91
Of gods and moguls 127
Notes
1 Monthly Film Bulletin, October 1952, pp. 140–1.
2 Films and Filming, September 1955, p. 13.
3 Despite this, religion has so far been the Cinderella of Cold War historiography.
See Dianne Kirby (ed.), Religion and the Cold War (Basingstoke, 2003) on why this
has been the case, and how historians are now starting to rectify this omission.
On John Paul II’s Cold War role see ‘Karol Wojtyla and the End of the Cold War’,
in Silvio Pons and Frederico Romero (eds), Reinterpreting the End of the Cold War:
Issues, Interpretations, Periodizations (London, 2005), pp. 82–9.
4 Taylor, Film Propaganda, pp. 69–70.
5 Geoffrey Hosking, A History of the Soviet Union, 1917–1991 (London, 1992),
pp. 227–41.
6 Davies, ‘Soviet Cinema’, pp. 56–60; Caute, Dancer, pp. 147–53.
7 Phillip Knightley, The First Casualty: From the Crimea to the Falklands: The War
Correspondent as Hero, Propagandist and Myth Maker (London, 1989), p. 149; Steve
Nicholson, British Theatre and the Red Peril: The Portrayal of Communism, 1917–1945
(Exeter, 1999), pp. 31–3.
8 Kirby (ed.), Religion and the Cold War, pp. 1–8.
9 John Foster Dulles, War or Peace (New York, 1950), pp. 251–9; Mark Silk, Spiritual
Politics: Religion and America since World War Two (New York, 1988), pp. 86–107;
Allen Dulles speech, 5 June 1953, quoted in Washburn to William H. Jackson, 11
June 1953, White House Central Files, Official File, Box 674, 133-M-1 President’s
Committee on International Activities Abroad (3): Dwight D. Eisenhower
Library, Abilene, Kansas (hereafter DDEL); ‘President Sees Editors’, New York
Times, 10 April 1953.
10 Public Papers of the Presidents: Dwight D. Eisenhower, 1953 (Washington, DC, 1960),
pp. 179–88; Hixson, Curtain, pp. 42, 64, 83, 93–4, 122; Puddington, Broadcasting
Freedom.
11 Eric R. Crouse, ‘Popular Cold Warriors: Conservative Protestants, Communism,
and Culture in Early Cold War America’, Journal of Religion and Popular Culture,
Of gods and moguls 129
Journal of Popular Film and Television, Vol. 7, No. 1, 1998, pp. 3–31. The villain in
the aforementioned Soviet film Conspiracy of the Doomed, Cardinal Birnch, was
probably modelled on Mindszenty.
31 Monthly Film Bulletin, December 1950, pp. 185–6.
32 Columbia marketing material, The Prisoner micro-jacket, BFIL; Alec Guinness,
Blessings in Disguise (London, 1985), pp. 38–49.
33 Charles S. Young, ‘Missing Action: POW Films, Brainwashing, and the Korean
War, 1954–1968’, Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television, Vol. 18, No. 1,
1998, pp. 49–74; Susan L. Carruthers, ‘The Manchurian Candidate (1962) and the
Cold War Brainwashing Scare’, Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television,
Vol. 18, No. 1, 1998, pp. 75–94; David Seed, Brainwashing: The Fictions of Mind
Control – A Study of Novels and Films since World War II (Kent, OH, 2004), esp.
chs 2, 4 and 5.
34 The Miracle told the story of a peasant woman who believes her baby has been
immaculately conceived. US Customs gave the movie a licence in 1949, only to
revoke it under pressure from the New York Roman Catholic Archdiocese on the
grounds that it was ‘sacrilegious’. During the row over The Miracle, Catholic moral
reformer Martin Quigley, publisher of the Motion Picture Herald, said that com-
munists and fellow-travellers applauded every time someone bought a ticket to
see the picture because they knew that religion was an essential bulwark against
the Red threat. His assertion that Rossellini and the film’s star, Anna Magnani,
were active leftists and that the logical birthplace of the film was the Soviet Union
helped transform the Legion of Decency’s condemnation of the movie into a
crusade. Walsh, Sin, pp. 251–2.
35 Jack Vizzard, See No Evil: Life Inside a Hollywood Censor (New York, 1970).
36 On American evangelism and Billy Graham see Donald W. Dayton and Robert
K. Johnston (eds), The Varieties of American Evangelism (Knoxville, TN, 1991).
37 Variety, 13 April 1955; New York Times, 30 August 1958; Biskind, Seeing, p. 116.
38 Doherty, Projections, pp. 100–3; Thomas J. Knock, ‘History with Lightning: The
Forgotten Film Wilson (1944)’, in Peter C. Rollins (ed.), Hollywood as Historian:
American Film in a Cultural Context (Lexington, KY, 1983), pp. 88–108.
39 Eldridge, ‘Hollywood and History’.
40 Buhle and Wagner, Hide, pp. 113–15. The writers were Michael Wilson and
Nedrick Young respectively. Wilson had penned a script for Shane prior to
his appearance before HUAC in September 1951; Young worked under a
pseudonym.
41 Richard Maltby, ‘A Better Sense of History: John Ford and the Indians’, in Ian
Cameron and Douglas Pye (eds), The Movie Book of the Western (London, 1996),
p. 44; Biskind, Seeing, pp. 230–40; John Tuska, The American West in Film (London,
1985), p. 244. The number of big-budget Westerns made in Hollywood rose
from 14 titles in 1947 to 46 in 1956, not to mention the hundreds of titles each
year in B and lesser categories. Buhle and Wagner, Hide, p. 112.
42 Peter Filene, ‘ “Cold War Culture” Doesn’t Say It All’, in Kuznick and Gilbert,
Rethinking, pp. 164–6.
Of gods and moguls 131
43 The directors of these films were, respectively, Cecil B. DeMille, Richard Thorpe,
Cecil B. DeMille, Mervyn LeRoy, William Dieterle, Henry Koster and William
Wyler. Biblical epics consistently topped the film money-making lists in the
1950s – for example, Samson and Delilah was No. 1 in 1950, Quo Vadis was No. 2
in 1952, The Robe was No. 1 in 1953, and Ben-Hur was No. 1 in 1960. Quo Vadis
($8.25), The Ten Commandments ($13.5) and Ben-Hur ($15 m) each set a new record
for the most expensive film ever made. The Ten Commandments, Ben-Hur and The
Robe were, respectively, the second, fourth and seventh highest-grossing films at
the North American box office in the 1950s, with grosses of $85.4 m, $73.2 m
and $45.2. Peter Cowie (ed.), The Variety Almanac 1999 (Basingstoke, 1999), p. 13.
44 Bruce Babington and Peter Evans, Biblical Epics: Sacred Narratives in the Hollywood
Cinema (Manchester, 1993).
45 Maria Wyke, Projecting the Past: Ancient Rome, Cinema, and History (New York, 1997),
pp. 143–4.
46 For general accounts of DeMille’s career and political conservatism see Sumiko
Higashi, Cecil B. DeMille: A Guide to References and Resources (Boston, MA, 1985),
and Charles Higham, Cecil B. DeMille (New York, 1973).
47 DeMille’s statement ‘Envoy To All Peoples’, 1955, Cecil B. DeMille Collection,
MSS 1400, Box 213, f. 14, L. Tom Perry Special Collections, Harold B. Lee
Library, Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah (hereafter TPCBY); DeMille
draft speech for Federal Communications Commission hearing, 10 March 1952,
DeMille Collection, MSS 1400, Box 437, f. 1, TPCBY.
48 Lou Greenspan, Executive Secretary of Motion Picture Industry Council, to
Andrew Smith, Jr., Chief, USIA Motion Picture Division, 28 May 1954, DeMille
Collection, MSS 1400, Box 456, f. 6, TPCBY; Los Angeles Times, 29 December
1953.
49 DeMille correspondence with J. Edgar Hoover and Richard Hood, c. 1941–5,
DeMille Collection, MSS 1400, Box 115, f. 39, TPCBY; DeMille speeches 4
November 1947 and 15 May 1948, DeMille Collection, MSS 1400, Box 1138, f. 8,
TPCBY; DeMille Foundation for Political Freedom Bulletin, Vol. 10, No. 1,
February 1956, DeMille Collection, MSS 1400, Box 1136, f. 9, TPCBY; Navasky,
Naming, p. 179.
50 Ceplair and Englund, Inquisition, pp. 368–9; Hollywood Citizen-News, 23 February
1953. In 1954, Life is Worth Living was reaching 25 million Americans each week.
See Doherty, Cold War, pp. 153–60.
51 DeMille–Jackson correspondence, March–April 1951, DeMille Collection, MSS
1400, Box 439, fs. 9 and 15, TPCBY; Lucas, Freedom’s War, pp. 67, 100–4.
52 Lucas, Freedom’s War, pp. 101–3.
53 DeMille to A. J. Gock, Chairman, Southern California Crusade for Freedom, 30
December 1952, DeMille Collection, MSS 1400, Box 439, fs. 9 and 15, TPCBY.
54 Lou Greenspan, Executive Secretary of Motion Picture Industry Council, to
Andrew Smith, Jr., Chief, USIA Motion Picture Division, 28 May 1954, and
Greenspan circular, 30 April 1954, DeMille Collection, MSS 1400, Box 456, f. 6,
TPCBY; Variety, 23 April 1953.
132 Hollywood’s Cold War
55 Jackson to the publishing magnate Henry Luce, cited in Saunders, Who Paid the
Piper?, p. 288.
56 DeMille’s speech notes for meeting of MPA Executive Committee, 3 June 1953,
DeMille Collection, MSS 1400, Box 1146, fs. 4–5, TPCBY.
57 Circular by Art Arthur, Executive Secretary of Motion Picture Industry Council,
12 March 1954, DeMille Collection, MSS 1400, Box 456, f. 6, TPCBY. When
DeMille died in 1959 at the age of 78, he received this tribute from the USIA’s
Director, George V. Allen: ‘The contribution of Mr. DeMille, not only to the art
of motion picture production but to the preservation of those ideals of freedom
and justice for which our government stands, will always be remembered. His
close cooperation with the USIA and his wisdom, advice and counsel have been
invaluable to us all’. ‘Condolences for Mr. DeMille’, undated, DeMille Clippings
file, AMPAS.
58 Cecil B. DeMille, The Autobiography of Cecil B. DeMille, ed. Donald Hayne (London,
1960), pp. 376–9.
59 DeMille, Autobiography, p. 385; DeMille address, November 1956, DeMille
Collection, MSS 1400, Box 708, f. 16, TPCBY; Hollywood Reporter, 20 May 1953.
60 DeMille, Autobiography, p. 169; ‘The Ten Commandments Press Release’, 1956,
DeMille Clippings file, AMPAS.
61 DeMille address, November 1956, DeMille Collection, MSS 1400, Box 708, f. 16,
TPCBY; Henry S. Noerdlinger, Moses and Egypt: The Documentation to the Motion
Picture The Ten Commandments (Los Angeles, CA, 1956).
62 Time, 12 November 1956, p. 63; ‘The Ten Commandments Press Release’, 1956, Cecil
B. DeMille Clippings file, AMPAS.
63 Higham, Cecil B. DeMille, pp. 307–8; DeMille, Autobiography, pp. 386–7; Motion
Picture Herald, 24 October 1953; Jon B. Alterman, Egypt and American Foreign
Assistance 1952–1956: Hopes Dashed (Basingstoke, 2002).
64 Time, 12 November 1956, p. 63. An actual atom bomb rumble recorded during a
recent test was used as a sound effect in the Red Sea sequence, according to
Paramount’s report to the American Motion Picture Academy and Sciences. See
American Film Institute Catalogue entry for The Ten Commandments (1956):
http://afi.chadwyck.co.uk/film/full_rec?action=BYID&FILE=../session/113
8222967_.... (26 January 2006).
65 Soon after The Ten Commandments was released, in late 1956, Brynner could also
be seen playing a Russian general grooming a destitute girl to pose as heir to the
Romanov throne, in Twentieth Century-Fox’s Anastasia.
66 New York Times, 25 March 1984; Charlton Heston, In the Arena: An Autobiography
(New York, 1995), pp. 133–4. Heston later claimed he was given the part because
DeMille thought he resembled Michelangelo’s renowned statue of Moses in the
Church of St Peter in Rome. Such was Heston’s association with Moses in the
public’s mind after The Ten Commandments that in 1959 he recorded the Five Books
of Moses, all in the King James version, for Vanguard Records. Michael Munn,
Charlton Heston: A Biography (London, 1986), pp. 61–2; Steven Cohan, Masked
Men: Masculinity and the Movies (Bloomington, IN, 1997), p. 156.
Of gods and moguls 133
67 DeMille notes, 16 March 1949, DeMille Collection, MSS 1400, Box 431, f. 8,
TPCBY.
68 ‘Report on the Production of The Ten Commandments’, The Ten Commandments
Clippings file, AMPAS.
69 Motion Picture Herald, 6 October 1956, pp. 18–20.
70 Alan Nadel, Containment Culture: American Narratives, Postmodernism, and the Atomic
Age (London, 1995), pp. 90–116; Caute, Dancer, pp. 177–81.
71 On the ideological significance of Heston’s and Brynner’s different forms of
masculinity in the movie see Cohan, Masked Men, pp. 150–9.
72 Sight and Sound, Vol. 27, No. 3, Winter 1957–8, pp. 57–8; Sumiko Higashi, Cecil B.
DeMille and American Culture (Berkeley, CA, 1994), p. 202.
73 Michael Wood, America in the Movies (New York, 1975), p. 187.
74 Hollywood Citizen-News, 22 and 26 October 1956; DeMille, Autobiography, p. 384;
Malcolm Boyd, Christ and Celebrity Gods: The Church in Mass Culture (Greenwich,
CT, 1958), pp. 60, 67.
75 In collusion with Israel, the British and French governments had incurred the
wrath of the US administration by invading Egypt in October–November 1956,
in order to regain control of the Suez Canal and in the process hopefully topple
Colonel Gamal Abdul Nasser. The subsequent Eisenhower Doctrine of January
1957 registered American supremacy in the Middle East. See William Roger
Louis and Roger Owen (eds), Suez 1956: The Crisis and its Consequences (Oxford,
1991). American opposition to Israel in November 1956 allowed DeMille to
counter allegations that his film was pro-Israeli, anti-Arab propaganda. See
DeMille, Autobiography, p. 385.
76 Variety, 10 October 1956; Time, 12 November 1956.
77 Boyd, Christ, pp. 59, 62.
78 Common Sense, Vol. 9, No. 262, 15 October 1956.
79 Boyd, Christ, pp. 60–1, 73.
80 Motion Picture Herald, 4 October 1956; Film Bulletin, 15 October 1956; Los Angeles
Times, 1 December 1957. The Ten Commandments won one Oscar, for special effects.
Winner of the Oscar for best film of 1956 was Around the World in Eighty Days, a
United Artists production directed by Michael Anderson.
81 Boyd, Christ, pp. 52, 66, 70, 72; Motion Picture Herald, 6 October 1956, pp. 18–20;
Los Angeles Times, 1 December 1957; Beverly Hills Citizen, 13 August 1957;
Hollywood Reporter, 3 September 1958, p. 1; Hollywood Reporter, 9 September 1958,
pp. 1, 6; Hollywood Reporter, 10 September 1958, pp. 1, 9.
82 Kornitzer to DeMille, 15 April 1958, DeMille Collection, MSS 1400, Box 496,
f. 21, TPCBY.
83 Cobbett Steinberg, Reel Facts (Harmondsworth, 1981), p. 437; Los Angeles Times,
1 December 1957.
84 Hollywood Reporter, 5 April 1957, p. 1; Los Angeles Times, 1 December 1957; Variety,
16 October 1957; DeMille, Autobiography, pp. 399–400.
85 Hollywood Citizen-News, 29 March 1958; Hollywood Reporter, 29 October 1958,
pp. 1, 6.
134 Hollywood’s Cold War
Negotiable dissent
One of the great tragedies of culture and learning took place in Alexandria,
an ancient seaport of Egypt, about 630 .. In the Alexandrian library had
been gathered together, starting about 1500 ., most of the literary works,
scientific knowledge and philosophies of the intellectuals of the known world
up to that time. It is not quite clear whether this unequalled collection of
books was destroyed by fire all at once or piecemeal during the riots when
Caesar visited Cleopatra, when the Arabs overran Alexandria, or at a later
date. But this tragedy gave significance to a phrase which was to harass us
forever after, the phrase ‘the burning of the books’.
Doubtless with this in mind, the framers of our American Constitution
wrote into the First Article two guarantees which have given character and pro-
vided insurance for the perpetuation of American democracy. One was the
guarantee respecting the establishment of religion and the free exercise thereof.
The other was the prohibition of any law which would abridge the freedom of
speech or of the press. They are not unrelated; they are inter-related. They were
intended to complement each other . . .
It is to this theme, in dramatic form, that ‘STORM CENTER’ addresses itself.
Arthur H. DeBra, Motion Picture Association of America, July 19561
Generating and maintaining media support had been a relatively easy task for
the American government during the Second World War. Newspapers, broad-
casters and filmmakers were not beyond criticising Washington’s tactics, but
only a few questioned its motives and overall strategy. The nation had, after
all, been attacked, and was fighting a war in which men and women were dying
on various battlefronts. On top of this, notwithstanding its unprecedented
scale, the conflict lasted only four years. The Cold War was different. Neither
side had officially declared war, comparatively few Americans came face to
face with the enemy, and the conflict lasted some four decades. In such cir-
cumstances, any government – democratic or dictatorial – was bound to meet
some form of criticism, opposition or even resistance. This made official
management of the media all the more vital.
The American government was never in a position to dictate to filmmak-
ers entirely how they should cover the Cold War. Nor would it have wished to
have such powers. America’s claim to have the freest media in the world lay at
136 Hollywood’s Cold War
the very heart of Washington’s propaganda strategy, and was one of the sim-
plest yet most powerful ways for Americans to distinguish ‘us’ from ‘them’.
As it was, through established industry constraints and contingent controls,
the state–film network facilitated a large measure of downward pressure on
filmmakers throughout the conflict, with the result that relatively few movies
challenged prevailing views on official Cold War policy. However, the fluidity
of the network meant that there was always some scope for negotiable cine-
matic dissent, particularly by liberals. This was even the case during the late
1940s and 1950s, despite the atmosphere of self-restraint fostered by HUAC
and the dreaded blacklist. It is important to recognise this, and to emphasise
how from an early point in the Cold War the cinema was some sort of forum
for debate, unlike in the Soviet Union.
The different forms in which a small number of films expressed disquiet
with the super-patriotic, anti-subversive and militaristic consensus emerging
in the United States during the high Cold War of the late 1940s and 1950s
require close attention. So too does the variety of motives that lay behind the
making of these movies, the difficulties that filmmakers came across before
and during production, and the obstacles many of them needed to overcome
in order for their projects to reach a wide audience. We need to identify how
far dissent stretched, and the extent to which images offering alternative per-
spectives on the Cold War were ‘contained’.
Three films are subjected to close analysis below: The Day the Earth Stood Still
(1951), Storm Centre (1956) and On the Beach (1959). Each highlights an issue that
caused the US government considerable political discomfort during this period,
and which filmmakers would continue to probe throughout the Cold War. Of
these issues, Washington’s faith in nuclear deterrence stands out. Taken together,
these films show how the nature of cinematic Cold War dissent gradually altered
through this early but critical period of the conflict. At the beginning, in the late
1940s and early 1950s, dissent largely came in allegorical or semi-allegorical
form. As the 1950s progressed, and with the broad outlines of the Cold War
consensus now firmly established, a number of filmmakers grew more openly
critical of Cold War orthodoxy. This shift can be linked to institutional changes
within the film industry that allowed for greater experimentalism on screen. It
can also be tied to the relaxation in East-West relations following Stalin’s death
in 1953, and to the growing anxieties about the Cold War shared by a number of
pressure groups, commentators and the American public in general.
posed by aliens devoid of both moral sense and emotion, and the threat feared
from the Red Menace. Others, such as the slug-like movements of Irvin
S. Yeoworth, Jr.’s The Blob (1958), provided an objective correlative for the
right-wing fear of ‘creeping communism’. Brian Murphy, among others, has
argued that the vast majority of these ‘monster movies’ buttressed the moral
and political order: by showing the authorities and scientists collaborating
against their abominable foe, by depicting ordinary Americans doing exactly
as they were told, and by teaching viewers that there was no turning back the
technological clock.6
If most filmmakers exploited for politically conservative ends one of the
decade’s more artistically exciting genres, a few others used the greater
freedom which science fiction – with its fantastic plots and peculiar conven-
tions – afforded for social and political dissent. Boasting a horrific assortment
of radiation-engendered mutant monsters which threatened Earth with death
and destruction, films like Roger Corman’s Attack of the Crab Monsters (1957)
articulated the fears that many Americans had of an atomic age spiralling out
of control.7 During the 1940s and 1950s, the Truman and Eisenhower admin-
istrations generally took the view that aggressively disseminating atomic infor-
mation was the best way to offset Americans’ fears of nuclear weapons and
science. This contrasted with the situation in the Soviet Union and Britain, the
two other members of the ‘nuclear club’, whose governments avoided pub-
licity whenever possible.8 Washington was of course highly selective in terms
of the nuclear information it spread; among the material it suppressed (until
1970) was explicit documentary footage of the Hiroshima and Nagasaki
bombings, shot by a Japanese film crew in August 1945.9 The government also
encouraged a public discourse that made ‘disarmament’ a dirty word, one syn-
onymous with 1930s-style appeasement, neutralism or even subversion.10
In late 1953, in response to the new Soviet leadership’s peace overtures that
summer, and growing public disquiet about the arms race brought on by
Moscow’s recent successful hydrogen bomb test, Eisenhower breathed new
life into the US government’s nuclear propaganda offensive by launching his
‘Atoms for Peace’ campaign at the United Nations. A formula that spoke of
pooling international atomic resources for humanitarian purposes, ‘Atoms for
Peace’ was one of many imaginative initiatives aimed at enhancing America’s
status as the world’s leading proponent of peace and progress. In the decade
following this, Washington produced or financed at least fifty short films for
domestic and worldwide distribution showing the peaceful uses of nuclear
energy.11 Film studios like Disney and other ‘private’ agencies played their part
in this long-running campaign by utilising official information to make movies
that, like Disney’s Our Friend the Atom (1957), made nuclear energy appear excit-
ing and safe.12 This material came on top of the ubiquitous ‘duck-and-cover’
Negotiable dissent 139
instruction shorts for school children, and other officially sanctioned civil
defence pamphlets, broadcasts and films designed to persuade the American
people that, by learning the relevant facts and taking elementary precautions,
they would be able to cope with whatever Moscow launched at them.13 One of
the alleged effects of this barrage of publicity was to facilitate what psycholog-
ist Robert J. Lifton calls ‘nuclearism’, the acceptance of nuclear weapons as
part of everyday life.14
Amidst these efforts to allay the public’s nuclear fears, Hollywood contin-
ued to toy with the relationship between aliens, radioactivity, mutation and
death, albeit largely by displacing the anxieties about the Bomb onto the
horror film.15 Of particular interest here, however, are those movies in which
aliens appeared as benevolent forces, warning Earth of the lunacy of the
nuclear arms race, preaching East-West peaceful coexistence, or exposing
McCarthyite paranoia and xenophobia.
One of the most commercially successful examples of this sub-genre was
Jack Arnold’s It Came from Outer Space (1953), which used the hostility shown
towards a group of harmless visiting aliens by their hysterical small-town
hosts to condemn contemporary America’s fear of the Other. Scripted by a
former Communist party member, William Alland (who also produced the
film), and Ray Bradbury, the libertarian sci-fi author and fervent critic of the
blacklist, It Came from Outer Space stridently defends society’s non-conformists
through its support for the lead character John Putnam (played by Richard
Carlson), who helps the pod-people to escape from the mob-like authorities.
By depicting parts of the United States as narrow-minded and virtually bar-
barous, it also suggests that the ‘civilised’ West might have more to learn from
the Other Side – terrestrial and extraterrestrial – than prevailing discourse
would allow. Alland later argued the film carried the Rooseveltian message that
all the human race had to fear was ‘fear itself . . . If you fear the Communists,
we destroy ourselves’. ‘I think science fiction films are a marvellous medium
for telling a story, creating a mood and delivering whatever kind of social
message should be delivered’, opined Jack Arnold, a social democrat who had
previously produced government documentaries. ‘If ten per cent of the audi-
ence grasped it, then I was very successful.’16 Arnold went on to make an
Ealing-esque international relations satire, The Mouse that Roared, in 1959 for
Columbia’s British offshoot, Open Road Films, with the blacklisted writer-
producer Carl Foreman. The project had languished for years in the United
States, with prospective backers and distributors claiming that the script’s lam-
pooning of great-power diplomacy lay outside the American public’s then
politically limited sense of humour.17
Two minor films, Burt Balaban’s Stranger from Venus (1954) and Herbert
Greene’s The Cosmic Man (1959), both concocted versions of the alien Other
140 Hollywood’s Cold War
A monster with a message: moments after landing on Earth and announcing his peaceful intentions, Klaatu
(Michael Rennie, lying in the foreground) is shot and wounded by the US military. The gigantic robot, Gort
(Lock Martin), comes to his master’s rescue. The Day the Earth Stood Still (1951). Twentieth Century
Fox/The Kobal Collection.
the presence of real-life news commentators like Elmer Davis, and innovative
technical effects, gave the film a sense of actuality and immediacy.27
Zanuck’s and the PCA’s interventions did blunt the film’s message in some
regards, but The Day the Earth Stood Still was by no means neutered. Despite its
fantastic plot, the end product patently makes serious and well-crafted points
about the build-up of nuclear weapons and the Red Scare. The film conveys
the inability of world leaders, including the American president, to compro-
mise; the statesmen won’t even meet to discuss Klaatu’s proposals on arms
negotiations. It portrays the American government as cynical and ruthless,
imprisoning the well-meaning Klaatu lest his message causes political embar-
rassment. It then shows how easy it is for the media to whip up public hyste-
ria, to the point at which Klaatu is tracked down and killed like a wild animal.
A few in the audience might even have seen Klaatu/Mr Carpenter as a Christ-
like figure persecuted for carrying a message of peace and willing to die to save
the world.28
Most unusually for films of this era, The Day the Earth Stood Still depicts paci-
fist intellectuals sympathetically. Klaatu befriends Dr Barnhardt, played by
Negotiable dissent 143
A meeting of minds: Klaatu (Michael Rennie) and Dr Barnhardt (Sam Jaffe) construct a plan for
international disarmament. The Day the Earth Stood Still (1951). Twentieth Century Fox/The Kobal
Collection.
as it might. Overall, though, The Day the Earth Stood Still validates a turn to
extra-governmental politics, and suggests that for a major social and philo-
sophical change one cannot depend on the political status quo.
In the event, when The Day the Earth Stood Still was released in September
1951, Twentieth Century-Fox’s publicity department made conspicuous
efforts to play down the film’s political overtones. This was not that unusual;
studios traditionally argued that overtly political material was box office
poison. In this case, however, Zanuck’s cautiousness was doubtless height-
ened by HUAC’s return to Hollywood in early 1951 in order to open up a
further round of subversion investigations. Financially, The Day the Earth Stood
Still performed satisfactorily, taking $1.8 million at the US box office.
Politically, though, the movie seems to have made little impact.31
Neither its director, Allan Dwan, nor its writer, Karen DeWolf, appears to
have had overt political objectives. Dwan had been making movies for forty
years and was best known for directing the Second World War flag-raiser Sands
of Iwo Jima (1949). DeWolf ’s credits included Appointment in Honduras (1953),
a jungle adventure starring Glenn Ford as an American restoring democracy
in Central America. Silver Lode, a B-movie, told the story of Dan Ballard (John
Payne), a respected citizen in the town of Silver Lode, who on his wedding
day is accused of murder and robbery by four men from Discovery led by an
old acquaintance called Ned McCarthy (Dan Duryea), who is posing as a US
Marshal. Though entirely innocent, Ballard is soon deserted by his erstwhile
friends and hunted down on the basis of allegations, suspicion and circum-
stantial evidence. In the dénouement, Ballard and McCarthy fight it out in the
town clock tower, where the villain is eventually killed when a bullet from his
own gun ricochets from a replica Liberty Bell. As a final twist, we then learn
that the document which has helped clear Ballard’s name is itself a forgery. In
this way, the film seemed to be criticising the very process of political inves-
tigation and sneering at the public’s willingness to accept ‘evidence’ that either
suited them personally or corresponded with the temper of the times.33
Biberman’s Salt of the Earth (1954). Made outside Hollywood by the blacklisted
Biberman, Michael Wilson and Paul Jarrico, this was a powerful drama based
on a strike in 1950–1 by the Mexican-American zinc miners of Bayard, New
Mexico, who had demanded equality with their Anglo colleagues, as well as
safety regulations on the job. Salt of the Earth was the first American feature
film to focus on and present a strike by a militant union from the workers’
point of view. The film was so successfully suppressed by elements within the
film industry mainstream, federal and state governments, and organised
labour that it had only a brief showing in a handful of cities and, despite high
praise and prizes in Europe, did not go into general US release until 1965. For
its defiance of the blacklist, and its socially conscious unionism that sought to
break down racial barriers, bridge class divisions, and enlarge the role of
women, Salt of the Earth has been described by one scholar as ‘the single most
anomalous cinematic legacy of Cold War America’. Its uniqueness can best be
appreciated by noting that a quarter of a century passed before another posi-
tive feature film about unions was made: Martin Ritt’s Norma Rae, in 1979.35
There are two Hollywood movies of the era that bear some comparison
with Salt of the Earth, in terms of reconstructing a real-life case of political per-
secution and deprecating Cold War America’s lurch to the right: Philip
Dunne’s Three Brave Men (1957) and Daniel Taradash’s Storm Centre (1956).
Dunne’s docudrama was based on the true story of a navy clerk (Abraham
Chasanow, played by Ernest Borgnine) who was fired as a security risk in 1954
because of suspected connections to the Communist party, and who then
took the case to court to prove his loyalty to the United States. Daringly for
its time, Three Brave Men portrays the emotional torture caused to an innocent
citizen victimised by reckless political charges, but the film ultimately retreats
to the centre ground. Instead of attacking the atmosphere of paranoia that
fostered the communist witch-hunts, Borgnine’s crucifixion is treated as a
necessary evil in the interests of ‘democracy’.36 Storm Centre has largely been
ignored by historians, yet is worthy of sustained analysis for two reasons. First,
it represents Hollywood’s most direct assault on McCarthyism until the mid-
1970s, and, second, the film, paradoxically, won approval from a number of
nationalist pressure groups whose rampant anti-liberalism had helped gener-
ate the Red Scare.37
The origins of Storm Centre lie in the summer of 1950, when Elick Moll sug-
gested to his friend and fellow screenwriter Daniel Taradash that a letter in the
Saturday Review might provide them with a basis ‘to fight McCarthyism through
film’. Though avowed liberals, neither Moll nor Taradash had a reputation for
political activism, on or off screen. Taradash had earned his first Hollywood
feature credit in 1939 as one of four screenwriters on the film adaptation of
Clifford Odets’ socially conscious play Golden Boy; Moll’s credits included the
Negotiable dissent 147
anodyne musical You Were Meant for Me (Lloyd Bacon, 1948). The letter in ques-
tion, written by Darlene Essary, told of the recent dismissal of her friend Ruth
Brown, who had been librarian at the Bartlesville Public Library in Oklahoma
for thirty years, amid allegations of subversive activities that included sub-
scribing to left-wing magazines and participating in interracial programmes.
In March 1951, Taradash and Moll persuaded the Stanley Kramer Company,
whose five-year, thirty-picture contract signed that year with Columbia gave
Kramer control over the subject matter of his films, to purchase their story.
Titled ‘The Library’, its themes of book-burning and character assassination,
leavened with anti-intellectualism and ‘political ambition disguised as patrio-
tism’, amounted to, in the screenwriters’ opinion, ‘a dangerous picture about
dangerous ideas’. The core of the film was to be the librarian’s battle against
pressure to remove books labelled communist and therefore subversive in a
Red Scare atmosphere.38
For four years, between mid-1951 and mid-1955, the shooting of ‘The
Library’ was postponed. A series of personal, commercial and political obsta-
cles held up production. First, veteran star Mary Pickford agreed to play the
lead role of the librarian, only to drop out of the project in late 1952, partly
for fear of working with what her friend and influential right-wing Hollywood
gossip columnist Hedda Hopper called ‘that red, Stanley Kramer’. Next,
Irving Reis, the film’s director, died in the summer of 1953. Following this, in
1954, Kramer’s company, a number of whose employees had resigned or been
fired as a result of their encounter with HUAC in 1951–2, parted from
Columbia, leaving ‘The Library’ in the studio’s hands.39 In early 1955,
Taradash, who had won the 1953 screenplay Academy Award for From Here to
Eternity, formed an independent production company, Phoenix Corporation,
with his old Harvard friend Julian Blaustein, and made a two-picture deal with
Columbia. Blaustein was looking to kick-start a production career which had
stuttered somewhat since The Day the Earth Stood Still. Harry Cohn, Columbia’s
chief, was then persuaded to give Phoenix $800,000 for ‘The Library’, with
Blaustein and Taradash agreeing to work respectively as producer and direc-
tor for profits but no salary. In August 1955, filming of what was now called
Storm Centre finally got under way in Santa Rosa, California, with the legendary
Bette Davis playing a matronly Alicia Hull. The 90-minute movie was released
in the US a year later, in the summer of 1956.40
The plot of Storm Centre revolves entirely around the character of Alicia
Hull, a devoted public servant widowed during the Second World War. As
librarian of the Kenport Public Library, she has been for over twenty-five
years not merely a custodian but a loving guide who helps mould the future
generations of her New England town. In turn, the children of Kenport
regard her as a friend and counsellor, her favourite being Freddie Slater (Kevin
148 Hollywood’s Cold War
Coughlin), whose father resents his son’s bookish habits. Over a seemingly
innocuous lunch one day, city officials ask Hull to remove from her shelves a
tome, The Communist Dream, which they feel is subversive ‘garbage’. In
exchange they promise to build her long-desired children’s wing. Hull at first
acquiesces, but then quickly reverses her decision, sensing bribery and an
assault on the freedom of expression.
The next day, in the film’s key scene, reminiscent both of events in
Bartlesville and of the HUAC hearings in Hollywood years earlier, Hull
defends her action before the city council. In response to charges that she is
in danger of turning ‘the library into a propaganda agency for the Kremlin’,
Hull argues that the book in question actually exposes the truth about com-
munism and that having it in the library is testimony to America’s faith in its
citizens’ ability to make judgements for themselves. One of the council
members, Paul Duncan (Brian Keith), then produces a file on Hull, which
points to her membership of a number of wartime communist front groups.
Upset by Duncan’s implications and his burrowing into her private life, Hull
declares that she detests communism but that she also disagrees with censor-
ship. Duncan retorts by calling her ‘a dupe’ for those people ‘who hide behind
our laws . . . to destroy our laws’, but agrees with his colleagues that Hull
should be forgiven so long as she removes The Communist Dream and accepts
the council’s right to ‘screen’ all the library’s ‘questionable material’ hence-
forth. When Hull stands firm, saying that the council can remove the book
but only at the cost of dismissing her, the council feels it has no option.
Several members fear losing power if the press learns that they have been
‘soft’ on communism. Consequently, Hull is fired and replaced by Duncan’s
fiancée, Martha Lockridge (played by Kim Hunter, an Oscar winner and
former blacklistee).
Smeared in the local newspapers as a Red, Hull, once a much-loved pillar
of the community, is systematically ostracised by the townsfolk. Friends and
acquaintances are too scared to campaign on her behalf lest they be branded
communists. Even the children shun her, compounding her sense of loneli-
ness and desperation. All of this has a profound psychological effect on
Freddie Slater, who, suffering from frenzied nightmares and told by his father
that Hull has poisoned his mind with ‘crummy notions’, begins to hate her.
His emotions come to a head some months later when, at the ceremonial
opening of the library’s new children’s wing, Freddie throws a fit and tearfully
denounces Hull as a communist in front of everyone. That night, ashamed
and confused, Freddie sneaks into the library and sets it on fire. As Kenport’s
inhabitants watch aghast as one of their most treasured civic buildings burns
to the ground, and as the camera lingers on the flaming volumes of Mark
Twain and Shakespeare, they realise their collective wrongdoing. Duncan gets
Negotiable dissent 149
Food for thought: Alicia Hull (Bette Davis) learns for the first time that one of her library’s books,
The Communist Dream, is stirring controversy. The McCarthyite enforcer, Paul Duncan (Brian Keith),
sits on her right. Storm Centre (1956). Columbia Pictures/Academy of Motion Picture Arts
and Sciences.
which witch-hunting had slowly lost its appeal (though not its effect). Had Storm
Centre appeared in the early 1950s, when political informing, stigmatisation and
guilt by association were at their peak, it would undoubtedly have packed a polit-
ical punch. As it was, in 1956, critics of varying political persuasions deemed
the film preachy, artificial and hysterical.44
underneath until the air cleared. By 1958, having already conceded publicly
that fallout would produce genetic damage and cancer, the US Atomic Energy
Commission felt it was losing the battle in trying to present the nuclear build-
up as an ultimately beneficial and peaceful activity.48
Five years after the Lucky Dragon disaster, the first American movie to ques-
tion seriously the feasibility of nuclear war survival appeared.49 Produced and
directed by Stanley Kramer, On the Beach (1959) was based on Nevil Shute’s
1957 novel depicting the aftermath of an all-out nuclear confrontation. Set in
Melbourne in 1963, Shute’s story followed the fates of the crew of a US
atomic submarine, submerged when the bombing took place, and their
Australian hosts, who are helplessly awaiting the cloud of radioactive fallout
that is drifting south, having already killed everyone in the Northern
Hemisphere. On the Beach differed markedly from the majority of military-
based films of the fifties which, like Above and Beyond (Melvin Frank/Norman
Panama, 1952), Strategic Air Command (Anthony Mann, 1955) and Bombers B-52
(Gordon Douglas, 1957), had received logistical support from the Pentagon
and which had portrayed atomic weapons as the benign protectors of democ-
racy.50 Suggesting instead that nuclear weapons might completely destroy the
world and all life upon it, On the Beach was praised as a deterrent to further
nuclear armament and credited with initiating a public dialogue that ques-
tioned the value of the bomb.51 Such socially pertinent fare was the speciality
of Kramer, whose self-appointed liberal mission was ‘to use film as a real
weapon against discrimination, hatred, prejudice, and excessive power’.52
The space for Kramer and others like him to operate had opened up during
the 1950s due to the demise of the traditional Hollywood studio system. The
catalyst for this was the Supreme Court’s divorcement decrees of the late
1940s, which separated the studios from their theatre chains in order to
promote fair competition within the film industry. Many of the major studios
reacted to these rulings, which made them even more vulnerable to the
onslaught of television, by cutting in-house production and transforming
themselves into conglomerates that emphasised distribution and the funding
of contracted independents. This gave rise to a greater number of independ-
ent producers who felt less bound by the old studio hierarchies or the increas-
ingly outmoded strictures of the PCA. Simultaneously, surveys indicated that
the post-Second World War baby boom was giving rise to a younger, more
liberal audience that wanted more experimental films. Added to this, by the
late 1950s HUAC’s grip on Hollywood had diminished and the practice of
blacklisting was being discontinued.53
These developments combined to facilitate the emergence of more
socially critical and artistically innovative filmmakers like Kramer, who in 1954
had set up a new company which released through United Artists. Kramer was
Negotiable dissent 153
The end of the line: dressed in a radiation suit, the Sawfish’s Lt. Sunderstrom (Harp McGuire) finds the
source of the mysterious San Diego radio transmission. The city, like the rest of the Northern Hemisphere, is
dead. On the Beach (1959). United Artists/MGM.
Even with these changes, On the Beach is an intensely moving film. The script,
by John Paxton and James Lee Barrett, highlights the different kinds of denial
that each victim practises. Holmes’ wife, Mary (Donna Anderson), refuses to
think of or tolerate talk of the impending disaster; Towers cannot accept the
death of his wife and children; Moira and others drink excessively; nuclear
physicist Julian Osborne (Fred Astaire) races his sports car, before gassing
himself with its exhaust fumes. There is a conspicuous lack of panic, and the
submarine crew maintain a stiff upper lip throughout. But Towers’ decision to
leave Moira at the end to make the journey home with his crew, while admirably
patriotic, also appears absurd and sadomasochistic. Kramer diverges from
Shute’s novel, which specified that the war was started by China and Russia delib-
erately attacking one another. The film instead states that the fatal confrontation
was caused by a mixture of technical failures and human fallibility, suggesting
therefore the only rational solution would be to dismantle the whole nuclear
apparatus. ‘Everybody had an atomic bomb and counter bombs and counter
counter-bombs’, intones Osborne. ‘The devices outgrew us. We couldn’t control
them.’ Attempts by the Department of Defence and the navy to alter this during
script consultations, and to show Russia starting the war, came to nothing.59
The movie pulls no punches either when it comes to predicting the terri-
ble scale of the disaster: the world faces extinction. Kramer in fact refused to
Negotiable dissent 155
Doing the unthinkable: the moment at which Lt. Cmdr Holmes (Anthony Perkins) and his wife Mary
(Donna Anderson) realise the time has come to kill their baby daughter before committing suicide. Their
deaths will take place offscreen. United Artists/MGM.
modify his script in this regard, despite protests from military and civil defence
authorities, who argued that there were not enough weapons in existence to
spread the quantity of radioactivity required to sterilise the planet. As a result
of this, the Pentagon turned down Kramer’s request to borrow a nuclear sub-
marine, but the producer’s willingness to challenge overtly both the military’s
tight relationship with Hollywood and the big screen’s support for nuclear
deterrence during this period was highly significant. Lawrence Suid, an expert
on the links between filmmakers and the Pentagon during the twentieth
century, writes: ‘On the Beach, not the Vietnam War, marked the real beginning,
albeit in a small way, of a greater scrutiny of the US military establishment by
the mass media and the cultural community.’60
With the Defence Department having largely failed to influence the movie’s
content, other government agencies worked feverishly to reduce the public
impact of On the Beach. The film arrived during a period in which the White
House was acutely sensitive to the issue of nuclear testing and disarmament.
Since the Lucky Dragon incident in 1954, an assortment of world leaders, sci-
entists, international organisations and VIPs, including Pope Pius XII, had
campaigned for a test ban, to the point at which, by the winter of 1958, radioac-
tive fallout had become one of the most important issues in international
affairs. Despite a long-running government information programme stressing
156 Hollywood’s Cold War
that the need to test was solely to maintain ‘an atomic shield against aggres-
sion’ and to perfect the development of ‘clean’ weapons that did not produce
radioactive fallout, testing had also become a divisive domestic political issue,
leading to the birth of SANE and other nuclear disarmament groups.61 In early
1959, while On the Beach was being shot in Australia, the Office of Civil Defence
Management (OCDM) found via opinion polls that, despite an optimistic pub-
licity campaign promising that only minimal precautions were necessary to
protect from the dangers of hydrogen bomb fallout (the duck-and-cover ads),
less than 20 per cent of the American population believed that their chances
of survival were very good, even if they were housed in a fully equipped bomb
shelter (which only 2 per cent of the population had yet constructed).
Government psychologists concluded that these findings showed the public
was psychologically unable to ‘think about the unthinkable’ without falling into
total despair, and that this was the greatest danger to civil defence.62 The USIA
had already, in June 1958, condemned an early script of On the Beach for ‘its
utterly pessimistic outlook’ and a ‘tendency to “blame America” in much of its
preparation’.63 Such readings, allied to the FBI’s conviction that communists
were infiltrating SANE chapters, helps explain why the CIA was drafted in to
ferret behind the scenes of the production. The agency drew a blank, however,
concluding that there was ‘no information to support [the contention, made
by prominent church leaders amongst others] that On the Beach is a communis-
tic vehicle of propaganda’.64
On the eve of the film’s release, in November and December 1959,
Eisenhower’s Cabinet discussed the matter on several occasions. Secretary of
State Christian Herter believed the movie’s ‘extremist, ban-the-bomb propa-
ganda’ constituted a potentially ‘serious obstacle’ to national security. If audi-
ences embraced the film’s message, it could have a ‘tremendous impact’,
undermining public support for the government’s civil defence programme
and military expenditure. OCDM director Karl Harr agreed, decrying the film
for making his fallout shelter programme ‘utterly hopeless’.65 After the Cabinet
had watched On the Beach at a special White House preview in early December,
it was suggested that Secretary of Defence Robert Anderson should make a
televised statement discrediting the film, in particular using his connections
with religious leaders to exploit Catholic concerns over the depiction of mass
suicide. Concluding that this would merely give the movie added publicity, and
that it must avoid ‘the appearance of an American government boycott of an
anti-war film’, the Cabinet opted instead for a more subtle briefing strategy.
White House staff distributed a classified report on the movie among State
Department and Pentagon personnel, directing them to refuse comment on
the actual movie yet providing them with tips on how to disprove its scientific
validity. Quotations from the report found their way into negative reviews of
Negotiable dissent 157
On the Beach, and into speeches by members of Congress as well as key military
and defence officials. The USIA sent classified information guides on On the
Beach to all embassy posts, with a cover letter signed by Herter, setting out, a
tad optimistically, how the movie’s undoubtedly strong emotional appeal might
be turned ‘into intellectual support for our quest for safe-guarded disarma-
ment’. Unfortunately, this directive backfired somewhat when it was leaked to
journalists, leaving the impression among some Americans of a manipulative
government that lacked either the intellectual imagination or the political
ability to rethink its deterrent strategy.66
In a carefully choreographed release campaign, designed to enhance the
picture’s international importance, On the Beach opened simultaneously in
eighteen major world capitals, from Berlin to New Delhi, including Moscow.
The event marked the first time an American film had had a premiere in the
Soviet Union.67 Variety claimed that the premieres were attended by some
33,000 people and reported that in Tokyo ‘many of the 1,500 persons in the
first-night audience wept openly’.68 The Soviet government used its endorse-
ment of the movie as proof to the world that the Soviet Union was as ‘peace-
loving’ as the United States, but reportedly found it far too hopeless and
depressing for public viewing in Russia.69
In the United States, On the Beach, like The Ten Commandments, generated
heated discussion among critics, politicians, pressure groups and the public
way beyond the norm. Republican Senator Wallace F. Bennett of Utah
accused Kramer of being a pacifist and of ‘playing the Soviet’s game’ by
alarming the public with unjustifiable fears. From the other side of the polit-
ical spectrum, Paul V. Beckley in the New York Herald Tribune praised the film
as ‘one of the most successful dramatisations of ideas in recent history, the
thorough evolution of a particular nightmare which has been haunting our
generation ceaselessly’. The Los Angeles Times suggested strongly that the gov-
ernment’s damage-limitation measures had served little purpose, since ‘these
scattered criticisms are but a small volley amid a generally favourable reaction
to an excellent and moving film’. The distinguished American physicist Linus
Pauling waxed lyrical: ‘It may be that some years from now we can look back
and say that On the Beach is the movie that saved the world.’70
There is some debate over the commercial success and social impact of On
the Beach. Within a few months the film had generated $6.2 million in domes-
tic rentals, making it the eighth highest-earning movie of 1959. Despite the
fact that this figure dwarfed the movie’s $2.9 million budget, Kramer thought
that On the Beach financially underachieved. Years later he told biographer
Donald Spoto that he took ‘full responsibility for the film’s disappointing box
office’, blaming it on his failure to make the film’s sober subject ‘exciting’
enough to attract a mass audience.71 Kramer may have a point here. Ironically,
158 Hollywood’s Cold War
opinion polls of the time suggested that most Americans found the film real-
istic and accurate in its depiction of the real threat of nuclear war, and that is
why they stayed away from watching it.72 This could help to explain why no
Hollywood-produced film attempted to deal so explicitly with nuclear-
induced extinction for another twenty-four years.73
Yet, as these polls, and G. Tom Poe’s fascinating analysis of the American
reception of On the Beach, show, because the movie attracted such interest, its
rhetorical impact and political influence went far beyond its actual spectators.
As the most controversial nuclear film of the 1950s, On the Beach was talked
about by more people than actually watched it.74 This does not mean of
course that, by itself, the film necessarily altered the average American’s per-
spective on nuclear war, or that it forced the media to challenge official views
on the subject. For the most part, the media continued throughout the early
1960s to refuse to publish the writings of nuclear critics and did little to ques-
tion government policy. This paradoxical, if not bizarre treatment of the
nuclear threat was highlighted in the summer of 1961. That August a Rand
Corporation study, available to but largely ignored by the press, estimated that
a 3,000-megaton attack on American cities would kill 80 per cent of the popu-
lation. In September, Life magazine ran a lengthy article, accompanied by an
appreciative letter from President Kennedy, assuring readers in remarkably
sunny terms that 97 out of 100 Americans would survive a nuclear war if only
they built bomb shelters. The best cure for radiation sickness, it advised, was
‘to take hot tea or a solution of baking soda’.75
On the Beach certainly developed a politically intriguing afterlife. Many anti-
nuclear groups, spanning the globe from New Zealand to Britain, enthusias-
tically incorporated the movie into their propaganda campaigns in the early
1960s.76 It was then superseded in this regard mainly by two harder-edged
films made in Britain in the aftermath of the 1962 Cuban missile crisis: Stanley
Kubrick’s black comedy, Dr Strangelove, or How I Learned to Stop Worrying and Love
the Bomb (1964),77 and Peter Watkins’ horrifying docudrama, The War Game
(1965).78 A new generation of activists then recycled On the Beach in the 1980s,
when the issue of nuclear escalation returned to the top of the international
political agenda.79
CONCLUSION
Between 1947 and 1960, the major Hollywood studios released an approximate
total of 300 feature films per year.80 A relatively small number of these movies
were explicitly anti-communist or anti-Soviet. A far greater number lent
implicit ideological support to the US government’s Cold War stance through
their inherent endorsement of individualism, consumerism and patriotism.
Negotiable dissent 159
Even many movies that professed to show the dark underside of affluent
American family life – epitomised by James Dean’s delinquent Jim in Nicholas
Ray’s Rebel Without a Cause (1955) – effectively underpinned the Cold War con-
sensus by suggesting that acutely personal relations outweighed wider social,
political and economic concerns.81 Looked at in the context of these hundreds
of movies, the two dozen or so non-conformist films analysed above obviously
amount to a weak retort.
Making movies that encouraged audiences to question cherished national
values during wartime is not something that Hollywood had (or has) ever found
easy. During the early stages of the Cold War, the innate conservatism of the
American film industry was reinforced by a unique number of externally and
internally imposed pressures of a political and economic nature. Never before
had industry personnel and output been politically scrutinised so exhaustively
as they were in the late 1940s and early 1950s. The institutional trauma this
caused was made worse by the sharp drop in cinema attendance figures during
the era, a depressing phenomenon which tended to act as a further disincentive
to producers to take political and artistic chances on screen. The result was an
overarching culture of censorship and self-censorship in relation to the Cold
War on the film trade’s part. Any filmmaker who courted Cold War controversy
risked being labelled a communist at worse, or naïve at best. One angry trade-
press reviewer of Storm Centre, for instance, a movie released two years after
Joseph McCarthy’s highly publicised fall from grace, wondered whether its
director realised how simple it would be for others to turn his film into Soviet
propaganda: ‘Our Central Intelligence Agency would do well to keep its eye
open for the appearance behind the Iron Curtain of prints of this film that are
altered, by dubbed dialogue, inaccurate sub-titles or otherwise, so as to make it
appear that Americans are now setting their public libraries afire.’82 Such state-
ments of ideological anxiety, tinged with paranoia, substantiate the general
picture historians have painted of a nervously fundamentalist American film
industry during the early Cold War.
And yet, as we have seen, a small number of filmmakers did not entirely
conform to this conventional picture. Driven by a combination of liberal beliefs
and a determination to make intellectually aware movies, semi-autonomous
producers like Stanley Kramer and Julian Blaustein were able to challenge –
albeit in a small way – some of the dominant national views about US nuclear
policy and internal political subversion. Crucially, they could do this only as long
as they were willing to accede to studio executives’ demands for political
changes to their scripts, as was the case with The Day the Earth Stood Still.
Alternatively, they might claim an individual mandate to promote liberal anti-
consensual views by trading on their reputation for politically informed pictures
and a successful track record of drawing audiences to films with controversial
160 Hollywood’s Cold War
Notes
1 Open letter by DeBra, Director of MPAA Community Relations Department, in
Columbia Studios publicity material, Storm Centre micro-jacket, BFIL.
2 Sayre, Running Time, pp. 31–56.
3 Peter Roffman and Jim Purdy, The Hollywood Social Problem Film: Madness, Despair,
and Politics from the Depression to the Fifties (Bloomington, IN, 1981), pp. 293–4; John
H. Lenihan, ‘Hollywood Laughs at the Cold War, 1947–1961’, in Toplin (ed.),
Hollywood as Mirror, pp. 140–3.
4 During this period, the White House briefly raised the possibility of asking Capra
to remodel his Oscar-winning Second World War documentary series, Why We
Fight, for the Cold War. Nothing came of this, for reasons unknown. White
House minute, 20 March 1952, DDRS 1990, 555. On Why We Fight see Joseph
McBride, Frank Capra: The Catastrophe of Success (New York, 1992), pp. 467–91.
5 Sbardellati and Shaw, ‘Booting a Tramp’; Roffman and Purdy, Social Problem Film,
p. 293; Edward Dmytryk, It’s a Hell of a Life But Not a Bad Living (New York,
1978).
6 Biskind, Seeing, pp. 102–44; Brian Murphy, ‘Monster Movies: They Came from
Beneath the Fifties’, Journal of Popular Film, Vol. 1, No. 1, Winter 1972, pp. 31–44.
Negotiable dissent 161
21 Obituary of North, Los Angeles Times, 30 August 1990; Laurence H. Suid, Guts and
Glory: The Making of the American Military Image in Film (Lexington, KY, 2002),
pp. 267–8. Though North intended Patton to carry an anti-war message, this was
not necessarily how others interpreted it, including President Richard Nixon.
Suid, Guts and Glory, pp. 276–7.
22 Hollywood Citizen-News, 1 May 1951; Blaustein, cited in British National Film
Theatre programme, The Day the Earth Stood Still micro-jacket, BFIL.
23 Buhle and Wagner, Hide, p. 77. At the height of the Second Cold War in 1982,
Wise tried but failed to make an American–Communist Chinese love story, ten-
tatively titled Our Destiny, in Shanghai in association with the Chinese Film
Corporation. Variety, 26 August 1982.
24 ‘Farewell to the Master’, Memorandum on Outline 8/8/50 from Darryl Zanuck
to Julian Blaustein, 10 August 1950: The Day the Earth Stood Still, Box 542,
Twentieth Century-Fox Script Collection, UCLA Arts Library Special
Collections, Los Angeles (hereafter UCLA AL). On the Atomic Scientists’
Movement see Wittner, One World or None, pp. 59–66.
25 ‘Farewell to the Master’, Memorandum on Outline 8/8/50 from Darryl Zanuck
to Julian Blaustein, 10 August 1950, and ‘Farewell to the Master’, Conference on
First Draft Continuity of 11/28/1950 with Zanuck, Blaustein and North, 6
December 1950: The Day the Earth Stood Still, Box 542, Twentieth Century-Fox
Script Collections, UCLA AL.
26 Joseph Breen to Colonel Jason S. Joy, Twentieth Century-Fox Director of Public
Relations, 25 January 1951, The Day the Earth Stood Still – PCA Files, AMPAS.
27 Suid, Guts and Glory, p. 223.
28 By giving Klaatu the name ‘Mr Carpenter,’ Edmund North was drawing parallels
with Christ. This was his ‘private little joke’, intended to evoke a ‘subliminal’
response. North, quoted in Biskind, Seeing, p. 152.
29 Variety, 17 October 1978.
30 Some historians have interpreted Klaatu’s ultimatum and other aspects of The
Day the Earth Stood Still as deeply authoritarian, by strongly implying that experts
had the right to keep ‘ordinary people’ in line. See, for example, Mark Jancovich,
Rational Fears: American Horror in the 1950s (Manchester, 1996), pp. 41–3. In my
opinion, these readings fail to take the filmmakers’ intentions fully into account.
However, such interpretations do provide evidence of science-fiction cinema’s
potential for multiple meanings.
31 Hollywood Reporter, 4 September 1951, p. 3; Variety, 5 September 1951, p. 6;
BoxOffice, 8 September 1951; Newsweek, 1 October 1951; www.imdb.com/title/
tt0043456/business (28 September 2006).
32 Richard A. Schwarz, Cold War Culture: Media and the Arts, 1945–1990 (New York,
1998), p. 138; John Wayne interview, Playboy, May 1971, p. 9; Harry Schein, ‘The
Olympian Cowboy’, American Scholar, Vol. 24, No. 3, 1955, pp. 309–20.
33 New York Times, 24 July 1954, p. 6.
34 Lenihan, ‘Hollywood Laughs’, pp. 144–8; Sbardellati and Shaw, ‘Booting a
Tramp’, pp. 524–30.
Negotiable dissent 163
35 Thomas Doherty, review of James L. Lorence, The Suppression of Salt of the Earth:
How Hollywood, Big Labor, and Politicians Blacklisted a Movie in Cold War America
(Albuquerque, NM, 1999), in Labor History, Vol. 4, No. 3, August 2000, pp. 380–2;
Walsh, ‘Films We Never Saw’, pp. 578–80. On Norma Rae see Variety, 28 February
1979, p. 20, and Hollywood Reporter, 14 March 1980, p. 28.
36 Time, 11 February 1957; Variety, 16 January 1957, p. 6.
37 Though several films released in the 1960s – notably John Frankenheimer’s
Manchurian Candidate (1962) – contained critiques of 1950s American right-wing
extremism, it was not until the release of Sydney Pollack’s The Way We Were in
1973 and Woody Allen’s The Front in 1976 that filmmakers focused specifically on
the McCarthy witch-hunts. The latter excoriated the entertainment blacklist. On
these movies, and Irwin Winkler’s 1991 film Guilty by Suspicion, see Booker,
American Left, pp. 258–60 and Jeanne Hall, ‘The Benefits of Hindsight: Re-visions
of HUAC and the Film and Television Industries in The Front and Guilty by
Suspicion’, Film Quarterly, Vol. 54, No. 2, 2001, pp. 15–26.
38 Daniel Taradash Papers, Boxes 3, 24, 33 and 81, AHCW. For more on the Brown
case see Louise S. Robbins, The Dismissal of Miss Ruth Brown: Civil Rights, Censorship,
and the American Library (Norman, OK, 2000).
39 Variety, 19 September 1952; Taradash Papers, Box 81, AHCW; Variety, 21
November 1952; New York Times, 14 October 1956.
40 New York Times, 14 October 1956; Pat McGilligan (ed.), Backstory 2: Interviews with
Screenwriters of the 1940s and 1950s (Oxford, 1981), pp. 322–4. From Here to Eternity
was directed by Fred Zinnemann.
41 Charles Higham, Bette: A Biography of Bette Davis (London, 1981), p. 194; Taradash
Papers, Boxes 24 and 33, AHCW; Columbia publicity material, Storm Centre
micro-jacket, BFIL.
42 Variety, 11 July 1956; America, 4 August 1956; Taradash Papers, Box 33, AHCW;
Nation, 27 October 1956.
43 Variety, 6 July 1955; Film Culture, Vol. 2, No. 3, 1956, p. 25.
44 For critical reviews of Storm Centre see, for example, New York Times, 22 October
1956, p. 25; Catholic World, October 1956, pp. 64–5; Commonweal, 10 August 1956,
pp. 466–7. For a closer analysis of the relationship that Storm Centre bore to the
Ruth Brown case see Robbins, Ruth Brown, pp. 150–3.
45 Physicist Robert Oppenheimer, Supervising Scientist on the Manhattan Project,
quoting from the Bhagavad-Gita, upon seeing the first atomic test in July 1945. On
Oppenheimer’s isolation from government weapons research following the
Second World War, and his being charged in 1953 with communist sympathies by
the US Atomic Energy Commission, see Alice Kimball Smith and Charles Weiner
(eds), Robert J. Oppenheimer: Letters and Recollections (Stanford, CA, 1995).
46 On the Soviet–American cultural exchange agreement of 1958, which incorpo-
rated film, see Hixson, Curtain, pp. 153–4, and Variety, 10 September, 22 October,
29 October and 19 November 1958. On the offence Khrushchev took to being
pictured surrounded by the scantily clad dancers of the cast of Twentieth
Century-Fox’s Can Can (1960), see Hixson, Curtain, p. 216.
164 Hollywood’s Cold War
47 John Lewis Gaddis, We Now Know: Rethinking Cold War History (Oxford, 1997),
p. 230.
48 Ibid., pp. 225–6; Kenneth D. Rose, One Nation Underground: The Fallout Shelter in
American Culture (New York, 2001), p. 31; Wittner, Resisting the Bomb, pp. 52, 58.
49 A small number of post-apocalyptic films had already been made, starting with
what historian Spencer Weart calls ‘the first serious film on the aftermath of
nuclear war’, Arch Obeler’s Five, in 1951. However, Five, Roger Corman’s The Day
the World Ended (1955) and Ranald MacDougall’s The World, the Flesh and the Devil
(1959) had focused utterly unrealistically on the trials of small groups of sur-
vivors (each, according to Weart, looking like ‘a new Adam and Eve with back-
packs’), and had made no attempt to confront the true horror of World War
Three and its aftermath. The scenario presented in such films, writes Joyce A.
Evans, was one in which ‘nuclear war is like a cloth that wipes away the accumu-
lated ravages of history and allows a clean, fresh world to be reborn’. Weart,
Nuclear Fear, p. 221, 238; Evans, Mushroom Clouds, p. 137.
50 New Yorker, 7 February 1953: Variety, 30 March 1955; New York Times, 23
November 1957, p. 11.
51 Nation, 2 January 1960, p. 20; Commentary, June 1960, pp. 522–3; Joseph
Keyerleber, ‘On the Beach’, in Jack Shaheen (ed.), Nuclear War Films (Carbondale
and Edwardsville, IL, 1978), p. 31; Wittner, Resisting the Bomb, p. 260.
52 Hollywood Reporter, 4 August 1958. Kramer’s earlier and subsequent films tackled
subjects such as ethnic bias in the military (Home of the Brave, 1949), paraplegic
soldiers (The Men, 1950), racism (The Defiant Ones, 1958), evolution (Inherit the
Wind, 1960) and Nazi genocide (Judgement at Nuremberg, 1961). For Kramer’s
career see Daniel Spoto, Stanley Kramer (New York, 1987).
53 Michael Conant, ‘The Impact of the Paramount Decrees’, in Tino Balio (ed.), The
American Film Industry (Madison, WI, 1976), pp. 346–70. The blacklist was pub-
licly broken in 1960, when director Otto Preminger announced that one of the
Hollywood Ten, Dalton Trumbo, had scripted one of his movies, Exodus (1960),
as well as Stanley Kubrick’s Spartacus (1960). Preminger’s announcement made the
New York Times front page, and President-elect John Kennedy and his brother
Robert crossed an American Legion picket line to view Spartacus. Buhle and
Wagner, Hide, pp. 172–6.
54 New York Times Magazine, 12 November 1959; Los Angeles Times, 9 September
1959.
55 Wittner, Resisting the Bomb, pp. 58–9.
56 New Republic, 13 May 1967. In 2000, the Showtime cable network and an Australian
company, Coote Hayes Productions, co-produced a three-part television minis-
eries of On the Beach, directed by Russell Mulcahy. Unlike the feature film, the tele-
vision series emphasised the graphic nature of the panic, destruction and death
caused by atomic radiation. www.imdb.com/title/tt0219224 (26 January 2006).
57 Jack Vizzard to Geoffrey Shurlock, 28 October 1959, On the Beach – PCA Files,
AMPAS; Msgr. Thomas F. Little to File, 23 September 1959, Kramer to George
Schaefer, 1 October 1959, Little to Cardinal McIntyre, 4 November 1959: On the
Negotiable dissent 165
Sacret Young. The 90-minute drama depicted the effects of a nuclear attack on
the United States, as told through the eyes of a family in suburban California. Its
social and political impact was adversely affected by the media blitz surrounding
the 1983 ABC television special The Day After, which set a record for the number
of viewers watching a single TV show. The Day After was directed by Nicholas
Meyer and depicted the effects of a nuclear holocaust in Kansas City. Film News,
April 1984; Cinefantastique, May 1984; Broderick, Nuclear Movies, pp. 155, 159, 195;
Richard Kilborn, Multi-Media Melting Pot: Marketing ‘When The Wind Blows’
(London, 1986), pp. 95–7.
74 Poe, ‘Spectatorship’, pp. 100–2.
75 Charles Maland, ‘Dr. Strangelove (1964): Nightmare Comedy and the Ideology of
Liberal Consensus’, in Lori Lyn Bogle (ed.), The Cold War. Vol. 5: Cold War Culture
and Society (New York, 2001), pp. 215–16; Life, 15 September 1961, pp. 95–108.
76 Wittner, Resisting the Bomb, p. 207; John Minnion and Philip Bolsover, The CND
Story (London, 1983), p. 28; Campaign for Nuclear Disarmament Archives, 5/17,
‘Hiroshima Day’, 1960, Modern Records Centre, University of Warwick, UK.
77 Dr Strangelove can lay claim to being the most influential nuclear film of all during
the Cold War. Shooting the film at Shepperton Studios outside London in 1962–3
allowed Kubrick to avoid much of the interference he might have faced in the
United States from Columbia, the movie’s financiers, and from the US Air Force,
which regularly exerted pressures on filmmakers interested in depicting its activ-
ities during this period. ‘Strangelovian’ soon became a widely used short-hand term
for the dangers inherent in nuclear deterrence, and for the threat posed to
American democracy by the military. On the making of Dr Strangelove and its legacy
see John Baxter, Stanley Kubrick: A Biography (London, 1997), pp. 165–98; Lawrence
Suid, ‘The Pentagon and Hollywood: Dr. Strangelove or: How I learned to Stop Worrying
and Love the Bomb’, in O’Connor and Jackson (eds), American History/American Film,
pp. 219–35; Maland, ‘Dr. Strangelove’; Gaddis, We Now Know, pp. 231, 258.
78 Unlike Dr Strangelove, The War Game’s action did not stop when the bomb exploded.
The hour-long film blended fact and fiction in a startlingly graphic fashion, in order
to depict the effects of a nuclear attack on England. Made for but banned by the
BBC from television screens worldwide for twenty years, ostensibly on the grounds
that it was too ‘horrifying’, Watkins’ film soon attracted a cult following via screen-
ings in art-house cinemas, church halls and universities across the Western world.
Today, many commentators see it as the most frighteningly realistic depiction of
nuclear war ever made for the big or small screen. See Tony Shaw, ‘The BBC, the
State and Cold War Culture: The Case of Television’s The War Game (1965)’, English
Historical Review, Vol. 121, No. 494, December 2006, pp. 1351–84.
79 Kramer, ‘On the Beach: A Renewed Interest’, pp. 118–19.
80 Freeman Lincoln, ‘The Comeback of the Movies’, in Balio, Industry, p. 377.
81 Roffman and Purdy, Social Problem Film, p. 297; Biskind, Seeing, pp. 168–96.
82 Films in Review, October 1956, p. 417.
CHAPTER 6
Selling is too simple a word for our needs. The circumstances and complexi-
ties of the civil rights movement in the United States are not going to be sold
to the people of Africa . . . What is required is understanding . . .[through] a
vigorous and unending communication with curious people of other lands.
For this task the motion picture is eminently qualified.
George Stevens, Jr., Director of the USIA Motion Picture Service,
at the American Film Festival, April 19651
This chapter shifts our focus away from the commercial Hollywood feature
film intended mainly for domestic consumption, to the government-produced
documentary aimed at audiences overseas, particularly those located in the
developing world. This is an area of Cold War propaganda that hitherto has
been largely overlooked, yet which formed a key weapon in the American gov-
ernment’s publicity arsenal. The chapter is the first of a pair dealing with the
role of film during a new and turbulent decade for both the Cold War and the
United States internally: the 1960s. Several issues dominated sixties America,
but fewer caused more social and political strife than the civil rights movement
and the Vietnam War. Here I’ll address the first of these issues, and demon-
strate how American domestic affairs could often impact on the nation’s Cold
War policies and image overseas. My analysis will also highlight the subtle skills
that Washington often employed to produce cinematic counter-propaganda
during the Cold War.
As we shall see, during the 1950s and 1960s American policy-makers iden-
tified the nation’s so-called ‘Negro problem’ as their Achilles heel in the Cold
War’s war of words. Consequently, race was the one theme that official pro-
pagandists probably spent more time on than any other. As coordinator after
August 1953 of the nation’s overt international propaganda activities, the
USIA carried the chief burden of this task, seeking to counter allegations
made by critics at home and overseas that the conditions American blacks
suffered were utterly inconsistent with the United States’ claim to be the land
of the free and equal. As part of the agency’s multi-million-dollar media cam-
paign designed to cast America’s racial problems in a positive light overseas,
one film stands out in particular: Charles Guggenheim’s Nine from Little Rock.
168 Hollywood’s Cold War
Diplomats often believed that movies were chiefly to blame for constructing
this impression of hedonism mixed with social Darwinism.11
State Department records from the 1940s and 1950s show that officials
were peculiarly sensitive to Hollywood’s depiction of American race relations
and of black Americans generally. One 1953 report from the US public affairs
officer in the Caribbean island of Martinique did comment positively on
Columbia’s Harlem Globe Trotters (1951), for showing the ‘Negro basketball
players . . . as well dressed, well-paid and well-fed Americans whose skill is
admired by Negro and white fans alike’. However, more common were those
like the 1951 report from the US embassy in Karachi, Pakistan, which con-
demned Twentieth Century-Fox’s Pinky (1949), a film that dealt in a very gin-
gerly way with the subject of ‘passing for white’, for ‘lend[ing] itself to the
Communist propaganda line that all Negroes in the United States are
oppressed and subjected to discrimination’. Studios were aware of the prob-
lems the race question caused America’s image, not least because they feared
that offending non-whites overseas might damage box office returns. At times,
therefore, they were willing to restrict the distribution of certain movies and
Turning a negative into a positive 171
citing a local journalist, ‘the greatest propaganda gift any country could give
the Kremlin in its persistent bid for the affections of the coloured races of the
world’. In the same year, the US embassy in Moscow reported that the ‘Negro
question’ was ‘one of the principal Soviet propaganda themes regarding the
United States’.14 Evidence of this can be found in a number of Soviet films
of the era, most notably Grigori Aleksandrov’s The Meeting on the Elbe (1949)
and Abram Room’s Silvery Dust (1953). Aleksandrov’s assault on American
perfidy at the end of the Second World War treated viewers to images of
jeering white GIs beating up a black soldier outside a German nightclub.
Room’s espionage drama showed white American fascists caging black peace
partisans like monkeys, in order to use them as guinea pigs for chemical
warfare experiments. Harlem, USA, a more obscure Soviet film that was
dubbed into English and found its way into America in 1952, portrayed the
New York district as an impoverished black ghetto exploited by white busi-
nessmen and ringed by police.15
The State Department and, after 1953, the USIA worked hard to paint a
more favourable picture of American race relations, acknowledging that the
issue had a critical impact on US prestige abroad. A twin-track propaganda
strategy emerged: first, to characterise civil rights as a sectional problem that
was restricted to the American south, and which was the product of US fed-
eralism; second, to emphasise the improvements black Americans were expe-
riencing in their daily lives, and to place these within the narrative of America’s
historical progress towards social justice and equality for all. This was a clear
attempt to turn a liability into an asset: to assert that democracy was the only
model of government that was both truly inclusive and allowed for peaceful
social change.16 On the ground, officials bombarded international media
outlets with press releases and feature stories illustrating the progress African-
Americans had made since emancipation, and countered media reports of
racial prejudice or violence with evidence of social mobility and the rise in
income of America’s minorities. Washington sponsored overseas trips by dis-
tinguished African-Americans to speak on the ‘Negro problem’, and confis-
cated the passports of others like the actor Paul Robeson who argued that
only fundamental economic and political change would improve African-
Americans’ prospects in America.17 Officially sponsored tours of musicals like
George Gershwin’s folk opera Porgy and Bess allowed African-Americans to
demonstrate their artistic prowess on stage in Europe.18
However, by the mid-1950s official reports indicated that Washington’s
message of measured yet constructive progress on civil rights appears to have
made little or no headway. America’s continued vulnerability on the race issue
was summed up by the New York Times in early 1955, in an article that con-
demned the ease with which communist propaganda ‘sedulously fosters the
Turning a negative into a positive 173
notion that . . . American Negroes live under conditions little if any different
from those described in Uncle Tom’s Cabin’.19 Many countries in the develop-
ing world, which were only just earning their independence from European
colonialism, not surprisingly viewed anti-colonialism as a more salient issue
than anti-communism. To them, America’s racial practices made the so-called
leader of the West appear like any other white imperialist nation – bigoted,
hypocritical and intent on domination.20
Things got worse for Washington before they got better. In 1954, in its his-
toric Brown vs. Board of Education decision, the US Supreme Court called for
the desegregation of public schools across America. What was seen at first as
a public relations coup for official propagandists – Voice of America broad-
casts trumpeted the news across Eastern Europe within hours of the Court’s
ruling, while the USIA’s post in India immediately sent all of its educational
films showing clips of multi-ethnic American schools on mobile unit tours21
– turned three years later into a public relations nightmare. In September
1957, President Eisenhower’s month-long struggle to persuade the governor
of Arkansas, Orval Faubus, to integrate the previously all-white Central High
School in the city of Little Rock culminated with the White House sending a
1,000-strong contingent of the US Army’s 101st Airborne Division to accom-
pany nine African-American children to school. The prolonged duration and
the military drama of the school siege made Little Rock, according to one his-
torian, ‘the first on-site news extravaganza of the modern television era’.22
Throughout September 1957, overseas audiences were appalled by the
photographs and newsreel images of angry whites verbally and physically
intimidating African-Americans. Significantly, Eisenhower’s extraordinary use
of federal troops during the Little Rock crisis can itself be put down partly to
the need to assuage foreign opinion. Unless he acted decisively, the president
feared the stand-off ‘could continue to feed the mill of Soviet propagandists
who by word and picture were telling the world of the “racial terror” in the
United States’. Secretary of State John Foster Dulles felt utterly frustrated by
the impact of the crisis on his whole Cold War strategy. ‘[T]his situation was
ruining our foreign policy’, he told Attorney General Herbert Brownell. ‘The
effect of this in Asia and Africa will be worse for us than Hungary was for the
Russians.’23 Anger at the government was also palpable at home among some
of the State Department’s most prominent African-American cultural ambas-
sadors. One, the jazz musician Louis Armstrong, reacted to Little Rock by
telling the government it ‘could go to the devil with its plans for a propaganda
tour of Soviet Russia’.24
Amidst such vitriol and doom-laden rhetoric, Little Rock caused a jolt
to the political and foreign policy machines in the United States. As historian
Mary L. Dudziak writes, Little Rock was a crisis of such magnitude for
174 Hollywood’s Cold War
The USIA was the largest national propaganda organisation directed overseas
in history, and one that dwarfed its rivals during the Cold War.27 The agency’s
relationship with US private industry, and the media in particular, was
extremely close. Theodore Streibert, its first director, was a former board
chairman of the Mutual Broadcasting System radio network. His deputy,
Abbott Washburn, had handled public relations for the food giant, General
Mills, before becoming executive vice-chairman of the CIA front organisa-
tion Crusade for Freedom.28
Relations between the USIA and Hollywood were intimate throughout the
conflict. Cecil B. DeMille was by no means the only film executive to be given
an agency consultancy contract. Streibert had previously worked with FBO
Pictures and Pathé, and the agency’s director in the 1980s was former
Hollywood producer Charles Z. Wick.29 The USIA and Hollywood formed a
discreet yet vital reciprocal arrangement, one which neatly combined profit
and propaganda. Hollywood could use the agency as an overseas audience
Turning a negative into a positive 175
service unit, helping the film industry to tailor commercial features to partic-
ular market tastes in different geographical regions. In turn, studios and pro-
ducers might learn from the USIA how the content, style and promotion of
movies best served foreign policy objectives. The agency helped sell some of
the latest developments in American film technology, like the widescreen
process, Cinerama, in the 1950s, as part of a long-running campaign designed
to link capitalism with scientific accomplishment. It also worked with the
Motion Picture Association of America in getting major feature films made
available to VIP audiences in Eastern Europe, Russia and other key locations
through a programme known as the US Ambassadorial Screenings.30
The USIA could boast the largest and most sophisticated production
operation targeting foreign film-goers run by any government during the Cold
War. Its well-resourced Motion Picture Service (or MPS) produced scores
of high-quality documentaries, employing Hollywood-trained producer-
directors on short-term contracts. The MPS financed and directed special
projects directly supporting foreign policy, together with periodic newsreels
in areas designated crucial. As the earlier analysis of Peter Rathvon’s 1984
(1956) shows, it also secretly subsidised films made by foreign companies
overseas. This all added up to an extraordinarily heavy and sustained propa-
ganda barrage. In 1962, for instance, the agency produced 36 films within the
United States and a further 147 overseas, and issued 197 newsreels.31 By and
large these films were designed, like most aspects of cultural diplomacy, to
work indirectly, almost imperceptibly. Their task was not to attack the enemy
or scare the neutral into submission through ‘hard-sell’ techniques focused on
political issues, but rather to ‘convey the rich background and warmth of spirit
characteristic of America’, through low-key celebrations of its art, cultural
diversity, educational strength and economic democracy. For the most part
this was white propaganda, clearly, though not strongly, labelled as American
government output. Covert projects running in the 1960s included a weekly
newsreel for audiences in Africa and Asia, produced by an ostensibly inde-
pendent company, Associated Films. In the 1960s, the agency also secretly
subsidised MGM’s commercial newsreel, then playing in twenty-eight coun-
tries across Africa and Asia, supplying funding and footage of politically
useful events.32
The MPS’s distribution network spanned the globe. At its peak, in the
1960s, it maintained film centres at 226 USIS posts in 106 countries, reaching
an estimated audience of 600 million people. These centres housed upwards
of 50,000 prints of hundreds of MPS-made 16mm and 35mm films (the latter
produced for theatrical use), acting as lending libraries to a host of local insti-
tutions comprising schools, clubs, churches and union halls. In smaller posts
and in developing countries the 16mm productions were often used alongside
176 Hollywood’s Cold War
mobile units, with USIS staff using trains, vans and even small boats to
connect with villages, where they would set up portable generators, screens
and projectors for open-air presentations. Back in Washington, a special unit
kept track of showings, viewer numbers and audience reactions.33
George Stevens, Jr., flanked by the actor Sidney Poitier (on his right) and the vice-president of United Artists,
Arnold Picker, at the inaugural meeting of the American Film Institute (AFI) in May 1968. After leaving
the USIA in 1967, Stevens took up the directorship of the AFI and remained in post until 1979. Academy
of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences.
Recruits included the future feature film director Carroll Ballard, whose gently
persuasive study of an Oregon farm family in Beyond This Winter’s Wheat testi-
fied to the value of foreign aid and trade.39
Stevens was not given a completely free hand in running the MPS. He stuck
to those aspects of the American way of life the USIA directives told him to
emphasise – economic strength, economic democracy, scientific and educa-
tional strength, cultural diversity, and racial and ethnic progress. He was also
beholden to the agency’s policy directives – the pursuit of peace, strength and
reliability, free choice, the rule of law, and trust in the UN.40 However, these
Turning a negative into a positive 179
FRAMING RACE
While many of these films were being made, America’s image on race relations
was again tarnished. In the early 1960s, the domestic and foreign media
reported some of the most harrowing clashes between American whites and
blacks yet recorded. Followers of Martin Luther King, Jr.’s strategy of non-
violent civil disobedience imposed increasing pressure on the federal and state
governments to bring about real racial equality. At the same time, militant
groups like Elijah Muhammad’s Black Muslims advocated more radical tactics
and solutions, pouring petrol on an already inflammatory atmosphere. In
October 1962, the same month as the Cuban missile crisis, America reeled
from another integration crisis, this time after President Kennedy had ordered
in federal troops to quell ugly confrontations between whites and blacks
caused by the admission of the first African-American student, James
Meredith, to the University of Mississippi. As at Little Rock five years earlier,
the USIA trumpeted Kennedy’s forceful action as proof of the US govern-
ment’s commitment to civil rights – only for further controversy to spoil any
positive effect this might have had.45
In the spring of 1963, attention switched to Birmingham, Alabama, where
television pictures of police using water cannons and snarling dogs to break
180 Hollywood’s Cold War
A picture of progress: Minnijean Brown, hard at work with a white colleague on her university’s newspaper.
Nine from Little Rock (1964). Programme Guggenheim Pictures, Inc./United States Information Agency.
Xenia, Ohio. The anger Pierce felt at this encouraged him to leave at least
some hints in the documentary’s final cut that discrimination was still a serious
issue in America.59
The film’s final two segments focus on Thelma Mothershed and Ernest
Green. Like Brown, Mothershed is pictured at college in Illinois, where she
is studying to be a school teacher. This affords numerous shots of her being
tutored by white faculty members in a range of subjects, and close-ups of her
playing with smiling white children. Mothershed is shown to be a kind-
hearted and cultured African-American, one who is colour blind in the class-
room and who can appreciate the abstract paintings that decorate the walls
of her well-equipped college. Her ambitions are less grand than those of
Brown, but no less significant, for she hopes to find work in her home city.
This offers the prospect of a new generation of African-Americans not
only graduating from Central High, but acting as leading members of the
community.
If Mothershed was a perfect African-American role model for the USIA,
Ernest Green represented a challenge. Like the other pupils already featured
in the film, Green was a high achiever who was studying in the north, in his
case at Michigan State University. However, Little Rock had radicalised Green,
who was now a civil rights activist with plans to become a full-time organiser
when he graduated. Guggenheim could have chosen to relegate Green to a
bit-part in his film but knew this might smack of censorship. Instead, he deftly
turned Green’s political consciousness into an asset. In Guggenheim’s hands,
Green comes across as a sincere moderate, one given to handing out leaflets
to passers-by in the park rather than violently waging war on the system. As
he does this, we hear protest songs on the soundtrack, but get little beyond
general platitudes on how Green thinks African-Americans will achieve
greater social justice. ‘The American Negro must protest’, he says to the
viewers, but ‘he must also build understanding by searching for truth’. We then
see the university authorities giving Green the opportunity to do just that,
allowing him to deliver speeches in their lecture halls and channelling his
activism into sociological research. Shots of a conservatively dressed Green
using the university’s computers to process data on racial prejudice testify to
democracy’s inherent strength and America’s technological prowess. Any
doubts that viewers have that the United States is becoming a more equal
society can be banished altogether, according to Green. Power in the country
is passing to a new generation, his commentary proclaims, all part of a ‘quiet
revolution’ in American thinking. Proof of this are the shots of blacks and
whites attending civil rights rallies together.
With Green’s optimism striking a powerful concluding note to the film, it
is left to Thomas to complete the rosy picture of the Nine. This he does in
188 Hollywood’s Cold War
America – where science and humanity meet: Ernest Green discusses his research data with a computer
assistant in another shot showing blacks and whites collaborating for the future good. Nine from Little
Rock (1964). Programme Guggenheim Pictures, Inc./United States Information Agency.
brief, by flicking through the school year book as we look over his shoulder:
Carlotta Walls is studying in Denver, Colorado, where ‘she likes the high
mountains’; Gloria Ray is about to complete a degree in chemistry at the
Illinois Institute of Technology; Terrance Roberts is studying business admin-
istration in Los Angeles; Melba Pattillo is a housewife, though obviously a rela-
tively wealthy one judging from the photograph of her stepping off an aircraft;
and Thomas himself is about to become a certified accountant. What does all
this amount to? asks Thomas. ‘I haven’t counted all the victories since that first
day we went to school here’, he says, admiring Central High’s trophy cabinet,
‘but I know there’s been at least nine.’ With that, we see Thomas descending
the famous steps to Central High, until a helicopter shot of the city of Little
Rock focuses on the dome of the state capitol building (where Governor
Faubus still resided), glistening in the Arkansas sun. The music rises, and
Thomas delivers his final encomium. America is not perfect and has still to rid
itself fully of the problem of racial intolerance. Yet, ‘[i]f Little Rock taught
nothing more, it taught all Americans that problems can make us better –
much better’.60
Nine from Little Rock did not seek to hide America’s racial discord or pass it
off as a trivial issue. Guggenheim and Stevens knew it would have been a
mistake to have done this, given the degree to which America’s racial divisions
Turning a negative into a positive 189
length, few other USIA films fused so many of the agency’s key Cold War
directives. Nine from Little Rock showed America to be an economically mature
and technologically exciting country, one whose chief strengths were its cul-
tural and ethnic diversity, a progressive approach towards education, and a
refreshing honesty when it came to owning up to its social problems. By refin-
ing and refocusing the meaning of Little Rock, Guggenheim’s documentary
harnessed the emotional power of an event that some Arkansas historians call
a ‘tragedy’62 and relocated it gently but convincingly within Washington’s
ideological agenda.
The film dealt with each Little Rock student as an individual, with particu-
lar hopes and fears about advancing as professionals in mainstream American
society, not as members of a disaffected mass. In doing so, it showed how,
despite the behaviour of a backward-looking racist minority in America,
African-Americans could fulfil their aspirations by working within that society
rather than against it. As a group, the students exhibited just those qualities
that America as a whole had to offer the world: dignity, hard work, persever-
ance and the chance for personal growth. The film presented racism as a sec-
tional issue, one confined predominantly to America’s deep south, due to that
region’s particular history. However, it was an issue that the full force of the
federal government was utterly committed to solving, in partnership with
blacks themselves. For their part, civil rights activists were shown to have com-
plete freedom to protest, because they were protected at root by a US
Constitution that enshrined the rights of minorities and political expression.
This protest might at times embarrass the American government, but the
nation – and democracy – was all the better for it.
The USIA’s Research and Reference Service made regular assessments of
the impact of its various literary, broadcast, television and film outputs.
Findings were then fed back into the agency’s policy and production sections
for tactical reviews or for the fine tuning of propaganda material. Yet while
the USIA kept a close eye on films in general, once they had been sent for
transmission overseas, individual agency documentaries tended to disappear
off Washington’s radar. Nine from Little Rock was different. Unlike James Blue’s
The March, it escaped Congressional censure when it was released in early 1964,
and, relieved perhaps, the agency gave the film its fullest backing.
When a new Civil Rights Act later that year cut huge swathes through
America’s remaining racial discrimination practices, for once politics and pro-
paganda were in synch. Nine from Little Rock was translated into 17 languages
and distributed to 97 countries. State Department and USIA staff were
extremely grateful to have at last a documentary that so clearly met its objec-
tive of addressing ‘racial and ethnic progress’, and that provided ‘evidence of
America’s commitment to freedom of the individual’. Overseas officers
Turning a negative into a positive 191
praised the film highly. In early 1965, the USIS post in Kampala, Uganda,
reported that ‘[t]his film closes the book on Little Rock and frees the mind to
consider the changed story of the struggle’. Several months later, agency
director Carl Rowan told President Johnson that ‘[i]n Africa where it is vitally
important that we do our best to keep the United States civil rights struggle
in perspective, USIS Nairobi reported that “Nine from Little Rock” was the
“best film the Agency has yet made on civil rights . . . [I]t supports the high
priority country objective of showing progress in the US to our racial
difficulties” ’. Though he was hardly an impartial observer, the USIA officer
in charge of placing Nine from Little Rock in international film competitions,
John Mendenhall, noted that the mere fact of the American government
taking on this subject impressed many overseas audiences. This sort of
acclaim no doubt played a large part in the film’s winning the Academy Award
in 1965 for best short documentary feature. Publicity associated with the
Oscar gave the film a further boost overseas.63
Like most USIA films, Nine from Little Rock was designed to appeal to as
broad a cross-section of international audiences as possible. We can get a
firmer sense of the documentary’s impact on one of its key target audiences
thanks to a detailed USIA report from India in 1965. During the Cold War,
Washington regarded India as a vital political and strategic counterweight to
the other Asian giant, communist China. Unfortunately for the US govern-
ment, Indians felt racism was the central flaw in American society, and one
that was inevitably reflected in Washington’s foreign policy. Consequently, by
the mid-1960s, the USIA, the Ford Foundation and other bodies had for years
been campaigning strenuously to counter these beliefs, with mixed results.64
At the end of 1964, the USIA tested the effectiveness of Nine from Little
Rock before a well-educated Indian audience, comparing the responses of 200
graduate students with an equal number of graduate students who had not
seen the film. The report, which underlines the importance the USIA attached
to Nine from Little Rock and to winning over students in the developing world
because of their potential to become future opinion-formers or political
leaders,65 indicated that the film had left its audience with a somewhat ambigu-
ous picture of race relations in the United States. Nine from Little Rock had
indeed had a generally positive effect on viewers’ opinions about the treatment
of Negroes in the United States, but it had reduced the number who thought
most American whites favoured equal rights for Negroes, which the report
attributed to the violent scenes from 1957. Similarly, while the film had
improved Indians’ opinions of the federal government, it had also conveyed
the idea that government force was required to assure equality. Related to this,
many viewers got the impression that Little Rock’s violent opposition to
school integration was the rule rather than the exception in the United States,
192 Hollywood’s Cold War
a misunderstanding which the report said could have been avoided by changes
in narration.
One scene which particularly confused viewers was when, half way
through the film, a present-day Central High white student is seen to confront
Jefferson Thomas on the school’s main staircase. Intended by Guggenheim to
demonstrate white boys’ newfound respect for Negroes – after asking
whether Thomas needs help, the boy courteously gives him directions to a
teacher’s room – through its music and camera angles, the scene appeared to
many of the Indian graduates to show how scared Thomas still was of whites.
With hindsight, this scene was probably a mistake, and perhaps the result of
both Robert Pierce’s late intervention and Stevens’ frequent unwillingness to
tailor films to an audience’s level of sophistication.66
On a more positive note, the report was pleased to record that most
viewers’ impressions of Negro educational opportunities had improved
after seeing the film, while viewers gave Nine from Little Rock a high score
for all-round credibility. If Indian student opinion is anything to go by,
Guggenheim’s documentary had clearly been worth the USIA’s investment. At
the same time, it illustrated the difficulties even the best filmmakers had in
combining entertainment and politics for a culturally diverse international
audience.67
CONCLUSION
Nine from Little Rock marked the high watermark of the USIA Motion Picture
Service’s attempts to foster a positive image of American race relations during
the Cold War. The American government did not suddenly stop trying to
manage foreigners’ perceptions of the race issue, and the USIA itself would
continue to produce documentaries – like Dan Klugherz’s thematically
complex I am a Man (1970) – that put a positive spin on American racial
discord.68 But, by 1966, the USIA believed that a watershed had been reached
in foreign judgements on race issue in the United States. Most foreigners con-
tinued to believe that African-Americans were treated poorly in the United
States, but, significantly, this no longer appeared to damage America’s prestige
abroad. Partial evidence of this could be found in the Indian students’ reac-
tion to Nine from Little Rock, where, despite their doubts as to whether most
American whites favoured equal rights, 84 per cent of viewers and non-
viewers had a good opinion of the United States.69
Other USIA reports indicated that the message the United States had been
promoting – whether through government propaganda programmes or
simply due to press coverage of American developments – had gotten
through. Foreign opinion was developing along the lines the USIA had long
Turning a negative into a positive 193
sought. Racial incidents were not viewed as a sign of moral failure or a com-
promise of the nation’s underlying principles. Instead, they were seen as the
result of America’s federal system and the tensions inherent in integrating a
historically disadvantaged minority into the mainstream. The target of blame
was now a white supremacist minority, not the federal government, which was
doing all it could to promote Negro rights. In other words, America could be
seen as good, even as American racism was abhorrent.70
One of the key features of the Cold War, and one that has been underlined
in this chapter, was the interconnectedness between foreign and domestic
policy. As we have seen, Washington’s Cold War propaganda machine
expended an enormous amount of energy in the 1950s and 1960s on an issue
that superficially had no bearing on America’s world role. This was due at least
in part to the inescapable ubiquity of the mass media in the second half of
the twentieth century, bringing racial incidents into homes around the world.
In this respect, America paid a price for its relative openness compared with
the communist world. In countering communist allegations of white colo-
nialism in America, Washington was not above retaliating negatively: for
instance, by alleging that Moscow was creating its own empire in Eastern
Europe. Such tactics seem rarely to have worked.71 However, in general the
USIA and other bodies stuck to conducting a positive, fact-based propaganda
campaign, one that admitted a problem existed but enveloped it within an
overarching theme of progress. Turning a negative into a positive – claming
that the African-Americans’ fight for equal rights demonstrated the vitality of
American democracy – was not always easy, or successful. Yet it was an intel-
ligent way of combating charges of hypocrisy (always one of the propagan-
dist’s greatest bugbears), while the emphasis on equality and progress helped
undercut a pronounced tendency in the developing world to equate those two
virtues with socialism.
If USIA reports from the mid-1960s are to be credited, this propaganda
strategy appears to have paid off in the long term. Washington believed it
would still need to contain or combat anti-Americanism as much as it needed
to advocate anti-communism,72 but it had at least resolved the Cold War/civil
rights dilemma. However, as one weak point was dealt with, another emerged.
If the United States seemed more legitimately to be the land of the free by the
late 1960s, it was also the country fighting an increasingly unpopular war in
Vietnam.
Notes
1 Richard Dyer MacCann, The People’s Films: A Political History of US Government
Motion Pictures (New York, 1973), pp. 199–200.
194 Hollywood’s Cold War
1957, FRUS, 1955–7, Vol. 9 (Washington, DC, 1987), pp. 612–13; Cary Fraser,
‘Crossing the Color Line in Little Rock: The Eisenhower Administration and the
Dilemma of Race for US Foreign Policy’, Diplomatic History, Vol. 24, No. 2, Spring
2000, pp. 233–64; Azza Salama Layton, ‘International Pressure and the US
Government’s Response to Little Rock’, Arkansas Historical Quarterly, Vol. 56,
No. 3, Autumn 1997, pp. 257–72.
24 Gary Giddins, Satchmo (New York, 1988), pp. 160–5.
25 Dudziak, Civil Rights, p. 118.
26 Jack De Viney, ‘History of USIA Film and Television’ (c. 1993), unpaged document
but ch. 2, RG 306, 01.1 (USIA Historical Branch), item 15, Box 30 (Motion Pictures
File): USNA. Murrow’s hopes for greater transparency in US public relations were
not entirely realised. On Murrow’s time at the USIA’s helm see Thomas Sorenson,
The Word War: The Story of American Propaganda (New York, 1968), pp. 118–38, and
A. M. Sperber, Murrow: His Life and Times (London, 1986), pp. 623–87.
27 Donald W. White, The American Century: The Rise and Decline of the United States as a
World Power (New Haven, CT, 1996), p. 236. In the mid-1970s, for instance, twenty
years after the agency’s birth and when the Cold War had reached maturity, the
USIA had 10,000 paid employees and an annual budget of $240 million. It then
produced 66 magazines in 27 languages, operated 200 libraries in 83 nations,
broadcast 774.5 hours weekly in 34 languages through the Voice of America,
entered 264 US government films in 46 international events and sent 49 shorts to
8 film festivals in Eastern Europe. Fred Kaplan, ‘Vietnam! Vietnam! ’, Cineaste, Vol.
7, No. 3, 1976, pp. 20–3. For more detail on the USIA’s role during the Cold War
see Nicholas J. Cull, American Propaganda and Public Diplomacy, 1945–1989: The
United States Information Agency and the Cold War (Cambridge, forthcoming).
28 Sorenson, Word War, p. 47.
29 Nicholas J. Cull, David Culbert and David Welch (eds), Propaganda and Mass
Persuasion: A Historical Encyclopedia, 1500 to the Present (Santa Barbara, CA, 2003),
pp. 426–8.
30 Turner Shelton, Motion Picture Service, to Cecil B. DeMille, 11 May 1953, cited
in Saunders, Who Paid the Piper?, p. 289; Osgood, ‘Total War’, pp. 178, 207; De
Viney, ‘History of USIA Film and Television’, ch. 2.
31 Cull, American Propaganda, ch. 4.
32 Ibid.; MacCann, People’s Films, pp. 179, 186; Sorenson, Word War, p. 64.
33 De Viney, ‘History of USIA Film and Television’, ch. 1 and 2. ‘United States
Information Services’ was the term used for the USIA’s posts overseas.
34 MacCann, People’s Films, pp. 178–9; Sorenson, Word War, p. 93.
35 De Viney, ‘History of USIA Film and Television’, ch. 1; MacCann, People’s Films,
p. 178.
36 Theodore H. White, The Making of the President, 1960 (London, 1961), pp. 256,
304; Mark Haefele, ‘John F. Kennedy, USIA and World Opinion’, Diplomatic
History, Vol. 25, No. 1, Winter 2001, pp. 63–84; Andrew J. Rotter, Comrades at
Arms: The United States and India, 1947–1964 (Ithaca, NY, 2000), pp. 161–2.
37 Variety, 6 and 7 November 1961.
Turning a negative into a positive 197
A cowboy in combats
Perhaps you remember the scene from ‘The Alamo’, when one of Davy
Crockett’s Tennesseans said: ‘What are we doing here in Texas fighting – it
ain’t our ox that’s getting gored.’ Crockett replied: ‘Talkin’ about whose ox gets
gored, figure this: a fella gets in the habit of gorin’ oxes, it whets his appetite.
May gore yours next.’ Unquote. And we don’t want people like Kosygin, Mao
Tse-Tung, or the like, ‘gorin’ our oxes.
John Wayne to President Lyndon B. Johnson, 28 December 19651
So far, this study has centred on those engaged in Cold War propaganda behind
the screen – Hollywood producers, directors and scriptwriters, and government
bodies like the USIA and CIA. But what of the part played in the battle for mass
opinion by those who appeared in front of the camera? Ever since the creation
of Hollywood’s ‘star system’ in the 1920s, America’s cinema-goers had devel-
oped a close affinity with Hollywood’s leading actors and actresses. By 1945, for
millions of Americans, film stars were little less than life coaches: in everything
from fashion to family life, from language to politics. In the 1960s, despite the
emergence of television celebrities, the deaths of ‘Hollywood greats’ like
Spencer Tracy, Vivien Leigh and Montgomery Clift were the occasion for
national mourning. Even in the Cold War’s twilight years of the 1980s, the social
and cultural influence of Hollywood’s fewer but more economically powerful
stars remained immense. Mega-salaried actors like Tom Cruise and Harrison
Ford were global icons, American brand names as identifiable as Coca-Cola and
McDonald’s.2
Several stars can compete for the title of America’s greatest Cold War on-
screen propagandist. War being what it is, they are all male. Dana Andrews and
Richard Widmark played a disproportionately high number of square-jawed
anti-communist heroes in the 1940s, 1950s and early 1960s.3 From the mid-
1960s and through the 1970s, their place was taken by the more ironic Sean
Connery and Roger Moore in the highly successful James Bond espionage
series, produced in Britain with American money.4 During the Second Cold
War of the 1980s, Sylvester Stallone and Chuck Norris became many people’s
favourite commie-bashers, largely through their roles as testosterone-fuelled
Vietnam War veterans in the Rambo and Missing in Action series.5
200 Hollywood’s Cold War
Charlton Heston and Gregory Peck, on the other hand, can both stake a claim
on the grounds of durability. Heston remained an iconic symbol of he-man
American virtue and righteousness long after The Ten Commandments, playing,
among other things, Christ-like figures in the post-apocalyptic fantasies Planet of
the Apes (Franklin J. Schaffner, 1968) and The Omega Man (Boris Sagal, 1971). He
was known as a staunch Republican, served six terms as president of the Screen
Actors Guild, and in the 1980s co-chaired President Reagan’s Task Force on the
Arts and Humanities.6 By contrast, Peck was a life-long Democrat and liberal
‘actor-vist’, who earned a place on President Nixon’s infamous enemies list in
the early 1970s. His Cold War roles stretched over three decades, four if we
count his very first film, the pro-Soviet Days of Glory (Jacques Tourneur, 1944),
in which he played an anti-Nazi Russian partisan. Sometimes Peck played arche-
typal Cold Warriors – saving young GIs abducted by the Soviets in West Berlin
in Night People (1954), for example. On other occasions, he added his weight to
pro-disarmament projects like Amazing Grace and Chuck (Mike Newell, 1987).7
However, towering above all these actors was John Wayne, for many the
living symbol of American patriotism during the Cold War. From the late 1940s
until his death in 1979, ‘Duke’ Wayne waged a relentless war – on and off screen –
against those he defined as America’s Cold War enemies. Wayne was at the peak
of his powers during the Cold War’s most critical years, and had a greater impact
on the way Americans viewed the conflict than probably any other Hollywood
figure. Moreover, Wayne’s powerful cowboy-cum-soldier persona was tied inex-
tricably to the special relationship that the film industry enjoyed with the mili-
tary during the Cold War. Throughout the conflict, the links between Hollywood
and the Pentagon formed the main strand of the state-cinematic network. This
helps to explain why Wayne and the US Defence Department invested heavily
in the only major direct-combat portrayal of Vietnam made during the war itself,
The Green Berets, released in 1968. A paean to the US military’s efforts to save
South Vietnam from communism, and designed to show that the Cold War was
just as much a matter of life and death as the Second World War, The Green Berets
represented mainstream Cold War cinematic propaganda at its most overt. The
film sparked intense controversy in the United States and elsewhere, thus con-
tributing to the feverish debate then taking place about the Vietnam War. Over
the years, political and film historians have consistently dismissed Wayne’s movie
as a naïve anachronism. But, as we shall see, this was not how many cinema-goers
viewed The Green Berets when the Vietnam War was at its height.
the Cold War arms race, he was drawing attention to the unhealthily close rela-
tionship which had developed between the US Defence Department and the
nation’s defence companies.8 Yet his charge might equally have applied to the
Pentagon’s almost symbiotic link with the American film industry. America’s
silver screen had enjoyed a love affair with all things military during the late
1940s and 1950s, making the studios millions at the box office and validating
Washington’s fortress mentality in the process. A major factor in this was the
Defence Department’s carefully calibrated carrot-and-stick approach towards
moviemakers.
Ever since the 1920s, the US armed services had shown themselves to be
more than willing to offer logistical help with film productions that portrayed
their activities positively. This suited both parties: movie producers got access
to military bases and equipment, while the military benefited from free adver-
tising.9 During the 1930s, some of the biggest names behind and on screen
owed their fame at least in part to movies made with the cooperation of the
armed services. The director Frank Capra, for example, collaborated on a
trilogy of films with the US Navy and Marines: Submarine (1928), Flight (1929)
and Dirigible (1931). The actors Jimmy Cagney and Pat O’Brien established
their popular screen partnership with the help of the same services in Lloyd
Bacon’s Here Comes the Navy (1934) and Devil Dogs of the Air (1935).10 ‘I have
never found such a group of wholehearted, willing, patriotic people trying to
do something for the government,’ Colonel K. B. Lawton, chief of the Army
Pictorial Division of the US Signal Corps, said of the Hollywood community
in the middle of the Second World War.11
As ‘peace’ was accompanied by an unprecedented conventional and nuclear
arms build-up in the late 1940s, the Pentagon was forced to give more thought
to the military’s image. In 1949, the Office of the Assistant Secretary of
Defence for Public Affairs created a Motion Picture Production Office to regu-
late and facilitate cooperation between the military and the film industry. Movie
producers thereafter got free use of military hardware, official film clips and
actual soldiers, in return for feature films that aided recruitment and enhanced
the military’s public image by projecting glowing pictures of life in the services
and the valour of their members. Donald Baruch, Chief of the Motion Picture
Production Office, vetted scripts for forty years, and was responsible more
than anyone else for the extraordinary variety of films that the military helped
produce during the Cold War. This included 16mm indoctrination shorts
designed for American high-school students, paid for and produced by defence
contractors; newsreels shipped from the Korean War front; documentaries
made with the USIA and other official propaganda agencies; and educational
material intended to prepare Americans for possible atomic attacks from
aggressor nations.12
202 Hollywood’s Cold War
However, it was on the Hollywood feature film that Baruch’s office con-
centrated most of its energies, and with considerable success. Ready access to
military assistance in the late 1940s and 1950s not only encouraged the pro-
duction of scores of war films and movies that contained military sub-plots.
It also, because of the Defence Department’s veto on ‘unpatriotic’ scripts,
ensured that the vast majority of these films depicted the armed forces and
combat generally in a positive light. In turn, movies strongly endorsed the mil-
itarisation of US Cold War strategy in the 1950s and the development of a
permanent national security state.13 One early example of the Hollywood-
Pentagon alliance in action in an explicitly Cold War context was George
Seaton’s romantic drama The Big Lift (1950). This film managed both to glorify
the US Air Force’s efforts to thwart the Berlin Blockade and to portray the
recently hated Germans as anti-communist partners. The movie was made in
cooperation with the Air Force Public Affairs Office and the Commander-in-
Chief of the European command, General Lucius Clay.14
When Hollywood turned to widescreen and colour in an attempt to lure
audiences back into the theatres in the 1950s and 1960s, the military’s modern
technology, especially the jet plane, made an attractive film topic. Films made
during this era about America’s nuclear strike force, like Delbert Mann’s A
Gathering of Eagles (1963), which received the personal endorsement of the
Strategic Air Command’s head, Curtis LeMay, depicted the atomic bomb as
the guarantor of peace.15 On one level, these sorts of sentimental flag-wavers
sent a clear message to cinema-goers: that the Cold War required bravery,
teamwork, even the ultimate sacrifice. On another level, the retelling of the
‘good war’ against fascism in the scores of films made about the Second
World War in the 1950s and 1960s – almost none of which referred to the
Soviet Union’s massive contribution to the defeat of Nazi Germany – taught
audiences the historic lessons of military preparedness and the dangers of
trusting dictatorial regimes.16 Some of the most popular Hollywood films of
the 1950s, like Mister Roberts (John Ford/Mervyn LeRoy, 1955) and White
Christmas (Michael Curtiz, 1954), simultaneously celebrated military authority
and utterly denied that this authority exercised an increasingly potent force in
American life.17
MILITANT LIBERTY
The climate of Hollywood-Pentagon cooperation fostered by the threat of
communism led to a number of creative projects, designed to sell official Cold
War strategy more discreetly. One of the most fascinating of these was the top-
secret ‘Militant Liberty’ programme instigated in the mid-1950s by John C.
Broger, an evangelical Christian working as a psychological warfare consultant
A cowboy in combats 203
many Americans, John Wayne was the screen hero of the age, and the person-
ification of the nation’s martial values. Wayne, Bond and Ford had worked
together for years, notably producing some of Hollywood’s classic Westerns.
They were firm friends.22
One film in which all four consortium members were immediately
involved, and which epitomises much of their work of the late 1950s, was The
Wings of Eagles (1957). This $2.6 million naval melodrama was a tribute to
Ford’s personal hero, Frank ‘Spig’ Wead, who had died in 1947. Wead had been
a flying ace in the First World War. His aviation career had then been cut short
by a terrible accident, after which he had turned to writing novels and screen-
plays about war and the armed forces. The US Navy considered Wead a
perfect subject for the big screen and granted Ford full access to equipment
and manpower. On request, the Joint Chiefs of Staff provided the director
with assistance ‘in putting Militant Liberty elements’ into the movie, even
despatching an official to work directly with Ford during the location shoot-
ing in Florida.23
The Wings of Eagles comes across as a rousing story of courage in the face
of adversity, not as propaganda. It celebrates duty and derring-do, opportu-
nity and camaraderie, and is sprinkled with raucous humour and daring aerial
sequences. Our first sight of young naval officer Wead (played by Wayne) is
just after the Great War, when he lands a biplane in the middle of an admiral’s
garden party. However, maverick high jinks soon give way to tragedy when
Wead’s infant son dies. Emotionally crippled and already estranged from his
wife (played by fiery redhead Maureen O’Hara, Wayne’s favourite leading
lady), Wead buries his head in work for the navy. Our hero becomes world
famous after breaking seaplane speed records and is made the youngest
squadron commander in naval history, only then to break his spine falling
down stairs at home. Through long and painful years, the paraplegic Wead is
movingly nursed back to health by his old navy mechanic, Carson (Dan
Dailey). Now able to get about with only braces and canes, Wead develops a
second career as an aviation writer for magazines and, after he is hired by a
John Ford lookalike (Ward Bond), the cinema. Following the Japanese attack
on Pearl Harbor, the indefatigable Wead then wangles active duty. More amaz-
ingly still, he devises the ‘baby carrier’, which makes a major contribution to
Pacific strategy.24
Called a ‘men’s weepie’ by some, and ‘a routine glorification of the United
States Navy Air Force’ by the communist press, the trade papers deemed The
Wings of Eagles a bankable cert. Only one scene, in which Wead makes an
impassioned speech to a Congressional committee warning of the dangers
of disarmament, might have struck some in the audience as unnecessarily
didactic.25
A cowboy in combats 205
Liberty in action: John Ford (seated, with baseball cap) directs Barry Kelley and John Wayne (with walking
sticks) on the set of The Wings of Eagles (1957). The film marked the tenth time Ford and Wayne had
worked together. MGM/The Kobal Collection.
WAYNE’S WAR
John Wayne’s covert support for the Militant Liberty programme was as pre-
dictable as it was valuable for Washington. No other Hollywood star had the
same power to move audiences, or was so willing to use his influence for
political purposes. Wayne had been making movies since 1927, but it was not
until 1949 that he broke into the exhibitors’ annual list of the nation’s top ten
box office stars. There he remained for all but one of a record-breaking
twenty-six consecutive years.26 In that time, Wayne became for many people
the finest representative of American patriotism. Though he had not served
in the military in the Second World War, because of his roles in numerous
war films made during and after that conflict – most notably Back to Bataan
(Edward Dmytryk, 1945), Sands of Iwo Jima (Allan Dwan, 1949) and The
Longest Day (produced by Darryl Zanuck and released in 1962) – Wayne came
to be regarded as the model American soldier.27 One of America’s most dec-
orated soldiers, General Douglas MacArthur, once told Wayne at an
American Legion convention that he represented the American serviceman
206 Hollywood’s Cold War
The star and stripes: John Wayne aboard the USS Saint Paul in August 1964. Batjac Productions, Inc.
better than the American serviceman himself. The Veterans of Foreign Wars
gave Wayne their gold medal and the Marines gave him their ‘Iron Mike’
award.28
In the genre he almost made his own, the Western, Duke Wayne came to
embody the potent myth of the American frontiersman taming the world.
Cultural historians claim the three ‘Seventh Cavalry’ pictures he made with
John Ford and Merian C. Cooper from 1948 to 1950 – Fort Apache, She Wore a
Yellow Ribbon, Rio Grande – helped project America’s new post-1945 role as the
world’s protector of freedom, and put Wayne at the centre of a Cold War sen-
sibility favouring social discipline in time of trial.29 Wayne’s labour of love was
The Alamo (1960), his directorial debut and a project financed by $1.5 million
of his own money.30 Ostensibly the film was a story about Texans fighting for
independence from Mexico in the 1830s, but Wayne saw it as a Cold War call
to arms. In his view, many of his fellow Americans were falling prey to ‘the
growing defeatist attitude in the Cold War imposed on us by the Soviet
[Union]’, and consequently needed to ‘appreciate the struggle our ancestors
A cowboy in combats 207
made for the precious freedom we enjoy’. ‘We must sell America to countries
threatened by communist domination’, he told Hollywood gossip columnist
Louella Parsons during filming. The Alamo was also meant as a retort to ‘certain
quarters of Hollywood’ that were ‘splashing garbage’ on the screen and ‘giving
the world a false, nasty impression of us’. Wayne cited Stanley Kramer’s
recently released On the Beach by way of illustration.31
Evidence suggests that Wayne’s image and messages could be extremely
pervasive. Film historian Michael Munn claims that in the early 1950s Stalin
even ordered the KGB to assassinate Wayne because his anti-communist
rhetoric threatened the Soviet Union.32 In the 1960s and 1970s, both friends
and critics of American foreign policy said it was afflicted with a ‘John Wayne
syndrome’. In the mid-seventies, Secretary of State Henry Kissinger drew
explicitly on the Wayne legacy when he attributed his diplomatic achievements
to Americans’ admiration for cowboys who came into town alone.33 In the
1970s and 1980s, Vietnam War veterans were venomous about Wayne’s and
others’ ‘guts and glory’ Second World War films, for making the US military
look unbeatable and combat seem noble. Many claimed they had been encour-
aged to enlist in the hope of re-enacting what they had seen on screen. ‘I gave
my dead dick for John Wayne’, wrote Ron Kovic, who emerged from Vietnam
confined to a wheelchair.34
Wayne’s characters and persona carried such weight partly due to his polit-
ical activism off screen. Many in the audience knew that when Wayne saved
Hawaii from Red fifth-columnists in Big Jim McLain (1952) or helped Chinese
children escape to freedom in Blood Alley (William Wellman, 1955), he was
doing more than playing a movie role.35 Similarly, his outspoken patriotism
and loudly publicised dedication to the anti-communist cause helped lend his
parts in Westerns and other genres larger meaning. Wayne succeeded in
integrating his politics and his profession far more than other film stars of his
era. He actively embraced the attack on Hollywood leftists in the McCarthy
period, serving three consecutive terms as MPA president in the late 1940s
and early 1950s. Thereafter, Wayne openly supported Republican party pol-
icies and candidates, developing a particular soft spot for the resolutely anti-
communist Richard Nixon.36
In 1960, Wayne joined the John Birch Society, a group that suspected the
American government was secretly run by communists, and in 1965 became
a trustee of the Americans for Constitutional Action, which opposed taxation
and ‘big government’. Before the 1968 presidential race, which Nixon
won, the Duke was urged by a right-wing Texas billionaire to serve as vice-
presidential running-mate to the segregationist George Wallace (he declined,
leaving General Curtis LeMay to run instead).37 By this point Wayne had
helped make anti-communist publicity material for numerous branches of the
208 Hollywood’s Cold War
federal government, including the Defence Department, the air force and the
FBI.38 J. Edgar Hoover sent Wayne his condolences when Wayne’s mother
died in March 1970, and his warmest congratulations when Wayne won his
first Oscar for True Grit (Henry Hathaway, 1969) a month later.39 Overseas,
Wayne owned mineral rights in the Congo, and in 1959 had been accused by
the left-wing Panamanian government of financing a coup through his busi-
ness dealings with a former president’s son.40 Just prior to his death in 1979,
Congress struck a medal in the star’s honour. The inscription was simple:
‘John Wayne, American’.41
the conflict was not a civil war or a war of national self-determination, and
the American government had every right to help a sovereign nation defend
itself. Second, the war was a test case for all wars of national liberation and
was subject to the Domino Theory. This meant that the primary threat to
Southeast Asian independence came from Beijing, which was using North
Vietnam and principally its terrorist network in the south (the Viet Cong) as
a tool for expansion. Finally, the intentions of America and its allies were
peaceful and the use of force the last resort. Force was necessary, however,
in order to bring an intransigent enemy to the negotiating table and thereby
achieve a lasting solution for Vietnam.49 The Kennedy and Johnson admin-
istrations disseminated their case assiduously. JFK’s press secretary, Pierre
Salinger, laid on all-expenses-paid trips to Vietnam for America’s most influ-
ential correspondents. LBJ was constantly on the phone to television
network executives, complaining, cajoling and threatening to make sure the
images of ‘progress’ in Vietnam he thought the public ought to see actually
appeared.50
In 1965, the government’s Vietnam propaganda campaign was ratcheted
up several notches, as Vietnam switched from being a limited war into a
fullblown military conflict. Johnson ordered an escalating series of air
strikes against North Vietnam (christened Operation Rolling Thunder) and
increased the number of US troops on the ground in the south to 200,000.
The first major anti-war demonstration took place in Washington, DC, in
April that year; October saw protests against the war in forty American
cities.51 To cope with the war’s intensification, the USIA and Defence
Department both produced their first major Vietnam films. Night of the
Dragon was a highly polished, colour USIA documentary, narrated by
Charlton Heston and directed by Richard T. Heffron. It used faked combat
scenes to blame the war squarely on North Vietnam, exposed ‘Viet Cong’
atrocities through horrific images of dead teachers and village elders, and
stressed the endurance of South Vietnamese youngsters, including a 5-year-
old boy who had lost his legs in a minefield.52 The Defence Department’s
Why Vietnam? was modelled on Frank Capra’s celebrated Why We Fight series
from the Second World War. In what was becoming a familiar theme, it too
used South Vietnamese children to evoke an emotional response. The film
showed the North Vietnamese leader, Ho Chi Minh, surrounded by children,
as the narrator accused him of duplicitously playing the ‘kindly grandfather’
while ‘planning a reign of terror’. Why Vietnam? was required viewing for all
GIs shipping out to Vietnam, and with 10,000 prints controversially circu-
lated among schools and colleges, it became the first documentary about
Vietnam that a large number of Americans saw. Critics attacked it for its fal-
sifications and ‘brainwashing’ techniques.53
A cowboy in combats 211
‘DEAR MR PRESIDENT’
Spring 1965 witnessed the birth of a publishing sensation, as Robin Moore’s
novel The Green Berets appeared in America’s bookstores. One of the biggest-
selling books ever about the US engagement in Vietnam (by 1975 it had sold
3.2 million copies),54 The Green Berets was a direct result of the Kennedy admin-
istration’s efforts to reinvigorate the nation’s policy in Vietnam and the public’s
support for it. In 1961, JFK had ordered the expansion of the nation’s Special
Forces in Vietnam, elite units he believed could defeat the enemy by mimick-
ing its unconventional tactics allied to greater firepower. Nicknamed the
Green Berets after their distinctive headgear, the Special Forces enjoyed flat-
tering news coverage in which they were celebrated as a combination of James
Bond and Daniel Boone. One journalist termed them ‘the Harvard PhDs of
warfare’.55 The White House press corps was encouraged to make regular
visits to the unit’s headquarters at Fort Bragg in North Carolina, where the
Green Berets performed their self-styled ‘Disneyland shows’ complete with
rocket-propelled backpacks designed to prove their mastery of weapons tech-
nology.56 When, inspired by this publicity, author Robin Moore asked in 1963
for privileged access to Vietnam in order to write a book about the Green
Berets, JFK ordered the unit to cooperate. The upshot was a series of short
stories rolled into one, all extolling the bravery and prowess of Captain Steve
Kornie’s unorthodox combat unit as it, among other things, brilliantly defends
a Special Forces camp and conducts a clandestine mission inside North
Vietnam. Army enlistment centres were temporarily flooded in the weeks fol-
lowing The Green Berets’ publication, and the book soon boasted a 200,000-
member fan club. ‘The Ballad of the Green Berets’, written by Moore and
sung by former Special Forces staff sergeant Barry Sadler, topped the pop
music charts for five consecutive weeks in 1966.57
Several Hollywood production companies, including MGM and Columbia,
showed an early interest in cashing in on the success of Moore’s book, only
to be put off by the increased domestic opposition to the war, a lack of funds
and the Defence Department’s controlling hand.58 This left John Wayne’s
company, Batjac Productions, to put its head above the Vietnam parapet.
Having read The Green Berets, Wayne wrote directly to Lyndon Johnson in late
December 1965. Without mentioning Moore’s book specifically, Wayne told
the president of his desire to make a film about the Special Forces in Vietnam,
one with ‘reason, emotion, characterization and action’ that would inspire ‘a
patriotic spirit’ among fellow Americans and tell the world ‘why it is necessary
for us to be there’. Wayne could take pride in having worked with the military
on such films as The Fighting Seabees (Edward Ludwig, 1944) and The Longest
Day (1962), the actor informed LBJ, but asked the president if he could put
212 Hollywood’s Cold War
story elements that are favourable to the Department of Defence and to the
overall effort as stated by the President.’ In April, the Waynes got the red-
carpet treatment at the Pentagon, where they were briefed by a team led by
Baruch and Arthur Sylvester, Assistant Secretary of Defence, and at the John
F. Kennedy Special Warfare Center at Fort Bragg, where the Green Berets
gave one of their ‘Disneyland’ performances. John Wayne was more than
impressed. ‘From General Stilwell down through his Command, we found the
soldiery of such quality that, if the people of the United States were apprised
of it, it would renew their confidence in the ability, the decency and the dedi-
cation of our present-day fighting men.’62
In June, Wayne made a three-week fact-finding and morale-boosting
mission to Vietnam, sponsored by the Defence Department. Visiting the
Marines near Chu Lai after completing work narrating a Defence Department
documentary on America’s rural rebuilding programme, Wayne reportedly
narrowly escaped Viet Cong sniper fire. In Saigon children ran after him
shouting ‘Number One Cowboy’, while US troops often called him Stryker,
after his marine sergeant role in Sands of Iwo Jima. On his return home, Wayne
publicly likened some aspects of the war to ‘an old cavalry post where men,
women and kids are getting killed’. His own version of the Domino Theory
called for the supply of Russian, Czech and Chinese weapons to the enemy to
be cut off at source: ‘We’re at war with international communism.’63 At the end
of June 1966, Michael Wayne reached an agreement with Universal Pictures
on the financial and distribution arrangements for the film.64
However, trouble soon flared once the Pentagon read the draft scripts.
These were penned by the experienced screenwriter and Vietnam veteran
James Lee Barrett, whose earlier work curiously included On the Beach, with
some input from John Wayne himself. Image-conscious elements within the
armed services had actually bridled at the ‘gung-ho’ nature of Moore’s book.
Worse still from their perspective, the novel depicted the South Vietnamese
army (ARVN) as corrupt and cowardly; mocked ‘do-gooders’ wanting to fight
the war by social work; and showed the Special Forces violating international
agreements, condoning torture, and employing bandits, opium-smugglers and
prostitutes.65 Having paid Moore roughly $75,000 for the rights to his best-
seller, Michael Wayne wanted the movie to follow its dramatic contours as
closely as possible. Baruch, on the other hand, had got the impression early
on from Wayne that the film would be a very loose adaptation, and had passed
this on to the Pentagon in order to allay its initial scepticism.66
In order to write as good a script as possible, James Lee Barrett immersed
himself in the details of operational conditions in Vietnam, even asking the
director of press information at CBS Television about radio communications
in the field.67 In the summer of 1966, Barrett travelled to the Vietnamese front
214 Hollywood’s Cold War
Fatherly fatigues: the Duke signing autographs during his trip to Vietnam in June 1966. Batjac
Productions, Inc.
line under the Defence Department’s auspices. Whilst there, his camp came
under fire, and it was this experience, plus that of John Wayne’s in June and
Moore’s plot, that formed the basis of Barrett’s rough drafts. On reading the
first of these, a panel including the Defence Department, State Department,
army and Green Berets turned it down flat. In the panel’s opinion, the script
A cowboy in combats 215
was riddled with technical and strategic errors, the most obvious being the
portrayal of a covert Green Berets’ mission into North Vietnam to seize a
high-ranking communist official without the South Vietnamese government’s
permission. This gave the politically dangerous impression that the US Special
Forces were a law unto themselves in Vietnam.68
Barrett and Michael Wayne complied with the long list of changes sug-
gested by Baruch, despite the damage they thought this would do to the
movie’s commercial and propagandistic success. Understandably, they
believed they had no choice. For all his father’s political and cultural leverage,
Michael knew that the Defence Department held the whip hand over film-
makers. Unless Baruch officially sanctioned the script, the helicopters, jeeps,
uniformed extras and so on needed to make the film look like ‘the real thing’
would be withheld.69 After examining Barrett’s third draft script, in March
1967, the Defence Department formally agreed to assist the production, pro-
vided further modifications were made. These, again, went beyond technical-
ities, and affected the movie’s political coloration. All references to the
Vietnamese conflict being a civil war were to be cut. Instead, South Vietnam
was to be presented as an independent country under attack from an aggres-
sive neighbour. A scene showing the Green Berets condoning the ARVN’s
brutal treatment of prisoners had to be excised because it was, in the words
of the Defence Department Public Affairs Office, ‘grist for the opponents of
United States policy in Vietnam’.70 In June, just before production was due to
start, the whole project nearly collapsed. Universal withdrew any further
financial support, ostensibly due to perceived weaknesses in the screenplay
but also because of the war’s increased notoriety. A new financial backer,
Warner Bros.-Seven Arts, swiftly filled the void, doubtless encouraged by the
full backing the military now promised the film.71
Having spent eighteen months working to ensure that this important movie
would present a polished image of both the military’s actions and the White
House’s Vietnam strategy, the Department of Defence did all it could to add
authenticity to the production. While searching for a location that could double
as Vietnamese jungle country, John Wayne had initially thought of shooting the
movie in Okinawa. Following a suggestion from the army, he eventually settled
on the rugged terrain within the US Infantry’s 285-square-mile base at Fort
Benning in Georgia, where the military’s logistical support would be close to
hand.72 As well as allowing Batjac to film at Fort Benning, Fort Bragg and nearby
airfields, the Pentagon granted the company access to a staggering array of
equipment, including jeeps, captured Viet Cong weapons, armoured personnel
carriers, tanks and helicopters. It supplied Batjac with over 350 army personnel,
and obligingly put on leave a platoon of Hawaiian-Americans training in
Massachusetts to play the Oriental roles. Wayne’s art director Walter Simmonds,
216 Hollywood’s Cold War
PROPAGANDA BY NUMBERS
Batjac’s The Green Berets is unashamedly old-fashioned, blood-and-guts patri-
otic propaganda. A Second World War film in tone and structure, it focuses
on the brave endeavours of a small group of elite soldiers, thus playing down
the highly bureaucratic nature of America’s war in Vietnam. Characters often
deliver long speeches, thinly disguised as dialogue. The enemy are presented
as racially barbaric terrorists driven by the monolithic communist desire for
expansion. The clients, the South Vietnamese, are portrayed as a childlike
people who need American guidance. The Americans share democratic
and civilised principles, are the underdogs, and fight only to defend. Politics
is reduced to personal soul-searching or tragedy. The movie is filled with
A cowboy in combats 217
The new Cold War enemy within – the media: Lt. Col. Kirby (John Wayne) and journalist George
Beckworth (David Janssen) prepare to lock horns on the set of The Green Berets (1968). Batjac
Productions, Inc.
Keeping cool in a ‘hot’ Cold War: while the rescued villagers panic and helicopters swarm, Lt. Col. Kirby
(John Wayne) is a model of military fortitude as he calls up the air force to wipe out ‘Charlie’s positions in
‘Dodge City’. Publicity poster for The Green Berets (1968). Batjac Productions, Inc.
Stilwell, at Fort Bragg.81 Kirby’s unit visits a local hamlet, where they find the
chief mutilated and the little girl Beckworth had met the night before raped
and murdered. This is a turning point for the liberal reporter, who has already
exchanged his safari suit for combat fatigues; it finally dawns on him why
America’s defence of South Vietnam is so important. Here, The Green Berets
was reversing the actual experience of many American journalists, like Neil
Sheehan and David Halberstam, who arrived in Vietnam thinking the war was
worthwhile and necessary, but who ended up thinking otherwise.82
Kirby is then summoned to Da Nang, where he learns the South
Vietnamese government wants the Green Berets’ help in a scheme to kidnap
a VC general, using a beautiful South Vietnamese model as bait. While he is
away, the VC launches a full-scale assault on the camp. Like the Texans
besieged at the Alamo, the Green Berets are vastly outnumbered and take hit
after hit as they fight the faceless hordes. This time the Americans can claim
victory, though. Beckworth loads ammunition for the besieged combatants;
Hamchunk’s puppy is killed by a rocket blast and given a proper ‘Christian’
burial; and the Green Berets corral the cowering villagers in a bunker. Just as
220 Hollywood’s Cold War
everything looks lost, Kirby’s platoon comes to the rescue, with the help of
US air force strikes. Kirby orders everyone to ‘fall back’ temporarily, leaving
the air force to mop up the pillaging VC from a safe distance and his troops
to reoccupy ‘Dodge City’. The battle is over. True grit and superior technol-
ogy have beaten fanaticism and brute force.
The Green Berets have served their country and the body bags testify to
the value of their international cause. Beckworth is heading home, having
abandoned both his journalistic detachment and his newspaper’s prejudices.
‘If I say what I feel I may be out of a job’, he tells Kirby, implying a liberal
media conspiracy against the war. ‘We’ll always give you one’, is the reply.
Meanwhile, Kirby’s work is not complete. After comforting the camp
wounded, what remains of his unit daringly parachutes behind enemy lines to
snatch the lascivious VC general from his palatial villa. Living amidst faded
colonial splendour and served champagne and caviar by a bevy of servants,
the general epitomises communist notions of ‘equality’. Things go without a
hitch, as the trussed captive is hoisted spectacularly into the air by balloon and
thence onto an over-flying American aircraft.
But there is a sting in the tail. On the way back, Petersen dies a horrible and
shocking death when he steps into a sloop knot and is impaled on a pungi-
stick-filled wall. When the choppers return to base, Hamchunk is distraught
when his beloved ‘Peter-San’ fails to appear. ‘What will happen to me now?’,
he asks Kirby. ‘You let me worry about that, Green Beret’, Kirby replies,
handing him Petersen’s beret. ‘You’re what this is all about.’ In the final shot,
infamous for depicting the sun setting in the east, the two heroes walk away
hand in hand as the theme tune strikes anew.
came as a blow to John Wayne, who had hoped The Green Berets would help get
LBJ re-elected as the Democratic party candidate.84 By the summer of 1968,
polls indicated the American people were deeply divided over the war. The
violence this caused, plus the assassinations of Martin Luther King, Jr., in
April and Robert Kennedy in June, added to a sense of genuine national
crisis.85
Reaction to The Green Berets reflected this highly charged political atmos-
phere. As might be expected, opponents and supporters of US policy in
Vietnam latched on to the movie for their own propaganda purposes. The
film’s premiere in New York City, for instance, was picketed by protestors
sponsored by the Veterans and Reservists to End the War in Vietnam.86 Wayne
had got used to the drubbing his films received from critics over the years, but
in this instance many were so vitriolic as to be foaming at the mouth. Renata
Adler, chief film critic at the New York Times, led the case for the prosecution,
calling The Green Berets ‘vile, insane’ and ‘dull’. In Glamour magazine, Michael
Korda, influential publisher and son of the famous British film production
designer, Vincent Korda, condemned the movie as a ‘simple-minded tract in
praise of killing, brutality and American superiority over Asians’. ‘I do not
know how it would be possible to produce a more revolting picture’, he con-
tinued, ‘short of giving Martin Bormann several million dollars to make a
Technicolor movie showing that Auschwitz was a wonderful place to live.’87
Richard Schickel, writing in Life, agreed that the film was ‘stupid’ and primi-
tive’, but argued that modern audiences were too sophisticated to find Wayne’s
recycled Second World War and early Cold War propaganda palatable.
‘Peaceniks may safely leave their picket signs at home’, he concluded, ‘The
Green Berets is its own worst enemy.’ The trade papers Hollywood Reporter and
Variety said much the same thing. Variety thought the script ‘so loaded with
corn and cardboard that “hawks” will tend to be embarrassed, while “doves”
will be embarrassed – for the “hawks”.’88
The Green Berets’ flaws stood out a mile to the discerning viewer. It was
clichéd and polemical, much of the acting was wooden, the direction pedes-
trian, the editing lethargic, and at 141 minutes, it would test the patience of a
saint. The Defence Department’s script interventions had not only delayed
production for a critical two years, thus depriving audiences of a clear pro-war
statement before opposition had coalesced. They had also stripped away some
of the more dramatic and entertaining aspects of Moore’s book. The film-
makers’ use of army manpower and hardware came at a price too: Wayne
often got lost on screen amidst the cast of thousands and military gadgetry.
On top of all this, The Green Berets looked dated in an age increasingly domin-
ated by television. Contrary to received opinion then and now, America’s tele-
vision networks largely supported the government throughout the Vietnam
222 Hollywood’s Cold War
Uncle Sam still needs you! Publicity for The Green Berets (1968) made a virtue of the film’s old-
fashioned values. Batjac Productions, Inc./ Warner Bros. Entertainment, Inc.
A cowboy in combats 223
War, albeit in a less strident tone than The Green Berets. However, by mid-1968
many television viewers had seen enough live-action footage of Americans
burning Vietnamese villages and napalming children to realise Wayne’s treat-
ment of the war looked decidedly sanitised and one-sided.89
And yet, despite these weaknesses, The Green Berets did excellent business
at the box office. Having cost roughly $7 million to make, it grossed nearly $11
million domestically in its first year, and roughly $9 million overseas. This
made it one of the ten biggest earners of 1968, and one of the most lucrative
Warner Bros. releases of the 1960s.90 Wayne’s star appeal can partly account
for this, together with Americans’ desire for adventurous war movies. But
could it not also be that critics like Schickel underestimated the appeal of the
movie’s potent mixture of patriotism, anti-communism and courage under
fire? The New York Times published a number of letters challenging Renata
Adler’s negative review. One, written by a former Green Beret, William P.
Farrell, thought Wayne’s film was ‘fast-moving, depicted American Special
Forces accurately and put the Vietnam War in perspective’. Other ex-Green
Berets also publicly approved of the film, while the New Yorker’s Penelope
Gilliatt, who despised the movie’s patronising attitude towards the
Vietnamese, noted how audiences cheered the death of Viet Cong soldiers.91
Perhaps some of these viewers liked The Green Berets’ very unrealism. As Gary
Wills has written, ‘People who did not want to know about the actual Vietnam
War could feel that the national unity and resolve of the Second World War
might turn around this strange new conflict in the far off jungles of the East.’92
Other viewers might have seen the movie just as Michael Wayne did, as a
‘cowboys and Indians’ film in which ‘the Americans are the good guys and the
Viet Cong are the bad guys’.93 The Green Berets’ aims were as limited as its style.
Like most effective propaganda, it sought to reinforce not convert, by tapping
into the public’s deeply ingrained beliefs.
Not surprisingly given the film’s hyper-American flavour, some overseas
viewers berated The Green Berets. The movie’s opening night in Frankfurt in
West Germany, for instance, was marred by rioters chanting ‘Ho Chi Minh’ and
waving ‘America Go Home’ flags. In Amman in Jordan, hundreds of rioters
smashed up a cinema when American fighter planes appeared towards the end
of the movie. The film’s notoriety dented box office takings in some countries.
Denmark, for example, banned its exhibition totally following fights between
riot police and anti-American demonstrators outside theatres. Elsewhere, such
as in France and Japan, demonstrations outside venues showing The Green Berets
against both the Vietnam War and the US military’s presence in their country
helped draw capacity crowds.94 Reports of these anti-American protests prob-
ably assisted the film commercially and politically back in the United States,
where Wayne presented himself as the nation’s standard-bearer. Rumours of
224 Hollywood’s Cold War
CONCLUSION
It is fitting that John Wayne made the only major Vietnam War movie to come
out of Hollywood during that most divisive of conflicts. After all, the
Pentagon regarded Wayne as perhaps its single most effective recruiting agent
in the decades after the Second World War, and his mythical warrior status
seems to have left an indelible mark on the generation of American fighting
men that came to maturity in the 1960s. In one respect, in The Green Berets
Wayne was simply doing for the US Special Forces what he had done for the
Marines in The Sands of Iwo Jima two decades earlier. But The Green Berets also
illustrated the sometimes highly personal nature of the cinematic state-private
network during the Cold War. It was Wayne, a powerful actor, who was the
driving force behind the making of The Green Berets, not a studio or a govern-
ment department. As he told LBJ in December 1965, the Duke knew Vietnam
was not a popular war. Because of this, he saw it as his duty, privilege even, to
present the government’s case for global anti-communist vigilance. Other
stars had performed the same task previously, and would continue to do so, in
different ways, until the Cold War came to a close. Others still were ready by
the 1970s to use their power to question what that vigilance was doing to
America, as we shall see in the next chapter.
Even John Wayne, however, would not have been able to make The Green
Berets without the Pentagon’s support. Indeed, this is precisely what some
A cowboy in combats 225
critics and opponents of the Vietnam War said at the time. For a brief moment
after The Green Berets’ release, the public spotlight shone on the relationship
between Hollywood and the military. Democrats in Congress, led by Senator
James Fulbright, complained that Batjac had been vastly undercharged for the
loan of military hardware and manpower during the making of The Green Berets,
and consequently that taxpayers had paid for a movie that many of them con-
sidered illegitimate pro-war Defence Department propaganda. John Wayne
reacted to this in typically combative fashion, by threatening to ‘horsewhip’
those who accused him of swindling the Pentagon and the American people.98
In fact, the golden age of the Hollywood-Pentagon axis had already passed
before this embarrassing episode. Following the lead given by On the Beach in
1959, a handful of military films questioning nuclear deterrence had been
made in the mid-1960s without Defence Department cooperation. The most
powerful of these were Sidney Lumet’s Fail Safe (1964) and James Harris’ The
Bedford Incident (1965). John Frankenheimer’s drama Seven Days in May (1964)
had even toyed explicitly with the military-industrial complex theme by
showing a hawkish air force commander (played by Burt Lancaster) plotting
the overthrow of the US government in order to prevent the ratification of a
disarmament treaty.99 Growing public protests against the military’s activities
in Vietnam in the late 1960s led to a further weakening of Hollywood-
Pentagon ties, and as a result the military’s image on screen reached a low point
in the mid-1970s. It was then rehabilitated during the Second Cold War of the
1980s, courtesy of renewed cooperation on prestigious anti-communist
movies like Clint Eastwood’s Heartbreak Ridge (1986), which celebrated the
1983 Marine invasion of Grenada, and Tony Scott’s Top Gun, which, with Tom
Cruise playing the lead role, glamorised the life of navy fighter pilots and was
the nation’s highest-grossing movie of 1986.100
At the height of the Vietnam War, the US government secretly undertook
all kinds of propaganda activities to blunt the anti-war movement, even
sending pro-war letters to itself to foster the impression of support.101 When
these dubious measures later came to light, they had the effect of making John
Wayne’s The Green Berets look harmlessly naïve: an openly crude attempt to
reassert America’s imperial ethos by a dated film star in the television age. Yet
we should remind ourselves of the critical role played by the US armed ser-
vices in the making of The Green Berets and literally hundreds of other
Hollywood films during the Cold War. These include the scores of Vietnam
War movies produced after the conflict formally ended in 1975, many of
which helped Americans come to grips with its defeat. In different ways, John
Wayne and The Green Berets helped inform a significant number of these
return-to-’Nam movies. Two of a surreal nature – Francis Ford Coppola’s
Apocalypse Now (1979) and Stanley Kubrick’s Full Metal Jacket (1987) – played
226 Hollywood’s Cold War
Notes
1 Document 109 in Suid, Film and Propaganda in America, pp. 390–1.
2 On the historical development of Hollywood’s star system from the 1920s to
the present see Paul McDonald, The Star System: Hollywood’s Production of Popular
Identities (London, 2000).
3 Among the explicitly Cold War movies Andrews starred in were The Iron Curtain
(1948), Assignment Paris (1952) and The Fearmakers (1958); Widmark was in Pickup
on South Street (1953), Hell and High Water (1953) and The Secret Ways (1961). For
brief synopses of these movies see Shain, ‘Hollywood’s Cold War’, pp. 365–72.
It should be noted that the actors’ roles in these and other films did not neces-
sarily accurately reflect their own political viewpoints. Widmark, for instance,
was no conservative Cold Warrior. He was extremely liberal and played a key role
in integrating the black actor Sidney Poitier into the Hollywood system in the
1950s, for example. See Kim Holston, Richard Widmark: A Bio-Bibliography
(Westport, CT, 1990).
4 On Bond’s relationship to the Cold War and détente see James Chapman, Licence
to Thrill: A Cultural History of the James Bond Films (London, 1999).
5 Stallone starred as John Rambo in three films: First Blood (Ted Kotcheff, 1982),
Rambo: First Blood Part 2 (George Pan Cosmatos, 1985) and Rambo III (Peter
MacDonald, 1988). Norris starred as Colonel James Braddock in Missing in Action
(Joseph Zito, 1984), Missing in Action 2 –The Beginning (Lance Hool, 1985) and
Braddock: Missing in Action III (Aaron Norris, 1988). See Susan Jeffords, Hard
Bodies: Hollywood Masculinity in the Reagan Era (New Brunswick, NJ, 1994).
6 Bruce Crowther, Charlton Heston: The Epic Presence (London, 1986); Variety, 7
February 1968, p. 6; Filmfax, October 2002, pp. 52–6.
A cowboy in combats 227
7 Michael Munn, Gregory Peck (London, 1998); Film Daily, 27 April 1944; Time,
22 March 1954; Monthly Film Bulletin, March 1988, p. 89. On the efforts made
by the Nixon White House to use federal machinery to ‘screw’ its political
opponents see the records of the Watergate Special Prosecution Force at
www.archives.gov/research/independent-counsels/watergate (24 February
2006).
8 Public Papers of the Presidents: Dwight D. Eisenhower, 1960–1961 (Washington, DC,
1961), pp. 1037–40.
9 On the military assistance that was given to William Wellman’s highly successful
Great War aerial epic Wings (1927), for example, see New York Times, 13 August
1927, p. 10; Stars and Stripes, 28 March 1961, pp. 12–13.
10 Variety, 5 September 1928, p. 14; New York Times, 14 September 1929, p. 17;
Variety, 8 April 1931, p. 18; New York Times, 21 July 1934, p. 14; Motion Picture
Daily, 31 January 1935, p. 11.
11 Robert Sklar, Movie-Made America: A Cultural History of American Movies (New
York, 1975), p. 249.
12 Suid, Guts and Glory, pp. 136–7, passim; Suid, Film and Propaganda in America, esp.
pp. 83–186.
13 Suid, Guts and Glory, pp. 136–87, 210–45.
14 New York Times, 16 April and 27 April 1950; Variety, 12 April 1950, p. 6.
15 Variety, 5 June 1963; Monthly Film Bulletin, August 1963, p. 117.
16 John Whiteclay Chambers and David Culbert (eds), World War II, Film and
History (New York, 1996). Of course, America’s was not the only film industry
to manipulate the Second World War for Cold War purposes. See, for instance,
Christiane Mückenberger, ‘The Anti-Fascist Past in DEFA Films’, in Sean Allan
and John Stanford (eds), DEFA: East German Cinema, 1946–1992 (New York,
1999), pp. 58–76. On the relationship between 1950s American television doc-
umentary series about the Second World War and the Cold War see Bernhard,
Television News, pp. 143–9. Out of interest, 44 per cent of the Americans sur-
veyed in a September 1985 New York Times poll did not know that the Soviet
Union and the United States had fought on the same side in the Second World
War; a smaller number within that group – 28 per cent of the whole sample –
thought that the two countries had actually fought against each other. New York
Times, 10 November 1985, p. 40.
17 Christian Appy, ‘ “We’ll Follow the Old Man”: The Strains of Sentimental
Militarism in Popular Films of the Fifties’, in Kuznick and Gilbert, Rethinking,
pp. 74–105.
18 Militant Liberty Outline Plan, 5 November 1954, OCB Central Files, Box 70,
OCB 091.4 Ideological Programs (File #1): DDEL (8); Proposed Imple-
mentation Plan for Project Action, 15 July 1955, OCB Central Files, Box 71,
OCB 091.4 Ideological Programs (File#3) (4): DDEL. Broger was Deputy
Director of the Armed Forces Information and Education programme between
1956 and 1961. During his tenure, it produced radio programmes and films with
titles such as Freedom and You and Red Nightmare, and developed ties to a number
228 Hollywood’s Cold War
Modern Military Records, RG 226, E92, Box 32, F. 22087, Jimmy Carter Library
and Museum, Atlanta, Georgia.
28 Wayne interview, Playboy, May 1971, p. 4; Charles John Kieskalt, The Official John
Wayne Reference Book (New York, 1993), p. 176; BoxOffice, 23 August 1971.
29 Wills, Wayne, p. 159
30 Wayne interview, Playboy, May 1971, p. 1.
31 Wayne quoted during filming, in Donald Shepherd, Robert Slatzer and Dave
Grayson, Duke: The Life and Times of John Wayne (London, 1985), pp. 203–4, 225;
Wayne to Parsons, cited in Randy Roberts and James S. Olson, John Wayne,
American (Lincoln, NE, 1995), p. 471; FBI press cutting, 9 November 1960:
http:foia.fbi.gov/wayne/wayne.pdf (5 October 2005).
32 Michael Munn, John Wayne: The Man Behind the Myth (New York, 2004), pp. 2–6,
125–8. Munn’s sources are not as strong as they might be and include the actor
Orson Welles and Russian filmmaker Sergei Bondarchuk.
33 Wills, Wayne, p. 13; Oriana Fallaci, Interview with History (London, 1976), p. 41.
34 Ron Kovic, Born on the Fourth of July (New York, 1976), pp. 43, 54–5, 72, 98. A
movie version of Kovic’s memoir was released in 1989 under the same title,
directed by Oliver Stone. See also Philip Caputo, A Rumor of War (New York,
1977), p. 6; W. D. Ehrhart, ‘Why I Did It’, Virginia Quarterly Review, Vol. 56, No.
1, Winter 1980, pp. 19–31, esp. p. 26; Michael Herr, Dispatches (New York, 1977),
pp. 3–4, 188–9, 209. A journalist during the Vietnam War, Herr would later
narrate Francis Ford Coppola’s Vietnam epic Apocalypse Now (1979) and co-write
Stanley Kubrick’s Full Metal Jacket (1987).
35 Ron Briley, ‘John Wayne and Big Jim McLain (1952): The Duke’s Cold War
Legacy’, Film and History, Vol. 3, No. 1, 2001, pp. 28–33; Steve Zmijewsky, Boris
Zmijewsky and Mark Ricci, The Complete Films of John Wayne (Secaucus, NJ, 1983),
pp. 200–2.
36 Davis, Wayne, p. 26; Los Angeles Times, 5 October 1971.
37 Wills, Wayne, p. 201; Hollywood Reporter, 8 July 1965; Wayne interview, Playboy,
May 1971, pp. 1, 7; Los Angeles Times, 8 May 1969.
38 FBI press cutting report from July 1961on Wayne’s role as a commentator on
the Defence Department film, Challenge of Ideas (1961), and FBI Special Agent
Command to J. Edgar Hoover about a National Geographic Magazine article, 2 June
1960: http:foia.fbi.gov/wayne/wayne.pdf (5 October 2005).
39 Hoover to Wayne, 19 March and 8 April 1970: http:foia.fbi.gov/wayne/
wayne.pdf (5 October 2005).
40 Wayne interview, Playboy, May 1971, p. 2; FBI Special Agent Command, Los
Angeles, to J. Edgar Hoover, 23 April 1959: http:foia.fbi.gov/wayne/wayne.pdf
(5 October 2005).
41 www.anb.org/articles/18/18-01223.html (6 October 2005).
42 Smith, Looking Away; Doherty, Projections, p. 276.
43 Susan L. Carruthers, The Media at War (Basingstoke, 2000), p. 254. The North
Vietnamese were prolific producers of films about the war while it was being
waged. The French, Canadians, Soviets, East Germans and Cubans also made a
230 Hollywood’s Cold War
recently produced by the Defence Department, ‘Know Your Enemy: The Viet
Cong’. For this, and LeRoy’s suggested changes for The Green Berets, see Box 2,
Mervyn LeRoy Collection, AMPAS.
77 Variety, 1 November 1967.
78 Los Angeles Times, 28 January 1966.
79 Wayne hoped that choosing a black actor to play this role would help offset crit-
icisms of the discriminatory use of African-Americans soldiers in menial chores
in Vietnam. Wayne interview, Playboy, May 1971, p. 5. On McGee’s represent-
ation of a dependable ‘ebony saint’ figure see Brian J. Woodman, ‘Represented
in the Margins: Images of African American Soldiers in Vietnam War Combat
Films’, in Robert Eberwein (ed.), The War Film (New Brunswick, NJ, 2005),
pp. 91–4.
80 Star Trek was first broadcast in 1966 on the National Broadcasting Company. On
the programme’s relationship to US foreign policy of the 1960s and Vietnam in
particular see Nicholas Evan Sarantakes, ‘Cold War Pop Culture and the Image
of US Foreign Policy: The Perspective of the Original Star Trek Series’, Journal
of Cold War Studies, Vol. 7, No. 4, Fall 2005, pp. 74–103, and H. Bruce Franklin,
‘Star Trek in the Vietnam Era’, Science Fiction Studies, Vol. 21, No. 1, March 1994,
pp. 24–34.
81 Wayne interview, Playboy, May 1971, p. 8.
82 On the journalists’ war in Vietnam see Knightley, Casualty, pp. 373–426. On the
convention of journalists being won over to the military in Hollywood war films
see Stephen Badsey, ‘The Depiction of War Reporters in Hollywood Feature
Films from the Vietnam War to the Present’, Film History, Vol. 14, No. 3–4, 2002,
pp. 243–60.
83 William Hammond, Reporting Vietnam: Media and the Military at War (Lawrence,
KS, 1998), pp. 109–26.
84 Variety, 13 November 1967.
85 Michael X Delli Carpini, ‘US Media Coverage of the Vietnam Conflict in 1968’,
in Klein (ed.), Vietnam Era, p. 38; Maurice Isserman and Michael Kazin, America
Divided: The Civil War of the 1960s (New York, 2000), pp. 221–3.
86 Variety, 26 June 1968.
87 New York Times, 30 June 1968; Glamour, October 1968.
88 Life, 19 July 1968, p. 8; Hollywood Reporter, 17 June 1968; Variety, 17 June 1968.
89 On the long-standing debate about television’s role during the Vietnam War see
Daniel Hallin, The ‘Uncensored’ War: The Media and Vietnam (Berkeley, CA, 1989),
and Carruthers, Media at War, pp. 110–20, 145–53.
90 Wall Street Journal, 3 July 1968; Variety, 2 July 1969; Steinberg, Reel Facts, p. 441.
91 New York Times, 14 July 1968; New Yorker, 29 June 1968, pp. 24–7, and 6 July
1968, pp. 44–6.
92 Wills, Wayne, p. 233.
93 Variety, 1 November 1967.
94 Variety, 11 and 25 September 1968; Los Angeles Herald Examiner, 8 August 1968,
7 May, 3 August and 10 September 1969.
A cowboy in combats 233
95 New York Times, December 1967; Washington Post, 18 December 1967; Wayne
interview, Playboy, May 1971, p. 6.
96 Gustav Hasford, The Short-Timers (London, 1979), p. 38.
97 MPSVB, RG 306.06279, Vietnam! Vietnam!, USNA; John Ford Papers, Box 3,
correspondence between Ford and Bruce Herschenson, September-December
1968, and Box 8, f. 6, LLUI; De Viney, ‘History of USIA Film and Television’,
ch. 3; Fred Kaplan, ‘Vietnam! Vietnam!’, Cineaste, Vol. 7, No. 3, 1976, pp. 20–3.
98 Hollywood Reporter, 26, 27 and 30 June 1969; Los Angeles Times, 27 June 1969;
Variety, 2 July 1969.
99 Suid, Guts and Glory, pp. 235–46; Michael Coyne, ‘Seven Days in May: History,
Prophecy and Propaganda’, in Anthony Aldgate, James Chapman and Arthur
Marwick (eds), Windows on the Sixties: Exploring Key Texts of Media and Culture
(London, 2000), pp. 70–90.
100 Suid, Guts and Glory, pp. 558–70, 494–502.
101 Wells, ‘The Anti-Vietnam War Movement’, pp. 120–1.
102 Peter Lev, American Films of the 70s: Conflicting Visions (Austin, TX, 2000), p. 122;
Thomas Doherty, ‘Full Metal Genre: Stanley Kubrick’s Vietnam Combat
Movie’, Film Quarterly, Vol. 42, No. 2, 1988–9, pp. 24–30.
103 Suid, Guts and Glory, pp. 670–3; Badsey, ‘War Reporters’, pp. 249–50.
104 H. Bruce Franklin, Vietnam and Other American Fantasies (Amherst, MA, 2000),
p. 15. On the political multivalence of Michael Cimino’s The Deer Hunter see
Michael Ryan and Douglas Kellner, Camera Politica: The Politics and Ideology of
Contemporary Hollywood Film (Bloomington, IN, 1988), pp. 200–6.
105 Guardian, 1 March 2002, p. 16; www.anb.org/articles/18/18-01223.html
(6 October 2005). The Conquerer was a film about Genghis Khan, directed by
Dick Powell.
CHAPTER 8
I will now read a short wire that I have been asked to read by the Vietnamese
people from the delegation for the Viet Cong at the Paris peace talks: ‘Please
transmit to all our friends in America our recognition of all that they have
done on behalf of peace and for the application of the Paris accords in
Vietnam. These actions serve the legitimate interests of the American people
and the Vietnamese people. Greetings of friendship to all American people.’
Bert Schneider, speech at the 47th Annual Academy of
Motion Picture Arts and Sciences Awards, Dorothy
Chandler Pavilion, Los Angeles, 8 April 19741
of the Cold War in the early 1980s, did Hollywood, we are told, rekindle its
interest in the conflict.
In fact, a closer look at Hollywood movies of the seventies reveals that the
Cold War remained the subject of entertainment and debate at the cinema
throughout the decade. In some respects Hollywood continued to plough a
familiar furrow. Just as it had done for years, Hollywood presented Soviet mili-
tants as an on-going threat to American national security in such movies as Telefon
(Don Siegel, 1977). Sci-fi movies like A Boy and His Dog (L. Q. Jones, 1975), an
underground cult hit, continued to play with the theme of post-nuclear-war exis-
tence. And politically conservative bodies like the Institute for American
Strategy, an arms lobby directed by former high-ranking military officers and
defence contractors, continued to produce 16mm films for non-theatrical exhi-
bition. The Institute’s Only the Strong (Sheldon Lettich, 1972), for instance, issued
a stern warning against arms limitation agreements with Moscow by represent-
ing Soviet military strength as superior to the Pentagon’s. Only the Strong was dis-
tributed widely among church groups, veteran organisations and schools.4
However, what distinguishes the 1970s from other decades of the Cold
War is the degree to which Hollywood challenged shibboleths about the con-
flict. This shift in approach can be attributed to institutional and economic
changes in Hollywood itself, to wider societal changes in the United States,
and to the pronounced thaw in East-West relations in the late sixties and sev-
enties. Combined, these three developments shifted the centre of gravity
within the state-film network slightly to the left. Conservatism was on the
defensive both inside and outside Hollywood during this period. As a result,
opportunity knocked for a minority of younger, artistically unconventional
and politically liberal filmmakers to make the sort of critical statements about
the Cold War hitherto deemed off-limits.
An earlier chapter in this study examined the dynamics of Hollywood Cold
War deviance in the 1950s. I now want extend that analysis, in particular by
explaining why and how that deviance had developed a sharper edge by the
mid-1970s. As we shall see, during the seventies certain elements within
Hollywood cast a highly sceptical eye on US foreign policy and on a range of
Cold War political institutions. My chief focus, though, will be on two movies
that, in very different ways, expressed deep disillusionment with America’s
Cold War national security state. Each was made by directors with roots
outside Hollywood. Each probed an issue that caused Washington extreme
political embarrassment during the 1970s. And each probably had a negligible
impact on public and political opinion, despite the controversy they provoked
and claims to the contrary since.
The first, Peter Davis’ Vietnam documentary Hearts and Minds (1974),
sought to punch holes in America’s whole Cold War mindset, and accused
236 Hollywood’s Cold War
protagonists and their social alienation. These and other films expressed a
profound disaffection with America’s social and political institutions, if not
America’s whole value system (ambition, self-betterment and patriotism).
Stylistically too, these films challenged the tightly structured and goal-oriented
narratives of classical Hollywood. Many eschewed tidy or cheerful endings, or
showed disdain for black-and-white notions of villainy and heroism. Most
purveyed a sense of personal disillusionment or national malaise.6
‘New Hollywood’ was, of course, also linked to the social and political
upheavals the United States experienced in the 1960s and the 1970s. The
violent protests against the American involvement in Vietnam, and the ulti-
mate loss of the war, stand out among these. Yet there were many other issues
and events that helped radicalise filmmakers and audiences, including the
assassination of public figures, the intensification of the civil rights move-
ment, the women’s movement, the Watergate scandal, the oil shock following
the 1973 Yom Kippur War, and revelations of CIA wrongdoings. These all
combined to produce something of a crisis of faith in the American political
system in the 1970s.7 At the same time, concrete evidence of East-West coex-
istence – Nixon’s visits to Moscow and China in 1972, for example, or the
Helsinki Accords of 1975, which saw the superpowers enshrine human
rights – weakened Washington’s hold over many people. Put simply, old-
fashioned calls for anti-communist vigilance failed to have the same resonance
when American and Soviet astronauts were meeting in space, or when the
United States was sending vast shipments of grain to the Soviet Union each
year to prevent the Russian people starving.8
The state-film network underwent changes of its own in the face of these
developments. ‘New Hollywood’ represented something of a generational
shift within the film industry. Many of the old guard of Hollywood Cold
Warriors, like Louis B. Mayer, Cecil B. DeMille, Walt Disney, Ward Bond and
Eric Johnston, had died in the late 1950s and 1960s. Others, like Merion
Cooper and John Ford, had retired. Unlike these men, many of the most pow-
erful players in Hollywood in the 1970s – among them the executives Ned
Tanen and Barry Diller, who ran Universal and Paramount respectively, the
directors Martin Scorsese and William Friedkin, and the actors Robert De
Niro and Warren Beatty – had neither developed personal ties with the gov-
ernment during the Second World War, nor been intimidated by HUAC during
the Second Red Scare. A number of them were liberals, or even radicals,
who were far less deferential to authority. As we shall see, a few, like Peter
Davis, actively opposed aspects of the state-film network, particularly the
Hollywood-Pentagon axis.
The search for new talent during the late 1960s and 1970s also opened up
the film industry to greater outside influence, be it in the shape of television
238 Hollywood’s Cold War
Bert Schneider was the very symbol of the institutional and political
changes that took place at the higher reaches of Hollywood in the late 1960s
and early 1970s. The son of a high-ranking studio executive at Columbia
Pictures, and ‘the eminence grise of the American New Wave’,13 Schneider
was born in 1933. Having started out working for Columbia’s television arm,
Screen Gems, in New York in the mid-1950s, he moved to California in 1965.
There, he went into partnership with director Bob Rafelson, and the two of
them produced the short-lived but successful television series The Monkees.
Together with Stephen Blauner, Schneider and Rafelson then formed the pro-
duction company BBS (‘Bert, Bob and Steve’), and broke into the big time
when Dennis Hopper’s Easy Rider, the first and the most profitable of the
youth-oriented ‘road pictures’, was released in 1969.14
On the strength of Easy Rider’s success, BBS concluded a deal with
Columbia that allowed Schneider and his partners to produce six films
without interference, so long as each cost no more than $1 million. Further
hits with Five Easy Pieces (Bob Rafelson, 1970) and The Last Picture Show (Peter
Bogdanovich, 1971) followed. In the meantime, Schneider’s maverick lifestyle
increasingly mirrored that of his films’ lead characters. He became a renowned
philanderer and heavy drug user, who was rumoured to pass out joints at
Columbia’s board meetings. Schneider’s strong political convictions were
exhibited inside and beyond Tinsel town. In 1972, when Charlie Chaplin con-
troversially returned to the United States for the first time since being politi-
cally exiled during the McCarthy era to pick up an honorary Oscar, Schneider
orchestrated the old star’s rehabilitation by producing a documentary on him.
In the late 1960s and early 1970s, Schneider financed a range of dissenting
groups, among them anti-Vietnam War activists and the militant Black
Panther movement.15
In June 1971, the New York Times published The Pentagon Papers, a devastat-
ing internal history of the US government’s conduct of the Vietnam War
leaked by a former Defence Department analyst, Daniel Ellsberg. When
President Nixon decided to prosecute Ellsberg, Schneider became deeply
involved in his defence effort, the Pentagon Papers Peace Project. Inspired by his
work with the Project, Schneider decided the country needed a powerful doc-
umentary on the war, one that would give the opposite viewpoint to that
expressed by The Green Berets. After advice from Bob Rafelson, in mid-1972
Schneider telephoned Peter Davis, a writer and documentary producer for
CBS News.16
The 35-year-old son of a novelist and a screenwriter, Davis had previously
worked for the New York Times and had a reputation for provocative telejour-
nalism in politically sensitive subjects. He was best known for two CBS films:
Hunger in America, which in 1968 had attacked the federal government’s food
240 Hollywood’s Cold War
stamp programme, and the Emmy-winning The Selling of the Pentagon. Broadcast
in primetime in February 1971, this documentary had examined the increasing
utilisation and cost to the taxpayers of public relations activities by the military-
industrial complex. It detailed how the media were ‘managed’ by the Pentagon,
and, among other things, highlighted the role actors John Wayne and Jimmy
Cagney as well as respected journalists Chet Huntley and Walter Cronkite had
played in helping to militarise American society, a process which, the film
argued, had underpinned the escalation of war in Vietnam through the 1960s.
The Selling of the Pentagon caused a stink in Washington. Vice-President Spiro
Agnew and others criticised its ‘reconstructed’ interviews, and a Congressional
subcommittee subpoenaed the CBS president, Frank Stanton, for the film’s out-
takes. His refusal to do so, a decision which was ultimately backed by the House
of Representatives in July 1971, represented, according to media historian
Garth Jowett, ‘a clear, historic statement that the television networks could not
be made to bend to government control in the technological era’.17
Jowett may well be correct, but at the time Davis believed CBS’s run-in with
the government induced greater political caution within the network. In the
summer of 1972 he therefore relinquished his secure job in New York and
took up Schneider’s offer, with the aim of saying something about the
Vietnam War that the confines of a major television institution would not
allow. The $1 million Schneider provided for the project (from Columbia’s
kitty) was then an enormous sum for a documentary, enabling Davis to shoot
effectively what he wanted.18 Initially, Schneider and Davis’ project started off
as a study of the Ellsberg Pentagon Papers trial, but it soon expanded way
beyond this and even beyond the subject of Vietnam itself. Davis ultimately
settled on addressing three questions: why did we go into Vietnam in the first
place? What was it we actually did there? And what did this doing do to us?
In seeking answers to these questions, Davis and his colleagues conducted
months of research that involved reading scholarly and popular literature,
watching footage from the most filmed of all wars, and travelling around the
United States in order to find out how people felt about their country and the
intervention in Vietnam. Starting in July 1972, Davis and his team also carried
out over fifty on-camera interviews with US policy-makers and high-ranking
military officers, as well as American veterans, the relatives of dead combat-
ants, and Vietnamese leaders. This was a punishing schedule – physically and
psychologically. After one particularly heartbreaking interview of the parents
of an American pilot killed in action, the chief cameraman, Richard Pearce,
briefly considered leaving documentary work because of the emotional toll it
was taking.19
In late 1972, Davis spent two months filming in South Vietnam with
Pearce, Hanoi having turned down his requests to visit the North. Despite
Secrets and lies 241
only being in his twenties, Pearce, a naval officer’s son, had already made a
name for himself working on a range of socially conscious films. These
included Emile de Antonio’s documentary about Vietnam, In the Year of the Pig
(1968), and Michael Wadleigh’s countercultural classic Woodstock (1970).
Pearce was able to lend Davis’ film greater intimacy by using lightweight and
less obtrusive cameras in a variety of locations: sports arenas, brothels,
kitchens and funeral parlours, for instance.20 This emphasis on the camera’s
role in the film was crucial to Davis, who stressed the need to capture the
experience of war viscerally and directly. He wanted to make a complete film
about what network executives called the ‘dead air’ of television reporting, the
brief shots that served as a preamble to the correspondent’s commentary. In
Davis’s opinion, the TV correspondent’s mediatory role had the effect of
turning war into an abstraction, thus killing immediacy and emotion. His doc-
umentary would therefore have no narration, it would incorporate pregnant
silences during interviews, and it would eschew the familiar chronological
format of ‘serious’ journalism. Its vérité style was based on that developed by
Frederick Wiseman and D. A. Pennemaker in the 1950s and 1960s.21
Davis amassed over 200 hours of footage shot across the United States
and in South Vietnam between July 1972 and August 1973, plus another 20
hours of stock material incorporating newsreels, telecasts and scenes from
Hollywood movies. The editing process proved particularly stressful. Davis,
Susan Martin and Lynzee Klingman, another veteran of In the Year of the Pig,
each worked on separate sequences, regrouping to view each other’s rough
cuts. This painstaking work took over a year until, by early 1974, they had
boiled the footage down into a palatable 112 minutes. By that stage Davis had
called the documentary Hearts and Minds. Like The Selling of the Pentagon, the title
alluded to Washington’s Cold War propaganda machinery. More pointedly, the
words were lifted from a speech Lyndon Johnson had delivered at the height
of the Vietnam War, in which the president had declared that the ‘ultimate
victory will depend on the hearts and minds of the people who actually live
out there’. Johnson’s statement had since come back to haunt him. Davis’ film
would show how, in his opinion, the Americans’ war had torn Vietnamese
lives apart.22
China, his father, Abe, was dumped as Columbia’s president and replaced
by David Begelman, late of the Hollywood agency Creative Management
Associates. Tensions soon arose between the new hierarchy and BBS, with the
latter convinced that Begelman wanted to rid Columbia of the last vestiges of
the Schneider family. Bert had not told the old Columbia regime a thing about
Hearts and Minds. The deal that BBS had secured with the studio back in
1969–70 to make six $1 million films had come with no strings attached, a
highly unusual arrangement that reflected the confidence Columbia then had
in a production company that had turned a $500,000 investment in Easy Rider
into $19 million profit. However, BBS had recently lost its Midas touch, with
A Safe Place (Henry Jaglom, 1971) and The King of Marvin Gardens (Bob
Rafelson, 1972) both failing at the box office. Consequently, when Begelman
and his associates discovered that Schneider was spending their $1 million on
a documentary, rather than a mainstream feature, they were livid. In
December 1973, Columbia sent BBS a letter cancelling the sixth, unnamed
picture, and withheld money due to Schneider from his previous films.23
In early 1974, Begelman agreed to take Hearts and Minds to the Cannes Film
Festival that May and asked Schneider for a rough cut to screen for Columbia’s
board of directors. Schneider refused, calling the request ‘weird’, but in April
an incomplete version of the film was shown to Columbia’s lawyers and front
office personnel. Afterwards, Begelman told Schneider that Columbia was in
a ‘precarious financial condition’ and that he feared the movie would bring
‘reprisals from bankers’, presumably because of its politically controversial
content. Columbia’s general counsel, Burton Marcus, also doubted whether
BBS had obtained all the necessary releases from interviewees in the film, thus
opening up the prospect of Columbia being sued. The next month, over
Begelman’s objections, Schneider screened Hearts and Minds to a wildly recep-
tive Cannes audience. BBS also hit back at Columbia legally and morally. It
acquired an extra $25 million worth of liability insurance coverage, and told
the press that ‘it is hard to imagine a case in which First Amendment rights
are more important . . . we do not believe that the film gives rise to viable
claims of substance for defamation, invasion of privacy, or related matters’.24
However, Columbia was not impressed and due to a combination of factors
– corporate cautiousness, financial prudence and informal political censor-
ship – continued to balk at distributing the movie. Columbia’s greatest fear
seems to have been that Hearts and Minds would lead to the boycotting of the
company’s other films. By this stage, liberal journalists had started to smell a
rat. ‘First an undeclared war – now an unseen film’, protested Stephanie
Harrington in the New York Times.25
Eventually, amidst threats of legal action from BBS, in late 1974 Columbia
sold Hearts and Minds to a new independent company headed by Henry Jaglom
Secrets and lies 243
and Howard Zucker, Rainbow Pictures, for $1 million. Jaglom had made A
Safe Place for BBS, and had been trying for several years to produce his own
Vietnam-themed movie, Tracks, with Dennis Hopper, who had directed and
starred in Easy Rider. Rainbow quickly secured a distribution deal with Warner
Bros., thus enabling Hearts and Minds to have a brief commercial run in
December 1974 in order to be eligible for the Academy Awards.26 Then, just
as the film was about to go into general distribution in early 1975, one-time
LBJ national security adviser Walt Rostow rushed in with a temporary
restraining order claiming that a two-minute sequence featuring him on
camera was an unauthorised exploitation of his likeness. Rostow’s bid for a
permanent injunction was, however, denied by a Californian judge, possibly
due to pressure from the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU).
Consequently, on 22 January 1975 Hearts and Minds opened its first run in
Washington, DC, at an event sponsored by Democratic Senator George
McGovern and other anti-war celebrities, including actors Warren Beatty and
Candice Bergen, Schneider’s girlfriend. The movie was released nationwide in
March.27
POX AMERICANA
Hearts and Minds is at once starkly frank yet indirect in its propagandistic
approach. Davis studiously avoids hitting home any single point, preferring to
argue his case against America’s right to be in Vietnam through an oblique
accretion of testimony and an almost poetic disregard for narrative cohesion.
The movie alternates between eminent talking heads, stock footage, combat
veterans’ accounts, and clips from Hollywood anti-communist agit-prop.
These all form a dense weave of sound and images that relies on the viewer
to connect the thematic dots.
From its opening scene of Vietnamese villagers watching troops trampling
through their fields, the movie is a cautionary tale against purported saviours
acting as modern-day imperialists. America’s involvement in Southeast Asia is
traced to the post-Second World War belief that, as former Harry Truman
aide Clark Clifford puts it, ‘we could control the future of the world’. This
arrogance, plus a sense of missionary zeal and the emergence of the Domino
Theory, led Washington to see potential enemies everywhere. Concurrently,
anti-Soviet hysteria, engendered by movies like Leo McCarey’s My Son John and
American Legionnaires staging mock communist coups, caused public debate
about the direction foreign policy was taking to shut down.28 Soon, almost
everyone came to think in zero-sum terms, believing that even a minor defeat
anywhere might sow the seeds of America’s eventual surrender to commu-
nism. In one early scene, the ex-French foreign minister, George Bidault,
244 Hollywood’s Cold War
explains how the US in the early 1950s had secretly offered his country two
atom bombs to solve the ‘Indochina problem’.
The clandestine nature of the war on communism eventually led, we see,
to the increasingly professional management of lies. Emanating from the top,
it spawned an intractable monster, one that was far more dangerous than com-
munism – a national cover-up culture. A montage of presidential speeches,
from Eisenhower to Nixon, implies that beyond masking a progressively
hopeless situation, White House rhetoric conspired to prolong the Vietnam
War in a futile effort to bolster national pride and manipulate public opinion.
Nixon’s statement is particularly arresting: ‘Throughout the war in Vietnam,
the United States has exercised a degree of restraint unprecedented in the
annals of war.’ The sheer audacity of this claim in reference to a war in which
more bombs were dropped than in all previous wars combined sets the tone
of US government denial and duplicity that mobilises the viewer for what
follows.
Yet, significantly, this is not a movie that heaps all of the blame for the
Vietnam debacle on Washington, in contrast with many later Hollywood
films.29 We do hear Daniel Ellsberg opining that, ‘It’s a tribute to the American
people that their leaders perceived they had to be lied to.’ But Hearts and Minds
also shows the degree to which the American intervention was driven by a
long-standing, nationwide anti-Asian racism. A clip from Norman Panama’s
1962 comedy The Road to Hong Kong shows Bob Hope lounging amid Oriental
beauties. A brothel scene shot by Richard Pearce, which so disgusted Lynzee
Klingman and Susan Martin they initially edited it out, shows a lecherous GI
twisting a Saigon prostitute’s nipples like knobs on a radio.30 The soon-to-be
infamous statement by the former senior military commander of US armed
forces in Vietnam, General William Westmoreland, that ‘the Oriental doesn’t
put the same high price on life as does the Westerner’ comes just after har-
rowing footage of a Vietnamese boy crying inconsolably over the death of his
father. Back home in America, when asked by a class of schoolchildren what
Vietnam was like, one ex-POW, navy poster-boy George Coker, replies in
perfect deadpan: ‘If it weren’t for the people, it would be a beautiful country.’
Other scenes show the Vietnamese Other to be human and real and to have
everyday feelings. This was a far cry from most American media coverage of
the war, which had tended to treat the Vietnamese as an undifferentiated mass
and which, in journalist David Halberstam’s words, did ‘not calibrate the
killing in human terms’.31 Two dignified elderly women grieve for the loss of
a sister and a home due to American bombing; a coffin-maker talks about the
hundreds of tiny boxes he has built for child victims; a distraught North
Vietnamese farmer who has lost his two young children in an American air
raid cries ‘Nixon – murderer’.32 Hearts and Minds maximises the impact of
Secrets and lies 245
The white man’s burden: scenes such as this in Hearts and Minds (1974) sought to capture the
unbridgeable divide which had opened up between US soldiers and Vietnamese villagers at the height of the
Vietnam War. In director Peter Davis’ opinion, stripping them of dialogue or commentary enhanced their
effect. Columbia Pictures/BBS Productions, Inc.
iconic war photography, using stock footage of the conflict’s most gruesome
images. Shots of a naked Vietnamese girl, Kim Phuc, running in terror from
a napalm attack helped enshrine Nick Ut’s Pulitzer Prize-winning pho-
tographs. They also underlined the true barbarity of the naïve belief, uttered
in the film by several combat veterans, that America could wage a so-called
‘technological war’ against people who didn’t have faces. Davis’ decision to
unpack another well-known still image, that taken by the Associated Press’s
Eddie Adams of the point-blank execution of a Viet Cong captive in down-
town Saigon by South Vietnamese police officer Nguyen Ngoc Loan, was part
of his assault on media censorship during the war. The moving image of the
execution had been suppressed by NBC television executives after its initial
showing during the 1968 Tet Offensive. Davis plays out the action in full
colour in what seems like slow motion, showing the victim fall on his side,
blood rushing from his ear.33
Less grisly but equally arresting in Hearts and Minds are the images of
America’s own war victims. As if borrowing from the master Soviet filmmaker
Sergei Eisenstein, Davis’ film makes a number of dramatic or ironic cuts: for
example, from a Vietnamese capitalist flanked by Coca-Cola and Ford signs
outlining his plans for post-war plunder to a busy New York factory turning
out prosthetic limbs for stoical Vietnam veterans. Elsewhere, in a technique
one critic condemned as ‘cinematic hokum’,34 the camera belatedly pulls back
from other interviewees to reveal wheelchairs and empty sleeves. Again,
246 Hollywood’s Cold War
Divine intervention: ex-Navy pilot George Coker preaching victory and righteousness to the school children of
Linden, New Jersey, after his return home from incarceration in Vietnam. One of several references to the
dangerous mixture of religion and politics in Cold War America contained in Hearts and Minds (1974).
Columbia Pictures /BBS Productions, Inc.
however, in contrast with many Hollywood films about the Vietnam War in
the late 1970s and 1980s, the film encourages viewers to question their own
political assumptions rather than merely feel sympathy for these men. For the
movie shows that the Cold War has helped build on a sinister cult of victory
in America, one that permeates every inch of culture, from the kitsch
Revolutionary War re-enactments where it was born, to the football fields
where it is practised and the churches where it is now preached. Thus, a clip
from Michael Curtiz’s This is the Army (1943) features gaily singing soldiers on
their way to a romanticised conflict. Contemporary shots of bloodthirsty
cheerleaders and sanctimonious coaches show how sport has conditioned
America’s youth to win at all costs. A nun hovers behind George Coker as he
delivers his messages of godly patriotism to schoolchildren. The uniformed
kids taking part in the Loyalty Day parade at the movie’s close suggests a new
generation of Americans will continue to perpetrate the same acts and to
make the same mistakes.
Hollywood’s new enfant terrible, Michael Moore, for one, claims Hearts and
Minds was the inspiration behind his critique of post-Cold War American
imperialism, Fahrenheit 9/11 (2004). When Hearts and Minds was re-released on
DVD and at the cinema in 2004, Peter Davis, who had recently reported from
Baghdad for the Nation, suggested his film should be compulsory viewing for
the Bush administration. New York’s alternative weekly, the Village Voice, con-
curred and argued that the movie represented ‘a vital link in a subversive
people’s cinema, clearly realigning history as a never ending series of crimes
perpetrated by the powerful upon the innocent’.35
Quite what the effect was that Hearts and Minds had in America back in the
mid-1970s is open to dispute. In one respect the movie was perfectly timed.
Barely two weeks after it was awarded an Oscar in early April 1975, the last
American was dramatically airlifted by helicopter off the roof of the US
embassy in Saigon, as the city fell to North Vietnamese forces. Hearts and
Minds certainly created a sensation amongst journalists, who, despite the with-
drawal of most American troops from Vietnam in 1973, were still bitterly
divided over the rights and wrongs of US policy in Southeast Asia. Predictably
enough, radical opponents of the war like Andrew Kopkind called it ‘brave
and brilliant’, while liberal commentators such as Frances Fitzgerald, who had
recently written a Pulitzer Prize-winning account of the war, Fire in the Lake
(1972), thought the film was ‘the truth of the matter’.
Equally predictably, others on the political right hated it. The National
Review’s Joseph Sobran, for instance, called it ‘disingenuously one-sided’ and
‘a cinematic lie’.36 Some mainstream newspapers and movie critics felt the film
was morbid and manipulative propaganda, with no ‘bad’ Vietnamese in it.37
Interestingly, one of the country’s most influential critics, Stefan Kanfer,
thought Davis’ examination of anti-communist popular culture one of the
movie’s weakest points. ‘The notion that films so easily mold an audience tri-
vializes evil’, he stated.38 However, most commentators declared Hearts and
Minds a profoundly moving and powerfully persuasive movie.39 Vincent
Canby in the New York Times declared it ‘the true film for America’s bicenten-
nial’. Playboy’s critic was more to the point: ‘shame is the only civilised
response’.40
The media attention Hearts and Minds attracted undoubtedly increased
public interest in the film. The movie’s box office was probably boosted
further by the fact that reviews of the film were read aloud to both houses of
the US Congress. Press reports of American Legionnaires in Connecticut
tearing up theatre seats probably did no harm either.41 Bert Schneider’s pub-
licity stunt at the Academy Awards ceremony might have backfired to some
extent, by adding to the false charge made by some critics that his movie was
didactic and pro-communist. (‘Is Picasso’s Guernica Communist propaganda?’,
248 Hollywood’s Cold War
funded by Jane Fonda, never found a distributor in the United States, prob-
ably because the conflict was on-going.46
As subversive as Hearts and Minds was, therefore, especially in its implication
that motion pictures had been instruments of Cold War behavioural condi-
tioning (though, interestingly, not in association with government), when it was
released the film was already dated. It was a belated reaction to what had gone
wrong in Southeast Asia and could therefore do nothing to change the course
of the Vietnam War. By the mid-1970s, the time was right for Americans and
Hollywood to parade their guilt, or ‘shame’ as Playboy put it, about Vietnam, if
only because it helped bring closure to the whole sorry story of the war. The
recent emergence of a new and more visible threat to American interests –
international terrorism – hastened this process. Due to a series of hijackings
and assassinations in the mid-1970s, some aimed at Western support for Israel,
many Americans’ political radar had shifted away from Southeast Asia to the
Middle East. ‘[T]he name of the fear now is not so much War as Terror’, wrote
well-known critic Andrew Sarris in his perceptive review of Hearts and Minds,
‘not so much strategic bombing as satchel bombs.’ Who needed another film
about Vietnam that raked over old coals, Sarris was saying, when unity was
needed against the Palestine Liberation Organisation, Black September and
other like-minded terrorist organisations.47
PARANOID TIME
Spy films first became popular during and after the First World War, adding a
touch of glamour to an otherwise depressing and frightening subject.48 During
the Cold War they flourished from beginning to end, capitalising on the non-
military, technical and psychological dimensions of the conflict. In the 1940s
and 1950s, as we have seen, dozens of Hollywood movies depicted evil com-
munist agents hard at work in America, trying to steal military and scientific
secrets or sabotaging vital US installations. Others featured handsome State
Department and CIA agents outmanoeuvring their ugly KGB counterparts or
Mata Hari-like villainesses overseas. Some of these movies doubled as windows
onto the grim conditions behind the Iron Curtain, despite being filmed entirely
on studio back lots in California. Henry Hathaway’s ‘fact-based’ Diplomatic
Courier (1952), for example, saw Tyrone Power’s State Department officer Mike
Kells discover plans for a Soviet invasion of Yugoslavia on an action-packed
train journey from Salzburg to Trieste – and make off with a beautiful double
agent in the process.49 The early 1960s saw the birth of the screen spy super-
hero, epitomised by the British secret agent James Bond. Refined, witty, sharply
dressed and armed with high-tech gadgets, Bond and his many American
imitators showcased the virtues of consumer capitalism over communism.50
250 Hollywood’s Cold War
By the end of the sixties, ‘Bondism’ had been spoofed in movies such as
Gordon Douglas’ In Like Flint (1967), which starred James Coburn foiling a
diabolical plot hatched by a group of women to seize control of the world. A
few, more politically oriented comedies sharply satirised what many
Americans were now referring to as the Cold War ‘spying game’. Theodore J.
Flicker’s The President’s Analyst (1967), for instance, centred on a psychiatrist
(Coburn again) who finds out secret information in the process of treating
the US commander-in-chief, and is consequently targeted for kidnapping by
the Soviets and for assassination by paranoid American ‘CEA’ agents. In 1970,
John Huston’s complex drama The Kremlin Letter depicted the CIA’s cynical
readiness to work with the Russians to counter the threat posed by a nuclear-
armed China. Adapted by Huston and Gladys Hill from Noel Behn’s best-
selling novel, this movie seemed to be saying that both Moscow and
Washington were motivated primarily by power, greed and self-interest, not
by truth, justice or ideology.51
In 1967, the New York Times and the New Left California-based magazine
Ramparts revealed how the CIA had infiltrated a range of bodies like the
National Student Association and secretly co-opted the mass media (though
Hollywood was not mentioned) as part of its domestic Cold War cultural
activities. This was in defiance of the CIA’s charter, which banned operations
in the United States. These findings were swiftly picked up in the national and
international media, prompting an orgy of disclosures about the CIA’s nefar-
ious activities. In the early 1970s further press allegations about the dubious
behaviour of America’s intelligence services appeared. In 1970, for instance,
US Army intelligence was charged with employing hundreds of plain-clothes
agents to watch political demonstrations.52
In 1973 and 1974, the public’s confidence in their government’s honesty
and commitment to democracy was dealt a far more serious blow by the
Watergate revelations and President Nixon’s subsequent impeachment hear-
ings. Disclosures not only showed that the highest powers in the land had
abused their authority to spy on their domestic political opponents, often
using former CIA agents. They also proved that Nixon had even eaves-
dropped on his colleagues by surreptitiously bugging the White House’s Oval
Office.53 Further disillusionment caused by the dramatic rise in the price of
oil, urban unrest, the threatened bankruptcy of New York City, and two
attempts by women on the life of Nixon’s successor, Gerald Ford, led to a full-
blown ‘legitimacy crisis’ in seventies America. By 1980, distrust of govern-
ment among the American public stood at 73 per cent, compared with 24 per
cent in 1958.54
Out of this malaise emerged some of the most powerful liberal conspir-
acy thrillers Hollywood has ever produced. David Miller’s Executive Action
Secrets and lies 251
Sixties Cold War satire: publicity poster for The President’s Analyst (1967). Paramount.
252 Hollywood’s Cold War
bought the movie rights, and then secured a distribution deal with Paramount.
De Laurentiis and Schneider were motivated by money, not politics. The
former was an experienced Italian filmmaker who had relocated to Hollywood
in the early 1970s, and had since scored hits with the crime dramas Serpico
(1973) and Death Wish (1974).57 Stanley Schneider was Bert’s elder brother,
though an entirely different character, cautious and conservative; according to
one source when he smoked the occasional joint an assistant would put his
palm under the tip to catch the ash. Stanley would die of a heart attack in
January 1975, as Three Days of the Condor neared completion.58
To guide the novel’s conversion to screen, De Laurentiis and Schneider
looked for a young-ish director with a safe track record. The British-born
Peter Yates, whose flair for choreographing action and breathless chases had
been put to its best use in the influential cop thriller Bullitt (1968), was origi-
nally approached, but the job eventually fell to Sydney Pollack.59 Born in 1934
in Lafayette, Indiana, Pollack had begun acting in television plays in the late
1950s. In the early sixties, he directed several teleplays and scores of episodes
for such TV series as Dr Kildare, The Fugitive and Naked City. Pollack arrived as
a major Hollywood director in 1969 with They Shoot Horses Don’t They?, a pow-
erful, downbeat drama that used a Depression-era dance marathon as a micro-
cosm of society’s ills.60 Four years later, in 1973, The Way We Were, a touching
love story set partly in Hollywood during the blacklist era, enhanced his rep-
utation as an effective if conventional filmmaker.61 Pollack was a liberal but
not a political activist. To him, Three Days of the Condor was not meant to be a
profound critique of Cold War America. ‘I don’t think we should abolish the
CIA’, he told one reporter. Instead, he wanted the film to explore ‘the ideas of
trust, suspicion, [and] morality’ in the post-Watergate era. ‘[E]very institution
I grew up believing was sacrosanct is now beginning to crumble’, Pollack
said.62
The producers’ choice of the blue-eyed, blond Robert Redford to play
the lead role in Condor was astute. As the top box office star in America in the
mid-1970s, Redford virtually guaranteed a movie’s commercial success.
Furthermore, his off-screen image – a dedicated conservationist and daring
athlete who eschewed Hollywood’s bright lights – fitted the bill perfectly for
the role of Grady’s loner hero, a CIA whistle-blower. Redford had also col-
laborated with Pollack three times already, including on The Way We Were, and
had recently established his own production company, Wildwood Enterprises,
which co-produced Three Days of the Condor.63 Like Pollack, Redford, too,
denied Condor had any real political intent. To him, the film was not meant to
criticise the CIA, but rather was ‘about trust and paranoia . . . about bureau-
cracy run amok’.64 In fact, Redford had a strong commercial and political
interest in the whole issue of government subterfuge during this period. Like
254 Hollywood’s Cold War
other liberals inside and outside Hollywood in the seventies, he took the view
that the Cold War obsession with secrecy and surveillance had spawned a
monster in America: a state security apparatus that acted like a law unto itself.
His belief that the Watergate disclosures proved that America had been
heading for ‘an Orwellian nightmare’ led to him investing $450,000 in the
movie rights to Woodward and Bernstein’s account of the scandal, All the
President’s Men, in 1974. The resulting film, in which Redford portrayed
Woodward, was much admired as a celebration of American journalistic
integrity.65
Two writers adapted James Grady’s book for the screen: Lorenzo Semple,
Jr., who had co-scripted The Parallax View, and David Rayfiel, who had
scripted The Way We Were. Their work took several twists and turns. Semple’s
first draft, submitted in early October 1974, followed the main contours of
the novel. This depicted the CIA having secretly set up an anti-communist
army in Laos at the behest of the Kennedy administration, paid for by the
shipping of locally grown opium to the United States. A greedy unit within
the agency then tries to cash in personally, by smuggling in refined heroin
hidden in book shipments ordered by the CIA’s literary research section.
When this section stumbles across the scam, all of its members (bar Ronald
Malcolm, who is out of the office) are assassinated. Malcolm is no saint – he
hires a prostitute, for instance – but he bravely succeeds in uncovering the
truth. The last scene has the Washington Post printing a front-page exposé of
the whole plot.66 Midway through October, Rayfiel submitted an alternative
script. This changed Malcolm’s name to Joe Turner, shortened the critical time
frame from six to three days, and switched the focus from Southeast Asian
drugs to Middle Eastern oil.67
Then, just before Christmas 1974, the New York Times published further,
shattering revelations about CIA malfeasance. Reporter Seymour Hersh out-
lined the CIA’s role in overthrowing mildly leftist foreign governments and in
plotting to assassinate foreign leaders, as well as conducting massive intelli-
gence operations against the anti-Vietnam War movement and other dissident
groups in the United States during the Nixon administration. The US
Congress soon launched its own investigation of the entire intelligence com-
munity and its possible abuses. In January, the Senate established the Senate
Select Committee to Study Governmental Operations with Respect to
Intelligence Activities, with Idaho Senator Frank Church as chairman. In
February, the House of Representatives voted to create a House Select
Intelligence Committee (the Nedzi Committee, which was replaced five
months later by a Committee chaired by New York Representative Otis Pike).
As the subsequent rows between committee members and CIA officials would
show, in Congress there was no longer a consensus to support intelligence
Secrets and lies 255
State-licensed hit men: Joubert (Max Von Sydow, centre) and his nameless henchmen (Jay Devlin and Hank
Garrett) slaughter Joe Turner’s associates in the CIA research office at the outset of Three Days of the
Condor (1975). Paramount /The Kobal Collection.
(Faye Dunaway), at gun point and takes refuge at her apartment. Kathy is a
Diane Arbus-type photographer and a loner. Her sad but beautiful pictures
of empty fields and park benches are an expression of her loneliness and will
act as a metaphor for Turner’s solitary stance against an entire governmental
organisation.
In Washington, a top-level meeting is convened where Mr Wabash (John
Houseman), Atwood (Addison Powell), Higgins and representatives of the
Joint Chiefs of Staff try to figure out what has happened. Why was such an
insignificant section hit? Why didn’t Turner come in gently from the cold?
However, when the meeting is adjourned, one of the central figures, Atwood,
meets secretly with Joubert (Max Von Sydow), the emotionless assassin who
spearheaded the executions, and instructs him to get Turner now and to
silence Wicks.
Safe for the time being at Kathy’s apartment, Turner binds and gags her so
that he can visit his murdered friend Sam’s widow, but Joubert has anticipated
this move and is waiting for him in the lobby of her apartment building. He
inadvertently arouses Turner’s suspicion, who gets away, but not before
Joubert gets the number of Kathy’s car, which Turner is driving. Turner
returns to his hideout where he and Kathy make love. When she falls asleep
afterwards, he tries to unravel the puzzling events. In the morning he makes
some progress: with Kathy’s help he dispatches an assassin (Hank Garrett),
disguised as a mailman, who has been sent by Joubert to finish Turner off. A
piece of paper from the dead man’s pocket links him to Wicks.
Turner decides to contact Higgins directly. Kathy lures the Deputy
Director into her car where Turner holds a gun on him. Joe asks why his
simple question (‘Why was a certain mystery novel only translated into Dutch
and Arabic?’) should have provoked such violence. Higgins does not know.
He says he will try to find out, but rejects Turner’s suggestion of asking Wicks
because, as Higgins tells him, Wicks is now dead, an inside job. Higgins then
returns to CIA headquarters where he finds a link in the records of Joubert
and Wicks. Turner, meanwhile, traces Joubert’s whereabouts in Manhattan
with a hotel room key he found on the dead ‘mailman’. He manages to tap
Joubert’s phone while Joubert is calling Atwood in Washington, and then
decides to go there to find out exactly who Atwood is.
Turner arrives at Atwood’s expensive suburban home, breaks in and sur-
prises the man, who finally admits that he has set up an unauthorised intelli-
gence system within the CIA that will help the US gain influence in the
oil-producing countries ‘when the time is right’. Turner’s inquiry threatened
to reveal the covert network and for that reason the ALHA had to be wiped
out. Turner is stunned and then further shocked when Joubert appears and
fires a bullet into Atwood’s head. Turner soon comprehends the move.
258 Hollywood’s Cold War
Out in the cold: neither Turner (Robert Redford) nor his boss at the CIA, Higgins (Cliff Robertson), knows
which side to trust any more in the Cold War ‘suspicion business’. Three Days of the Condor (1975).
Paramount /The Kobal Collection.
Joubert is now working for the CIA and was ordered to get rid of Atwood.
Joubert then suggests that Turner join him in his line of work; he senses
Turner has a knack for playing both sides. But Turner repudiates him and
the CIA.
In the final scene, Turner confronts Higgins on the New York streets. A
Salvation Army choir performs ‘God Rest Ye Merry Gentlemen’ in the back-
ground. Higgins is determined to save ‘the Company’ any further embarrass-
ment, and tries to coax Turner back into the fold as an obedient and secretive
agent. However, Turner won’t play the game despite Higgins’ veiled threats.
He tells Higgins that he has already given the whole story to the New York
Times, whose offices they are standing outside. ‘How do you know they’ll print
it?’ asks the Deputy Director. ‘They’ll print it’, Turner says, as he walks away
into the crowd. The film ends on a freeze frame of Turner’s face starkly rem-
iniscent of one of Kathy’s photographs. The soundtrack has abruptly
stopped. We are not to hear any mention of ‘Christ the Saviour’. Joe remains
vulnerable. Neither we nor Turner have been saved from the future possibil-
ity of a similar conspiracy occurring.
Secrets and lies 259
BLURRED VISION
Three Days of the Condor is an exciting, gripping espionage drama. It challenges
its audience to connect fiction with fact. But how accurate an account of the
CIA’s role in the Cold War, and of the US intelligence network’s covert oper-
ations in particular, does the film present? The filmmakers certainly went out
of their way to make the movie seem as real as possible. The notion that a
rogue presence inside the CIA was seeking to maintain Middle Eastern oil
supplies by non-standard methods appeared plausible. Rumours that the CIA
had helped reinstall the Shah of Iran in 1953 in order to protect American
access to Iranian oil fields had been rife for years. More importantly, the
embargo on oil exports to the United States and other supporters of Israel
instigated by the Organisation of Petroleum Exporting Countries in the wake
of the October 1973 Yom Kippur War had rocked the world economy. That
a clique within ‘the Company’ would exterminate its fellow agents to keep
this a secret also made sense in the light of the revelations of CIA murders
overseas.
Even the plot’s chief gimmick, the idea that the CIA would employ a unit
like the ALHS to decode novels, was not entirely far-fetched. One of the
former CIA operatives involved in the Watergate affair, E. Howard Hunt, had
been accused of leaking agency plots to book companies as the basis for
mystery novels. Furthermore, the ending could be read in two ways. Either it
offered hope by suggesting the press was American democracy’s salvation, as
the exposure of Watergate had indicated; or it implied the press would sup-
press Turner’s story due to fear of, or collusion with, the nation’s intelligence
network, tying in with rumours of the government’s infiltration of America’s
fourth estate. When Three Days of the Condor opened at cinemas in September
1975, Paramount exploited the film’s topicality further by linking it with the
start of public hearings into CIA wrongdoings by the Church Committee.
Significantly, the movie’s gala West Coast premiere was touted as a benefit
evening for the local branch of the ACLU.72
Looking at the critical reaction to Three Days of the Condor, the degree to
which journalists and politicians treated the film as if it were a documentary,
or at least a serious commentary on contemporary politics, is striking. In this
respect, the movie resembles those dramas of the 1940s and 1950s which, like
Walk East on Beacon, many viewers probably saw as slices of real-life Cold War
subversion. The big difference, of course, was that Three Days of the Condor
suggested that virtuous vigilance had given way to ‘the prospect of a festering,
Big Brotherish take over’, as one magazine put it.73 Some within Paramount
were not entirely comfortable with such negative interpretations. The distrib-
utor cancelled one screening in Washington, DC, because, according to
260 Hollywood’s Cold War
Sydney Pollack, ‘They didn’t think it would be good policy to rub the morality
of government in the legislators’ noses [sic].’74
Working on the basis that ‘serious’ films ought not to resort to clichéd
melodrama, and forgetting presumably that sex often helped pull in the
punters, some reviewers felt Three Days of the Condor’s romantic element was
an unnecessary distraction. Others argued the film would alienate viewers by
having overcooked its conspiracy theory: ‘[C]an we believe that CIA agents
can be murdered in the streets of New York with only a lying item in the press,
planted by presumably compliant police?’, asked the Saturday Review. ‘Too
many people would be implicated in such a cover-up . . . ; we are not yet a
totalitarian country.’ Even some left-wing journalists who felt the film’s cri-
ticism of the CIA had not gone far enough applauded its ‘warnings’ about
CIA machinations in the Middle East, as if Three Days of the Condor was
extending the argument about US imperialism in Southeast Asia set out in
Hearts and Minds.75 Others critics in more mainstream (and hence more influ-
ential) quarters thought the film brave, thought-provoking and entertaining.
Writing in the New York Daily News, for instance, Kathleen Carroll felt the
movie was ‘convincing enough to support our worst fears about CIA activity’.
The Hollywood Reporter’s Arthur Knight ironically, if unwittingly, employed the
very language critics had often used to compliment Hollywood movies about
life behind the Iron Curtain back in the 1950s. Three Days of the Condor ‘shocks
us into a vivid awareness of the inherent dangers of a secret police unchecked
by any representatives of the democratic process’, opined Knight. Comments
like these suggest the movie might have added to the public’s cynicism towards
the Cold War and America’s intelligence services in particular.76
Such praise notwithstanding, Three Days of the Condor’s political vision had
its limits. The movie rather played down the extent to which covert CIA activ-
ities were a natural by-product of America’s Cold War aggression. It also fell
far short of the more extreme indictments of the corporate political power
system found in The Parallax View. In Pakula’s movie, reporter Joe Frady
(Warren Beatty) dies at the end, thus taking the truth about a sinister organ-
isation that recruits ‘patsies’ for assassinations to the grave. In Three Days of the
Condor, by contrast, an individual defeats a bunch of rogue conspirators.
Moreover, the sympathetic portrayal of a ‘good’ CIA man suggested the
redeemability of the institution. This aspect of the film attracted severe
opprobrium from some critics. Both ‘the novel and the film falsify the issue
by postulating a black CIA within a white CIA’, wrote Jack Kroll in Newsweek,
‘when the real issue is the actual, or dangerously gray, CIA’. Patrick
McGilligan, writing in the left-wing magazine Jump Cut, objected to Three Days
of the Condor’s focus on internecine warfare, ‘thus denying or diminishing the
thought of international consequences from CIA actions’. ‘Heaven forbid
Secrets and lies 261
CONCLUSION
Kroll and McGilligan had valid points here. The Watergate revelations would
prove, in time, to be a crucial release for much of the American media, helping
to break down permanently many of the barriers to criticism of the Cold War
security state. But Three Days of the Condor and other films like it were made in
the mid-1970s, when the shocks to the system caused by the revelations of
government skulduggery were newsworthy yet still raw and highly politically
sensitive. Three Days of the Condor may in retrospect look somewhat shallow,
but its limited critique of CIA machinations was realistically all that could
expected from the Hollywood mainstream, given its established support for
(and links with) the national security agencies and the film industry’s long-
standing political cautiousness.
An earlier part of this study showed how reluctant the US film industry was
to question Cold War orthodoxy. This was especially the case in the 1940s and
1950s, when America’s Cold War values were not yet fully formed and conse-
quently when cinema probably could have made the biggest difference to the
American people’s outlook on the conflict. This chapter has demonstrated the
degree to which the 1970s marked a shift away from the black-and-white
views of early Cold War American cinema. Yet its analysis has also confirmed
Hollywood’s time-honoured tradition of swimming with, rather than against,
the prevailing political tide. Even at its height, during what was the heyday of
Hollywood liberalism in the 1970s, Cold War cinematic deviance continued to
be heavily circumscribed. Neither Hearts and Minds nor Three Days of the Condor
could be described as anti-capitalist, still less pro-communist. As radical as it
was, Peter Davis’ film eschewed an economic reading of the Vietnam War, for
instance, in favour of a cultural-political one.78 Moreover, by the time Hearts
and Minds appeared in 1974–5, American policy in Vietnam had been sub-
jected to intense criticism from the press and in Congress for more than five
or six years. Combine this with the fact that the Vietnam War ended in 1975,
and Davis’s fine documentary begins to look like an instant period piece.
As a mark of both its artistic and its political boldness, Three Days of the
Condor was the recipient of several awards in 1975–6. The movie also enjoyed
reasonable commercial success. It made $20 million in rentals, making it the
seventeenth highest-grossing film at the US box office in 1975.79 Using films
like Three Days of the Condor as a springboard, Hollywood continued to snipe
at the CIA during the remaining years of the Cold War. Movies like Arthur
262 Hollywood’s Cold War
Hiller’s The In-Laws (1979) merely poked fun at the agency, while others like
John Schlesinger’s The Falcon and the Snowman (1985) depicted the CIA as more
insidious than drug-dealing Soviet agents.80 Whether Hollywood’s CIA-
bashing actually increased public hostility to the US intelligence network is of
course highly debatable. It could be argued that treating the CIA as a scape-
goat for past and on-going American misdemeanours meant wider questions
about US foreign policy were sidestepped. One movie, Missing (1982), did
focus directly on the CIA’s highly contentious role in the 1973 Chilean coup,
to which Patrick McGilligan had referred so caustically when Three Days of the
Condor was released. Constantin Costa-Gavras’ award-winning thriller was
closely based on the disappearance of American expatriate writer Charles
Horman (played by John Shea) after the coup, and went beyond condemning
the CIA to offer a trenchant critique of the whole US Cold War machine. But
Missing was itself based on events nearly ten years out of date, and thus, like
Hearts and Minds, less likely to alter current US foreign policy.81 From one per-
spective at least, therefore, Three Days of the Condor was unusually daring.
Notes
1 Mason Wiley and Damien Bona, Inside Oscar: The Unofficial History of the Academy
Awards (New York, 1986), p. 504.
2 For an overview of American movies and movie-making of the 1970s see Lev,
American Films of the 70s, and Biskind, Easy Riders.
3 Devine, Vietnam, pp. 148–97.
4 Broderick, Nuclear Movies, pp. 134, 137; Shaheen, Nuclear War Films, pp. 157–62.
5 James Chapman, Cinemas of the World (London, 2003), pp. 130–4.
6 Ibid., pp. 135–8; Biskind, Easy Riders. Jim Hillier’s The New Hollywood (New York,
1994) warns against making too much of these changes, particularly in relation
to the industrial context of filmmaking.
7 On America’s sense of crisis in the 1970s see Kim McQuaid, The Anxious Years:
America in the Vietnam-Watergate Era (New York, 1989) and Peter N. Carroll, It
Seemed Like Nothing Happened: The Tragedy and Promise of America in the 1970s (New
York, 1982).
8 On US thinking behind détente see Michael B. Froman, The Development of the Idea
of Détente (Basingstoke, 1992), and Richard Pipes, US-Soviet Relations in the Era of
Détente (Boulder, CO, 1981).
9 Biskind, Easy Riders, pp. 15–16; Lev, American Films of the 70s, pp. 54–9, 77–89.
10 Ryan and Kellner, Camera Politica, pp. 282–3; Broderick, Nuclear Movies,
pp. 152–3. The Atomic Café was produced and directed by Kevin Rafferty, Pierce
Rafferty and Jayne Loader.
11 For Moore’s speech see www.oscars.org/75academyawards/winners/docfeature.
html. For other anti-war statements during the awards ceremony see www.wsws.
org/articles/2003/mar2003/osca-m25.shtml (both 25 January 2006).
Secrets and lies 263
12 Wiley and Bona, Inside Oscar, pp. 504–7; Michael Nelson, ‘Ol’ Red, White, and
Blue Eyes: Frank Sinatra and the American Presidency’, Popular Music and Society,
Vol. 24, No. 4, 2000, pp. 79–102. Shirley MacLaine had recently produced The
Other Half of the Sky: A China Memoir, an account of a three-week visit to China
in 1973 by a group of American women. New York Times, 23 March 1975, Section
2, p. 1.
13 Biskind, Easy Riders, p. 52.
14 New York Times, 4 May 1975, p. 149. On the tremendous cultural impact of Easy
Rider see Lev, American Films of the 70s, pp. 3–12.
15 Biskind, Easy Riders, pp. 57, 130, 165, 186; Los Angeles Herald Examiner, 19 January
1975.
16 Daniel Ellsberg, Secrets: A Memoir of Vietnam and the Pentagon Papers (New York,
2002); Los Angeles Herald Examiner, 21 October 1974.
17 Garth Jowett, ‘The Selling of the Pentagon’: Television Confronts the First
Amendment’, in John O’Connor (ed.), American History/American Television:
Interpreting the Video Past (New York, 1983), pp. 256–78 (quotation at p. 275).
18 People Magazine, 29 March 1982; Hollywood Reporter, 13 August 1974.
19 Hollywood Reporter, 13 August 1974; Los Angeles Times, 15 November 1974, G1;
Peter Davis, ‘Hearts and Minds Redux’, and commentary by and interview with
Davis, on Hearts and Minds (1974), DVD MTD5206 (released 2005).
20 Devine, Vietnam, pp. 62, 74; Galaxy, April 1983.
21 Commentary by and interview with Davis, Hearts and Minds DVD.
22 Los Angeles Times, 15 November 1974, G1; commentary by and interview with
Davis, Hearts and Minds DVD.
23 Biskind, Easy Riders, pp. 74, 184–8; New York Times, 17 November 1974, Section
2, p. 1.
24 Variety, 29 May 1974; Los Angeles Herald Examiner, 21 October 1974; New York
Times, 17 November 1974, Section 2, p. 1.
25 Los Angeles Times, 15 November 1974, G1; New York Times, 17 November 1974,
Section 2, p. 1; commentary by Davis, Hearts and Minds DVD.
26 Los Angeles Times, 16 December 1974; Los Angeles Herald Examiner, 18 December
1974. Tracks was released in 1976. See Variety, 19 May 1976, p. 27.
27 Variety, 17 December 1974; Variety, 20 January 1975; Los Angeles Herald Examiner,
19 February 1975; Warner Bros. press releases, 23 January and 11 February 1975,
Hearts and Minds Clippings, AMPAS.
28 This clip borrowed footage from the most highly publicised of the early 1950s
communist ‘takeovers’, that which was staged in the small Wisconsin town of
Mosinee, on May Day 1950. On Mosinee’s famous day see Fried, The Russians are
Coming!, pp. 67–86.
29 On the degree to which Vietnam films of the late 1970s and 1980s combined this
stab-in-the-military’s-back theory with stories of the suffering inflicted on
American soldiers serving in Vietnam see Devine, Vietnam, pp. 130–316.
30 New York Times, 17 June 2004.
31 New York Times, 17 November 1974, Section 2, p. 1.
264 Hollywood’s Cold War
32 This last clip used footage shot by a Swedish film crew in North Vietnam.
Commentary by Davis, Hearts and Minds DVD.
33 Commentary by Davis, Hearts and Minds DVD. On the debate surrounding the
effect of the Loan execution on public and political opinion in the United States
in the late 1960s see David Culbert, ‘American Television Coverage of the
Vietnam War: The Loan Execution Footage, the Tet Offensive (1968) and the
Contextualization of Visual Images’, in Mark Connelly and David Welch (eds),
War and the Media: Reportage and Propaganda 1900–2003 (London, 2005),
pp. 202–13.
34 Stanley Kauffman, New Republic, 15 March 1975, p. 22.
35 http://rialtopictures.com/grisbi_xtras/hearts_links.html (25 October 2005);
New York Times, 17 June 2004; interview with Davis, Hearts and Minds DVD; New
York Times, 17 June 2004; www.villagevoice.com/film/0442,atkinson,57660,20.
html (25 October 2005). On Fahrenheit 9/11 see Vanity Fair, March 2005,
pp. 108–15, and Cineaste, October 2004, pp. 3–7.
36 Ms., March 1975, pp. 35–7; Ramparts, April 1975, pp. 38–44; National Review, 6
June 1975, p. 621.
37 See, for instance, Walter Goodman’s review in the New York Times, 23 March 1975,
Section 2, p. 1.
38 Time, 17 March 1975.
39 Newsweek, 3 March 1975; Wall Street Journal, 3 March 1975.
40 Press book, Hearts and Minds Clippings File, AMPAS; Playboy, December 1974.
41 Commentary by Davis, Hearts and Minds DVD.
42 New Yorker, 28 April 1975, pp. 120–6; New York Times, 4 May 1975, p. 149.
43 New York Times, 4 May 1975, p. 149.
44 On the commercial success and political impact of Fahrenheit 9/11, see Screen
International , 2 July 2004, p. 3; Sight and Sound, July 2004, pp. 14–16; Cineaste,
October 2004, pp. 3–7.
45 BoxOffice, 17 September 1975; Variety, 17 March 1976; Variety, 6 August 1975;
People, 25 August 1975.
46 www.wintersoldierfilm.com (22 January 2006).
47 Village Voice, 26 December 1974.
48 Alan R. Booth, ‘The Development of the Espionage Film’, Intelligence and National
Security, Vol. 5, No. 4, October 1990, pp. 136–60.
49 Variety, 11 June 1952, p. 6, and 27 August 1952.
50 Chapman, Licence to Thrill; Christoph Lindner, The James Bond Phenomenon: A
Critical Reader (Manchester, 2003); Edward P. Comentale, Stephen Watt and Skip
Willman (eds), Ian Fleming and James Bond: The Cultural Politics of 007 (Bloomington,
IN, 2005).
51 Motion Picture Herald, 29 March 1967, p. 669; Variety, 20 December 1967, p. 14;
Peter Richards, Film Comment, Vol. 33, No. 1, January 1997, pp. 74–81.
52 Saunders, Who Paid the Piper?, pp. 381–4, 405–6; William Conrad Gibbons, The US
Government and the Vietnam War: Executive and Legislative Roles and Relationships. Part
IV: July 1965-January 1968 (Princeton, NJ, 1995), pp. 853–65.
Secrets and lies 265
53 On Watergate see Fred Emery, Watergate: The Corruption of American Politics and the
Fall of Richard Nixon (London, 1994), and Stanley I. Kutler, The Wars of Watergate:
The Last Crisis of the Nixon Presidency (New York, 1990).
54 Ryan and Kellner, Camera Politica, p. 49.
55 On this conspiracy cycle and its political significance see Ryan and Kellner,
Camera Politica, pp. 95–8, and Scott, Politics, pp. 119–24.
56 Vogue, November 1975; Saturday Review, 6 September 1975.
57 Publishers Weekly, 3 December 1973.
58 Biskind, Easy Riders, pp. 67, 184, 273; Los Angeles Times, 15 January 1975.
59 Hollywood Reporter, 1 and 5 March 1974.
60 Robert J. Emery, The Directors – Take One: In Their Own Words (New York, 1999),
pp. 81–97.
61 On The Way We Were see Booker, American Left, pp. 258–9. On the sequences
about blacklisting which were cut from the released film see Jump Cut, No. 10/11,
1976, pp. 11–12.
62 Jump Cut, No. 10/11, 1976, pp. 11–12.
63 Three Days of the Condor Pressbook, BFIL. Redford’s mildly anti-establishment
image was exploited by Condor’s publicists. See ‘Handbook of Production
Information’, pp. 20–3, 59, 62–3, Three Days of the Condor Clippings File, AMPAS.
64 ‘Handbook of Production Information’, p. 61.
65 Playboy, interview with Robert Redford, December 1974, p. 92; Minty Clinch,
Robert Redford (London, 1989), p. 123; Scott, Politics, pp. 123–4; James Spada, The
Films of Robert Redford (Secaucus, NJ, 1977), pp. 225–37.
66 Three Days of the Condor, draft script by Lorenzo Semple, Jr., 5 October 1974,
Paramount Script Collection, AMPAS.
67 Three Days of the Condor, draft script by David Rayfiel, 20 October 1974, Collection
073, Box F-883, UCLA AL.
68 Christopher Andrew, For the President’s Eyes Only: Secret Intelligence and the American
Presidency from Washington to Bush (London, 1995), pp. 401–5. Hersh’s revelations
more than anything else made 1975 the ‘Year of Intelligence’, writes Andrew
(p. 404).
69 Three Days of the Condor, revised screenplay by Lorenzo Semple, Jr., and David
Rayfiel, 20 January 1975, Collection 073, Box F-883, UCLA AL; New Times, 31
October 1975.
70 ‘Handbook of Production Information’, pp. 115–35; Los Angeles Herald-
Examiner, 4 November 1974; Jump Cut, No. 10/11, 1976, pp. 11–12; Emery,
Directors, p. 99. According to William Colby, director of the CIA between 1973
and 1976, Nixon had fired Helms in late 1972 because of his refusal to allow the
CIA to be used in the Watergate cover-up. Andrew, For the President’s Eyes Only,
p. 387.
71 These comparisons were made at the time. See Films and Filming, December 1975,
and Los Angeles Times, 28 September 1975. For more on The Spy Who Came in from
the Cold and The Ipcress File see Motion Picture Herald, 3 March 1965, p. 21; Motion
Picture Herald, 22 December 1965, p. 425; and Sight and Sound, Vol. 34, No. 3, July
266 Hollywood’s Cold War
When the United States is politically weak or vulnerable, it needs its muscular
movie heroes, Conan, Rocky, Rambo, to suggest that we have things worth
fighting for, worth preserving, even if those things are not easy to talk about,
or describe anymore. They just are.
Interview with John Milius, film director, June 19881
Ronald Reagan’s sweeping victory in the November 1980 presidential elec-
tions provided spectacular evidence of the uniquely intimate relationship
between politics and film in the United States. To this day, no other country
has chosen a movie star (former or current) as its political leader.2 Reagan’s
entry into the White House consummated the long-standing marriage
between Washington and Hollywood during the Cold War. The Gipper, as he
was known affectionately by the White House press corps, after his break-
through role in Lloyd Bacon’s 1940 sporting biopic Knute Rockne – All American
Hero, had been a prominent anti-communist crusader on and off camera for
decades. When he was president of the Screen Actors Guild during the
McCarthy era, Reagan, who was then something of a liberal, had not only
played a leading part in enforcing the Hollywood blacklist; he had also acted
as an undercover agent for the FBI, fighting, as he put it in his memoirs,
Moscow’s plan to take over the motion picture business.3 Thereafter, Reagan
skilfully exploited his celebrity status and anti-communist credentials for
financial and political gain. His work for the General Electric Theatre on tele-
vision in the 1950s and early 1960s, which included a national speaking tour
of factories, formed the base for his later gubernatorial and presidential cam-
paigns. In 1966, Reagan won the governorship of California, backed by a
roster of Hollywood’s most powerful Cold Warriors; his inaugural ceremony
was designed, appropriately, by Disney Studios. During his eight years in
Sacramento, Reagan achieved a national reputation as a hard-line conservative
by clamping down on student activism and the anti-Vietnam War movement.4
Once in the Oval Office, Reagan launched an impassioned, reinvigorated
assault on the political left at home and overseas. The media lay at the centre
of this attack. Reagan’s experience in film and television gave him a greater
appreciation of popular culture than any previous American president. In his
268 Hollywood’s Cold War
mind, cultural power in America had to be wrested from the ‘liberal elite’
which had led the country astray during the 1960s and 1970s. At the same
time, the White House needed to update its news management apparatus.5
Reagan also invested heavily in US propaganda overseas, and often placed
close associates in key positions. He appointed his trusted friend and former
Hollywood impresario Charles Z. Wick to the directorship of the USIA. Wick
increased the agency’s propaganda to a level recalling the heady days of the
Eisenhower and Kennedy administrations, and established Radio Marti, a
radio station aimed at Fidel Castro’s Cuba. Distinguished Americans recruited
to serve on USIA advisory committees in the 1980s included the actors
Charlton Heston and Kirk Douglas, while Leo Jaffe, former head of Columbia
Pictures, chaired a Film Acquisition Committee.6
During his eight years in the White House, movie material played a key role
in shaping Reagan’s thoughts, speeches and actions. His rhetoric and policies,
in turn, had a marked influence on Hollywood output. The Great
Communicator, as he became known, peppered his vocabulary with film
references so frequently that many wondered whether he had turned the
White House into a movie set. Reagan gave his personal backing to films, like
the hugely popular Rambo series, which projected his image of the Soviet bloc
as the ‘evil empire’ – a phrase familiar to many fans of George Lucas’s 1977
sci-fi epic Star Wars. Some insiders claim Reagan even borrowed one of his
presidency’s flagship concepts – that of a nuclear-free world founded on
space-based missile defence – straight from Robert Wise’s The Day the Earth
Stood Still (1951). These actions, when allied to a penchant for recounting
movie images as historical facts, indicated Reagan had difficulty distinguish-
ing the real world from that depicted by Hollywood.7
At the heart of the ‘Reagan Revolution’ was the actor-president’s ability to
rewrite the past to suit his upbeat vision of America’s present and future
better. Reagan presented himself as the living embodiment of the role played
by James Stewart in Frank Capra’s 1939 movie Mr Smith Goes to Washington –
the small-town, innocent American whose homespun virtues would restore
common decency to a complex and corrupt government. Reagan’s dreamy,
black-and-white rhetoric extolling two centuries of civilised, democratic
development in the United States played extremely well to an electorate des-
perate to consign Watergate to history.8
Reagan’s perspective on foreign affairs similarly looked back in time, to a
golden, pre-Vietnam era when the American flag was an honoured emblem
and the nation confidently sought to fulfil its Manifest Destiny. Reagan and
his key advisers belonged to an ideological faction whose views had not been
substantially represented in Washington since the 1950s. The New Right
spoke of America being ‘a beacon of hope, a shining city on the hill’, with a
The empire strikes back 269
The original script for Red Dawn was written by Kevin Reynolds, who was
then in his early thirties and would later make his directorial debut in 1988 with
The Beast of War, an anti-war film about Russia’s Vietnam-like experience in
Afghanistan.12 Reynolds’ story – ‘Ten Soldiers’ – was set in the near future and
resembled William Golding’s 1954 novel (adapted for the screen in 1963)
about the brutalisation of innocence, The Lord of the Flies. Reynolds’ script
focused on the horror confronted by a group of teenage boys in New Mexico,
who take to the hills when their town is invaded by Russians and Cubans.
Initially, the boys treat their plight as a lark, as a chance to live off the land, but
they are ultimately taken over by tougher kids who turn the once-benign group
into a determined guerrilla force, striking at the invaders.13
When Yablans saw the script soon after arriving at MGM/UA in late 1982,
he immediately saw the scope for another First Blood (1982), that is another jin-
goistic, hot-action Rambo movie that would capitalise on the recent shift to the
right in the United States. He therefore changed its title to the more menacing
Red Dawn, rejected Reynolds’ plea to direct, and instead offered the job to John
Milius.14 The 39-year-old Milius was one of the more eccentric members of
the film-school-trained ‘movie brat’ generation that had come to the fore in
the 1970s (and included Steven Spielberg and Brian De Palma). Renowned for
his fascination with weaponry and his advocacy of right-wing causes, Milius
typified that group of young moviemakers who reacted sharply to seventies
Hollywood liberalism and, emboldened by Reagan’s neo-imperial rhetoric,
believed it had a duty to reinvigorate American anti-communist cinema in the
early 1980s. In his mind, the United States had ‘an overriding sense of moral-
ity’ in foreign affairs, proven by its reluctance to ‘rule the world’ in the late
1940s, before the Soviet Union had developed nuclear capacity. Milius saw Red
Dawn as a warning to Americans not to let their guard down, and to treat seri-
ously the threat of a Soviet-inspired incursion via Central America, partly by
using illegal aliens as agents.15 Buzz Feitshans, Red Dawn’s producer, took the
same view. He and Milius were friends, having co-produced the first of the
Vietnam POW rescue movies, Ted Kotcheff’s Uncommon Valor, in 1983.
Feitshans was also the producer of the Rambo trilogy.16
To help develop a convincing scenario for a Soviet intervention in the
Western Hemisphere, Yablans brought in no less a figure than General
Alexander Haig. Here was proof that the state-film network operated even
during the latter stages of the Cold War. Haig had served as Nixon’s White
House Chief of Staff and the commander of NATO forces in the 1970s, before
being appointed as Reagan’s first Secretary of State. After being eased out of
the State Department in June 1982, mainly because of his opposition to nuclear
talks with the Soviets, Haig had become a member of the MGM/UA board of
directors. Haig was no expert on movies but he appreciated their propaganda
The empire strikes back 271
value. The release of Costa-Gavras’ Missing in early 1982 had, for instance,
forced him to issue an official denial of US complicity in the 1973 Chilean coup.
Red Dawn offered Haig an opportunity to press home to American youngsters
especially the genuine threat to US national security posed by ‘Marxist-Leninist
guerrillas’ in Central America, who, he believed, were being encouraged by
Nicaragua’s left-wing Sandinista government, Havana and Moscow.17
Haig invited John Milius to the Hudson Institute, a conservative think-tank
in Washington, DC. Surrounded by maps, charts and computer read-outs of
State and Defence Department analyses, the two men evolved an elaborate
back story, detailing the domino-like collapse of Western Europe and disso-
lution of NATO. Haig envisioned ‘the enemy’ consisting not only of Russians
and Cubans, but also of a left-leaning Mexican regime that would permit an
invasion force designed to split the United States in half, invading at Veracruz
and pressing northward.
Slowly, through 1983, numerous facets of the original project changed.
A secondary back story was added about America’s political bankruptcy.
Nicaragua entered the script. The central characters, who were in their early
teens in Reynolds’ story, became high-school seniors and older, thus allowing
for greater on-screen violence. Overall, the movie grew into one that was
more about killing and treachery than about character and relationships, one
that diluted Reynolds’ anti-war message in favour of the glorification of a
paramilitary defence of American territory. Aspects of the rewrite even
alarmed Milius, who had originally intended to say something about the ‘futil-
ity of war’ in the movie. Yablans and Haig urged the director to insert scenes
showing the kids infiltrate back into town to witness the brainwashing of their
parents. Strong scenes showing the invaders shooting resolute citizens in
reprisal for the kids’ resistance were also added. Other provocative features,
especially about collaboration, were filmed but ended up on the cutting room
floor. One scene depicting an American girl flirting with armed Russian sol-
diers in a Sovietised McDonald’s restaurant seems to have been removed due
to a mass murder at a McDonald’s franchise in San Ysidro, California, just
weeks prior to the film’s opening. Respect for the victims’ families probably
accounts for this decision, plus the need to put some distance between the
massacre and a film that, on the one hand, celebrated violence and, on the
other hand, purported to show how civilised Americans were compared with
their enemies.18
Red Dawn was filmed between November 1983 and January 1984, mainly in
and around the small town of Las Vegas, New Mexico. The cast included
Patrick Swayze, Charlie Sheen, C. Thomas Howell and Jennifer Grey, members
of the ‘Brat Pack’ generation that frequently appeared together in teen-oriented
films in the 1980s. The snowy conditions in New Mexico increased costs but
272 Hollywood’s Cold War
lent the movie a certain beauty and verisimilitude; cast and crew complained of
frost bite. Despite Haig’s involvement, the Defence Department refused to
cooperate, not even allowing some jets to do an innocent ‘fly-by’. Having read
the script, the Pentagon insisted that a Russian-Cuban infiltration such as that
concocted by Milius, Haig and Yablans could never take place. Lacking the
Defence Department’s logistical support caused serious technical headaches for
Milius. Old, imitation Russian tanks broke down in the cold weather. One stunt-
man parachutist broke his ankle, while another wearing a Russian uniform
landed off course and was taken into custody by vigilant locals. Yablans, for one,
failed to see the funny side of such hitches, especially when he realised the final
budget for the movie had almost doubled from the original $10 million esti-
mate. The CEO accused Milius of having completely lost control of the pro-
duction, complaining, without tongue in cheek, that ‘you’ve got enough people
and equipment down there to start World War Three’.19
Red Dawn begins with a silent, 15-second preamble. Simple, yellow-on-
black titles inform the viewer of recent catastrophic events in the world. A
starving Soviet Union has invaded one of its rebellious satellites, Poland. Cuba
and Nicaragua have amassed 500,000 troops. Central America has fallen to
communism. Anti-nuclear and neutralist regimes have taken power in key
Western European states. Mexico has plunged into revolution. NATO has dis-
solved. The United States stands alone.
Cue Basil Poledouris’ stirring title-sequence music, borrowing heavily from
Aaron Copland’s Fanfare for the Common Man. Fade to Calumet, Colorado, a
lonely town on the plains just at the edge of the Rockies. A black history
teacher is telling his class about Genghis Khan’s barbarian invasion of Europe,
when enemy paratroopers land in the fields nearby. ‘Wow, check it out!’, shout
excited students, who think the men are Americans. Jabbering Spanish and
Russian at one another, the soldiers begin machine-gunning everyone in sight.
Within minutes, rocket fire batters down buildings and tanks block intersec-
tions: Calumet has fallen under occupation by Soviet, Cuban and Nicaraguan
forces. Red banners and pictures of Lenin go up everywhere. Sergei
Eisenstein’s Alexander Nevsky takes over the local movie house. Suspect books
are ‘cleansed’ by fire, recalling the Nazis’ Burning of the Books in 1933.
Outside town an old drive-in is turned into a ‘re-education centre’, where
potential resistors are forced to watch anti-capitalist slide shows while a
droning voice attacks ‘whorehouse America’.
But some people have escaped. Jed (Swayze), once the high-school quar-
terback, now in his twenties, leads a small group of teenage boys into the
mountains. They hide out for a while, initiating themselves in the ways of the
wild – drinking the blood of a deer they kill, for instance, or urinating into
the radiator of their truck when it runs out of water. Taking the name of their
The empire strikes back 273
football team, the Wolverines, the boys become a crack guerrilla unit, sweep-
ing down on the occupying forces and liberating groups of Americans. A
couple of girls who have been hiding from Red Army rapists join them in the
mountains and soon become hardened, ruthless fighters too. A cynical air-
force pilot (Powers Boothe), shot down earlier in the war, also joins up and
fills them in on the situation. First, Cubans and Nicaraguans, crossing the
border like ordinary illegal aliens, took out America’s missile silos and
command centres. With America’s nuclear capacity snuffed, Soviet intercon-
tinental ballistic missiles destroyed key strategic sites in the United States and
in other countries, including China. Cuban and Nicaraguan forces then swept
through Mexico and joined Soviet battalions passing across the Bering Straits.
The Soviets now control more than half of the country via puppet govern-
ments, and most of the rest of the world too.
But time is running out for the brave, hungry youngsters. Realising that a
grudging respect for the partisans is growing among his disillusioned Cuban
allies, the Russian commander in Calumet dispatches an elite Soviet unit to
wipe out the Wolverines. The unit is assisted by a traitor within the boys’ ranks,
whom the guerrillas reluctantly and emotionally execute. ‘What’s the
difference between them and us?’, the more timid boys ask Jed afterwards. ‘We
live here’, is his stolid reply. Eventually, the Soviet forces trap and kill most of
the rebels using helicopter gun ships. Now resigned to their fate, Jed and his
brother Matt (Sheen) carry out a suicide mission on the commander’s head-
quarters. At the end, just two of the Wolverines are left to make the long hike
into ‘Free America’ territory. A brief voice-over epilogue showing a World
War Three memorial and the American flag flying tells us the United States
will finally survive.
Rambo: First Blood Part 2 (1985) is justifiably often labelled Hollywood’s
definitive Reaganite Cold War text,20 but Red Dawn provides strong competi-
tion. First of all, Red Dawn was – perhaps remarkably – one of only two
Hollywood films made throughout the Cold War (Alfred E. Green’s Invasion
USA, released in 1952, being the other) that depicted World War Three in
terms of a direct military invasion of the United States, as opposed to those
that used aliens or that focused on Soviet subversion.21 Powers Boothe’s pilot
gives a fairly accurate summary of the Republican right’s nightmare scenario
for a World War Three born of military weakness. The movie also reflected
the Reaganites’ concern with Central America acting as the base for commu-
nist subversion, or even an invasion, of the United States.22 Second, Red Dawn
borrowed heavily from American mythology and folklore. Riding on horse-
back and living rough, the Wolverines act like frontier woodsmen or cowboys.
Symbolically, they receive help from a character played by Ben Johnson,
famous for his supporting roles in Westerns. Their hit-and-run tactics evoke
274 Hollywood’s Cold War
‘It’s World War Three down there’: Jed (Patrick Swayze), Robert, with Star Wars cap (C. Thomas Howell),
and Matt (Charlie Sheen) take their first look at communist-occupied Calumet. Red Dawn (1984).
MGM/United Artists/The Kobal Collection.
Fifth, despite being categorised as the most violent film ever made,25 para-
doxically Red Dawn implied that a nuclear war was survivable and perhaps
therefore winnable by showing World War Three’s aftermath to be essentially
conventional. In this way, the movie countered other films released during the
early 1980s, like Lynne Littman’s Testament (1983) and Nicholas Meyer’s highly
controversial TV drama The Day After (1983), which declared nuclear weapons
suicidal. At the same time, the movie lent a degree of support to Reagan’s
controversial Strategic Defence Initiative (nicknamed ‘Star Wars’ by the
Democrats) by showing that Moscow had perfected its own missile defence
programme, and in so doing had rendered the US nuclear arsenal worthless.26
Finally, Red Dawn was, like many other Cold War film plots of the early
Reagan era, driven above all by the need for revenge, especially for America’s
loss in Vietnam.27 The Wolverines kill partly in order to avenge their elders’
execution by the occupying forces. Yet we see that it is the liberal indecisive-
ness of their parents’ generation that has opened up America to invasion in
the first place. Reagan frequently told the American people that Vietnam had
been ‘a noble cause’ that Washington had lacked the will to win, and that
Americans needed to kick the ‘Vietnam Syndrome’ lest communism take
advantage of US passivity. John Milius felt exactly the same.28 The Wolverines
represent just this reaction against America’s sense of guilt and subsequent
loss of purpose overseas. Looked at in another way, in a neat role reversal Jed
and his cohort enact the role of the Viet Cong partisans, while the Cubans and
Russians play the part of the American invaders. The Wolverines themselves
do not, to coin John Rambo’s famous phrase (endlessly recycled by Reagan
himself), ‘get to win this time’, but those who follow the youngsters’ decisive
and gallant lead do so in the end, as evidenced by the epilogue’s triumphant
stars and stripes.
In its opening weekend in mid-August 1984, playing to a huge 1,822
screens nationwide, Red Dawn took a robust $8 million. It was a stroke of mar-
keting genius to release the film during the Los Angeles Olympics. The Soviet
boycott (in retaliation for the Americans’ failure to attend the 1980 Moscow
Olympics) helped turn the Games into a flag-waving flurry of nationalism,
encouraged partly by ABC Television’s coverage.29 As the MGM/UA execu-
tives predicted, most critics were derisive. Comments ranged from those who
declared it ‘fascist’ to others that dampened down liberals’ fears by arguing
that it was simply too ludicrous to be dangerous.30
But there is some, albeit impressionistic, evidence that Red Dawn had a
strong impact on its target audience. When a group of high-school students
from New Jersey were asked about the movie in November 1984, by which
time it had grossed $36 million, virtually all who had seen the film identified
with the Wolverines and enjoyed the idea that a bunch of kids like them ‘could
276 Hollywood’s Cold War
kill a lot of communists’. ‘It kind of made you feel good’, said one boy. ‘You
come out hating the Russians.’ Another boy added: ‘Americans went through
Vietnam and terrorist attacks. People are sick of America always being wrong.’
A teacher found that the film reinforced his students’ image of Russians being
associated with words like ‘Reds’, ‘stubborn’, ‘oppression’, ‘emotionless’,
‘vodka’ and ‘propaganda’.31 Older members of the audience also expressed
solidarity with those who chanted ‘Wolverines’ and ‘U-S-A’ in theatres.
‘Americans have to start waking up and recognise that America is not a social-
ist country’, said one 45-year-old woman after seeing the film. ‘They have to
recognise that freedom isn’t free.’ Alluding to Reagan’s Democratic challenger
in the presidential elections later in the year, one political science major at
UCLA said in August 1984 that, ‘If Mondale gets elected, that [a Russian inva-
sion of the United States] is what’s going to happen.’32
Red Dawn was publicly endorsed by a range of opinion-formers on the
political right. Haig and Reagan used the film as a tool to disparage the
Democrats’ stance on foreign policy in the run-up to the party’s convention
in August 1984. The Gun Owners of America honoured John Milius for ‘dra-
matically depicting the importance in our time of the Second Amendment’.
Soldier of Fortune, a magazine which had a readership of 300,000 and which
stood at the heart of paramilitary culture in post-Vietnam America, printed
stills from Red Dawn that blended seamlessly with photographic accounts of
Mujahidin bravery against the Red Army in Afghanistan.33 Overseas, Red
Dawn fared less well. Left-wing activists threw rotten eggs and paint at screens
showing the movie in some West German theatres. In Moscow, Soviet cultural
officials denounced Red Dawn as virulently anti-Soviet propaganda, despite
recent films like Mikhail Tumanishvili’s Incident in Quadrant 36–80 (1983)
having portrayed Americans as violent anti-Russian psychopaths.34 In the
summer of 1985, Red Dawn was reportedly banned – along with Rambo:
First Blood Part 2 and Sylvester Stallone’s Rocky IV (1985) – in more exotic loca-
tions like Zimbabwe, following complaints from the Russian and Cuban
embassies.35
Red Dawn would prove to have a mixed legacy. At his trial in 1997, Timothy
McVeigh, a pseudo-survivalist and member of an ultra-right militia group
hostile to the US federal government, claimed that Red Dawn was one of his
principal sources of ‘inspiration’ for the Oklahoma City bombing two years
earlier. McVeigh’s act of terrorism killed 168 people. In late 2003, the
Pentagon’s codename for its successful operation to capture the deposed Iraqi
leader, Saddam Hussein, was ‘Red Dawn’. The two huts found at Hussein’s
hideaway outside his home-town of Tikrit were christened ‘Wolverine 1’ and
‘Wolverine 2’, an indication perhaps that, twenty years after it had been made,
Red Dawn had achieved cult status in US military spheres.36
The empire strikes back 277
complained that these touches would only alienate the audience, but his
warnings were ignored.44
As director and screenwriter exchanged draft scripts, progress was made
on the wider production and financial fronts. It is a measure of the greater
space which had opened up for Cold War dissent in the American film indus-
try by the 1980s that Cox got not only the backing of an experienced main-
stream Hollywood producer but also a distribution deal with a major studio.
Edward R. Pressman had been producing in Hollywood for nearly two
decades, during which he had worked on a diverse range of films, including
Terrence Malick’s evocation of aimless anger in 1950s suburbia Badlands
(1973), and John Milius’ violent sword-and-sorcery tale Conan the Barbarian
(1982), which helped make Arnold Schwarzenegger a screen star. While
working on Walker, Pressman also produced Oliver Stone’s exposé of corpo-
rate greed Wall Street (1987). Pressman hoped that Walker would have an
impact comparable to that of Platoon (1986), Stone’s Oscar-winning liberal cri-
tique of Vietnam, and succeeded in securing half of the film’s production
money (roughly $3 million) and a lucrative distribution deal with Universal
Pictures, whose president, Tom Pollock, had once been his attorney. Pollock
and Sean Daniel, Universal’s production chief, saw great commercial poten-
tial in the cult status achieved by Cox’s Repo Man, and hoped Walker could
emulate David Lynch’s recent surreal crossover hit Blue Velvet (1986).45
In December 1985, Cox and co-producer Lorenzo O’Brien made a
location-scouting trip to Nicaragua. The Peruvian-born O’Brien, who had
made a documentary about the military junta in power in his home country
when a student at UCLA in the 1970s, established contact with the Nicaraguan
Film Commission and the Roman Catholic Church, which agreed to provide
unique locations in the capital, Managua, and the historic city of Granada.46
These initial contacts soon blossomed, to the point where the Nicaraguan
government itself adopted the film as a useful propaganda tool. For gener-
ations of Nicaraguans, William Walker had served as a graphic symbol – the
gringo malo – of the many US occupations of their country. To the Sandinistas,
therefore, a movie about Walker provided an opportunity to consolidate its
recent electoral successes (the movement’s leader, Daniel Ortega, was made
president in 1984) and to generate sympathy overseas for its cause in the civil
war. Consequently, members of the government, including Minister of
Culture Ernesto Cardenal and Vice-President Sergio Ramirez, gladly com-
mented on the screenplay. ‘If this penetrates the commercial market in the
United States’, Ramirez told the New York Times in March 1987, ‘it is going to
open some eyes and change some minds.’ When shooting began, Sandinista
troops and officers played native Nicaraguans and other Central Americans.
Official permission was given for the removal of telegraph poles from the
280 Hollywood’s Cold War
‘Bringing peace, democracy and liberty’: oblivious of the bloodbath his mission has unleashed, a crazed
William Walker (Ed Harris, in suit) leads his Immortals through the streets of Rivas. Walker (1987).
Universal Studios.
Walker, who is now clearly insane, elects to stay and makes himself president.
The closing scene shows Walker being executed by firing squad in 1860 in
Honduras. As the credits roll, television footage juxtaposes pictures of Ronald
Reagan in Congress and US troops on ‘defensive manoeuvres’ on the
Honduras-Nicaragua border with the bodies of Nicaraguan civilians mur-
dered by the Contras.
Walker’s bare outline belies the film’s anarchic tone and politically jarring
style. Three areas stand out in this respect. The first is Walker’s anachronistic
humour. By populating the world of the 1850s with Coca-Cola bottles,
Mercedes-Benz sedans, computers and television journalists, Walker on the
one hand consciously frustrates audience expectations about the historical
film genre, and on the other tells viewers that the doctrine of Manifest Destiny
remains an axiom of modern-day US foreign policy. Cox and Wurlitzer’s orig-
inal ending actually made the connection between past and present US incur-
sions into Nicaragua even more explicit. In this scenario, Walker was to be
whisked out of Rivas by the CIA aboard the US helicopters and then make a
speech in modern-day Florida at a fundraising dinner for the Contras, flanked
by anti-Castro Cubans and pro-Reagan celebrities like the Reverend Jerry
Falwell and Charlton Heston. This ending was dropped on the advice of Ed
Pressman, who argued that it would make Walker look ‘a State Department
asshole’ rather than a Napoleonic figure, and the speech was moved instead
to an earlier cathedral scene.50 Cox later regretted not having sprinkled his film
with even more contemporary objects from the start instead of from half-way
282 Hollywood’s Cold War
through (baseball bats, TV dinners, even plane wreckage all appear in draft
scripts), which would certainly have lent it greater continuity.51
The uneasy marriage of nineteenth- and twentieth-century images is
accompanied by the disjunction between image and sound, in which voice-
over narration, dialogue, and non-diegetic music are contradicted by the mise-
en-scène. This serves to heighten the satirical tone of the movie and to
sharpen its criticism of the Americans’ behaviour. For instance, Walker opens
with upbeat Latin music that is wholly at odds with the images of violent death
and destruction during a battle in Senora. The slow-motion displays of blood-
shed in this and later battle scenes, complete with semi-comical spaghetti-
Western-style sound effects, deliberately ape the work of Sam Peckinpah,
Sergio Leone and Akira Kurosawa, and are meant to bring home to ‘the
carnage-addicted, Rambo-loving American audiences’ (as Cox labelled them)
the violent nature of US interventionism. (In an early script, one of the
Immortals was called ‘Captain Schwarzenegger’, in honour of the muscle-
bound star of the mid-1980s hits The Terminator and Commando.)52 Throughout
the film, Ed Harris’s lofty voice-over narration is repeatedly undercut by
actions on screen. Thus, when the voice speaks of cultural reforms, we see
natives being flogged. When it proclaims the virtues of regenerating a nation,
we see Walker’s motley crew of mercenaries boozing, brawling, stealing from
natives, and assaulting females of more than one species (‘The colonel says it’s
a democracy’, shouts one Immortal, as he climbs into a sheep pen and lowers
his trousers).
Walker’s obliviousness of the consequences of his dictatorial actions,
together with the Immortals’ depravity, reflected Cox’s penchant for the
bizarre and grotesque. This tied in with his assertions that absurdist humour
was more likely to shock the audience into action, and that Walker ultimately
typified the madness that went hand in hand with notions of cultural and
racial superiority: ‘a guy completely out of touch with reality, who thought he
was acting on Christian principles but who blinded himself to the fact that he
was slaughtering the people he came to regenerate’.53 Cox thought carefully
about how to present Walker and his cohorts for maximum political impact.
Prior to filming, one correspondent warned Cox that his script depicted
Walker as too ‘wacky’ and that it overlooked the Immortals’ misplaced ideal-
ism. Consequently, the script encouraged the audience ‘to dismiss the story as
an aberration rather than to recognise it as a stereotype’. Certain parts of early
versions of the script highlighting Walker’s zany personality were ultimately
cut by Cox – his obsession with insects, for example. At the same time, the
final print further heightened the Immortals’ vulgarity. For instance, immedi-
ately after setting foot in Nicaragua, instead of marching past a number of
bare-breasted women in the river without breaking ranks, the Immortals run
The empire strikes back 283
amok. Doubtless seen as gratuitous by some viewers, such scenes in the film-
makers’ eyes functioned as a commentary on the psychosexual character of
American puritans who subordinated women and peoples of colour, and
ascribed capitalist exploitation of Third World people to institutionalised
racism and sexism.54
Walker opened in the United States in December 1987. Rarely can a polit-
ical film three years in the making have enjoyed such a timely release. In
response to newspaper revelations, in November 1986 Ronald Reagan told
stunned Americans that, unbeknownst to him, elements within his govern-
ment had been selling arms to an avowed enemy, Iran, in exchange for the
release of US hostages held in the Middle East. Worse still, part of the profits
from the arms had been diverted to provide military assistance to the
Nicaraguan Contras during a period when Congress had explicitly outlawed
any such aid. Reagan conducted a damage-limitation exercise by dismissing
the National Security Council Director, John Poindexter, and his aide
Lieutenant Colonel Oliver North, a Vietnam veteran who had run a multi-
million-dollar fundraising campaign for the Contras among conservative
Americans. Despite this, during the summer of 1987, joint Senate and House
special committees conducted nationally televised hearings on the Iran-
Contra affair. These hearings aroused as much public interest as Watergate.
The evidence of official intrigue and deception severely weakened Reagan’s
personal standing, and wholly contradicted Washington’s claim to be running
a morally revitalised foreign policy.55
With the Iran-Contra scandal having put Nicaragua and the dirty underbelly
of US Cold War strategy at the very centre of national affairs for most of 1987,
Walker looked an odds-on box office hit. For one thing, the parallels between
the scandal and the film amounted to a publicist’s dream: the privatisation of
diplomacy and war, the role of soldiers of fortune, and clandestine acts in
exotic locations. However, in the event the Iran-Contra affair probably seri-
ously undermined the film’s takings. Walker had attracted a considerable
amount of interest among American film critics before news of the Iran-
Contra connection surfaced. After November 1986, political journalists then
joined the fray, looking for a novel angle on US-Nicaraguan relations, and
helping to make the film an even greater subject of controversy. During shoot-
ing, liberal newspapers like the Los Angeles Times ran lengthy location reports
on Walker, linking the film to their own long-standing anti-Contra propaganda
campaigns. Other magazines more to the political right, such as Newsweek (an
issue of which appeared in the movie) and Time, noted the Nicaraguan gov-
ernment’s enthusiastic support for the project and consequently condemned
the film as blatant Sandinista propaganda.56 Ever the opportunist, Cox
responded to these barbs in typically aggressive fashion. By openly comparing
284 Hollywood’s Cold War
Walker with the ‘criminals’ Oliver North and Assistant Secretary of State for
Western Hemisphere Affairs Elliott Abrams – ‘all white guys coming down to
small countries thinking they can do anything’ – Cox sought to highlight the
relevance of his movie for the public, and to express his anger at the fact that,
like Walker and Vanderbilt before them, the perpetrators of the Iran-Contra
scandal would most probably get away with a slap on the wrist.57
In an atmosphere of increasing constitutional crisis, one that might even
result in a presidential impeachment, Universal executives regarded such state-
ments as ill-advised and inflammatory. Having allowed the filmmakers a rela-
tively free hand in the early stages of the project, on seeing the rushes the
company’s executives and the marketing agents began to get cold feet. Walker,
they protested, was meant to be a liberal interpretation of nineteenth-century
adventurism. Cox’s version was diagnosed as far too alienating, both politically
and stylistically. If Cox expected any support from Ed Pressman in the face
of these severe criticisms, he was deluded. Pressman had already succeeded in
politically toning down the film’s ending at final scripting stage. During the
shooting phase, he then grew exasperated by what he saw as Cox’s wildly
extravagant approach to moviemaking.58 Consequently, Universal took the
decision to stifle Walker by limiting both publicity and theatrical release. The
film opened in only eight American cities in December 1987. On the west
coast, in Los Angeles, the movie was released on only two screens, where it
played for just three weeks. During this period, the Los Angeles Weekly ran only
one advert for the film. On the east coast, in New York, Walker could be found
on only three screens, where it played for a month. This was a dismal showing
for a film which had cost $6 million. Universal then forbade Cox to take Walker
to the Havana Festival, the foremost film market in Latin America, and the
company’s international subsidiary, UIP, delayed a Central American release.59
Cox reacted angrily to what he saw as blatant political censorship. He even
ventured a comparison between himself and the way dissident filmmakers had
been marginalised in the Soviet Union.60 Whatever truth there was in this, the
fact was that the Englishman had slipped up badly. Walker was never likely to
appeal to a broad cross-section of the film-going public due its nihilistic
format. As a film buff, Cox should have known that its postmodern historical
narrative would be unacceptable to a public brought up on realistic represen-
tations of the past. Wurlitzer had hinted at this when complaining about the
addition of anachronistic touches at the scriptwriting stage. Many people who
saw the film simply did not find it entertaining. With a few exceptions, the
trade press in the United States had nothing positive to say about Walker.
Variety called it a ‘virtual fiasco’, BoxOffice ‘very weird’.61
Walker generated more than its fair share of heat in the political press, but
there is no evidence that the film changed people’s minds about US policy in
The empire strikes back 285
Nicaragua. Predictably, some newspapers on the left sang its praises. ‘If . . .
Walker’s metaphorical message makes a fraction of the eventual audience
think more closely about what their tax dollars are paying for’, said the New
York Village Voice, ‘then Cox’s extraordinary vision of history returning will
have reaped a rich dividend.’ Newspapers on the right, on the other hand, lam-
basted Walker for being gratuitously anti-American and pretentious. More sig-
nificantly perhaps, some who were hostile to the Contras applauded the
movie’s message but were either bewildered by its surrealism or alienated by
its heavy-handedness. The Los Angeles Herald-Examiner, for one, witheringly
described the film as ‘a wasted opportunity’ and a ‘bloated excess’. Holly-
wood’s best-known liberal, Robert Redford, announced that he would direct
and star in his own film about Walker, to set the record straight (this never
materialised).62
In Nicaragua itself, once released, Walker played to packed houses in
Managua, but even here pro-government newspapers objected to its exces-
sively violent content and satirical tone. Walker just might have succeeded at
the box office as an ‘alternative’ film, despite Universal’s lack of support, if it
had been more aesthetically accessible to a liberal audience. The fact is it was
not. The movie earned a pitifully small sum – $257,000 – and taught Cox that
the greater freedom which unorthodox foreign filmmakers had to criticise
American Cold War policy during the 1980s came at a price. Walker effectively
finished his Hollywood career.63
Casting the two lead roles was important, politically as well as commer-
cially. If the actors failed to hit it off on screen, Red Heat would die at the box
office. If their personas were insufficiently different, the culture-clashing
element of the film would not work. Choosing James Belushi to play Chicago
detective Art Ridzik, rather than a more slapstick-oriented comedy actor like
Steve Martin or Chevy Chase, paid dividends. Belushi’s rebellious persona,
honed since his breakthrough as a comedian on NBC’s Saturday Night Live,
enhanced Ridzik’s – and America’s – free-spirited image.
Arnold Schwarzenegger was perfect to play the latter-day Ninotchka,
Ivan Danko, a straitlaced but trustworthy and ultimately lovable Russian.
Schwarzenegger was no Mikhail Baryshnikov, the star of White Nights (1985),
a real-life Russian defector-turned-actor, but he was the closest thing to it,
having left Austria (where he was born in 1947) to become a naturalised
American. Schwarzenegger made no secret of the effect the Soviet occupa-
tion of his home country during the early Cold War had had on his childhood,
and about why it had helped turn him into a staunch defender of democracy
and a card-carrying Republican. Moreover, his much-publicised Cinderella-
like rise from humble beginnings to become one of Hollywood’s top money-
making stars embodied the realisation of the American dream. The former
Mr Universe’s moulded physique was ‘harder’ than Greta Garbo’s but no less
striking, and thus would fit the well-established brawn-without-brains Russian
stereotype. In fact, Schwarzenegger had employed his muscles to great patri-
otic effect on the screen in the eighties, meting out summary justice to
America’s domestic and external enemies in films like Raw Deal (John Irvin,
1986) and Predator (John McTiernan, 1986). Schwarzenegger shaved ten
pounds off his bodyweight to look more convincingly ‘Slavic’ in Red Heat.
Russian vocal training for the movie enhanced his famously thick-accented
delivery of American slang phrases.76
Red Heat starts right within the Bear’s cave: a very Russian, unisex, dungeon-
like steambath (or banya) in Moscow. Muscle-men shovel coal and pump iron,
while nude women cavort like prostitutes. The heart of the Soviet empire –
the scene was actually filmed in Budapest – is a picture of medieval debauch-
ery. A scantily clad, beautifully proportioned Captain Ivan Danko, the head of
Moscow’s homicide division, is here for business, not pleasure. His quarry is
Viktor Rosta (Ed O’Ross), a murderous cocaine dealer. Danko is attacked by
a group of bearded Mongolian goliaths, but shows them the meaning of
rough justice with his bare fists. Though Viktor is not to be found, Danko dis-
covers where he will be that evening.
Cut to Red Square. Mock Cyrillic credits begin to roll, accompanied by
harsh, imitation-Prokofiev music scored by James Horner (son of Harry, the
director of Red Planet Mars). As the choir intones and bells clamour, we are
The empire strikes back 289
suit instead of a military-style uniform, for instance – but he never once con-
siders defecting. There is no need for him to. For one thing, his younger, less
regimented generation is going to benefit from Russia’s Westernisation. And
Danko is a proud Russian nationalist, not, like Ninotchka, a devout commu-
nist who needs to be converted to capitalism. His pursuit of Viktor is fuelled
both by revenge and by the fact that the narcotics kingpin is a Georgian, the
implication being that Russia, like the United States, is awash with criminal
‘foreign’ subversives who don’t belong there. Viktor’s nationality, plus Danko’s
sturdiness and Schwarzenegger’s fame in Russia via black-market videos, help
to explain Moscow’s official support for Red Heat.79
However, from the start Ridzik and Danko have one very important thing
in common – both like to crack sleazebags’ heads. The difference turns out to
be that Danko has more freedom to blast away at bad guys in a closed com-
munist society than Ridzik has in an open democracy that over-protects crim-
inals’ rights. The film shows that (akin to the US Army in Vietnam perhaps)
the streetwise American cop is fighting the enemy with one hand tied behind
his back by weak-kneed bureaucrats. This message echoed President Reagan’s
frequent accusations that liberals in Congress were preventing him from
‘doing his job’. Red Heat strongly hinted that the Russian state’s ruthless tech-
niques would be far more effective in sweeping undesirables from America’s
decadent streets than the West’s namby-pamby, form-filling methods. It would
seem, therefore, that America had something to learn from Soviet authoritar-
ianism after all.80
Ridzik and Danko begin to realise they are on the same side against a new
enemy – international narcotics smugglers – when Viktor escapes their
clutches. The Soviet authorities fail to inform the American police how
important a prisoner they are holding, for fear of airing their dirty laundry in
public. This ingrained secrecy leads to the gun-toting Cleanheads springing
Viktor from his casual handover to Danko, and to the killing of Ridzik’s own
partner, Gallagher (Richard Bright). To add insult to injury, in time-honoured
fashion, Soviet consul officials then berate the hospitalised Danko for failing
in his assignment and humiliating the Russian government. They order him to
return home for suitable punishment.
Taking a lesson from Ridzik’s rule-breaking book, Danko ignores these
orders and uses his own initiative. He and Ridzik travel to Stateville Prison to
speak to Abdul Elijah (Brent Jennings), head of the Elijah Brotherhood, who
controls the Cleanheads and a vast international drug-trafficking racket from
his cell. Danko hopes to win Elijah over by comparing the Soviet Union’s
struggle against American imperialism with that of the black Americans’
struggle for racial equality, but only exposes himself to ridicule by revealing
how ignorant he is of eighties radical black nationalism. When pressed as to
The empire strikes back 291
what political crime he committed, Elijah tells Danko, ‘I robbed a bank.’ Elijah
tells Danko he is fighting the race and class war by selling drugs to every white
man around the world, and as such he and the Brotherhood are ‘the only
Marxists around here’. The fact that Ridzik’s superior, Stobbs (Larry
Fishburne), is black tells us that race is no barrier to an individual’s progress
in contemporary America.
Danko and Ridzik begin to form the perfect renegade team as they delve
ever more deeply into Chicago’s underworld. The Russian breaks stool-
pigeons’ fingers and is incorruptible, while the warm-hearted American thinks
on his feet and knows Russians take their tea in a glass with sugar. The closer
they get to one another and to their target, the more they banter good-
naturedly about the quality of life in their respective societies. Ridzik intro-
duces Danko to America’s ‘four main food groups – hamburgers, French fries,
coffee, and doughnuts’; Danko ribs the American by boasting about the
greater firepower of Soviet-made police handguns. Ticked off by Danko’s crit-
icisms of Chicago’s depravity, Ridzik bites back, encapsulating the pair’s – and
the film’s – attitude towards politics and criminality:
Ridzik: Tell me somethin’, Captain. If you got such a fuckin’ paradise, how
come you’re up the same creek as we are with heroin and cocaine?
Danko: Chinese find way. Right after Revolution, they lined up all drug
dealers, all drug addicts, took them to public square and shot them in
back of head.
Ridzik: Never work here. Fuckin’ politicians wouldn’t go for it.
Danko: Shoot them first.
Like Red Dawn and Walker, Red Heat reaches a suitably spectacular and violent
climax. Viktor strangles his American wife, whom he only married for a green
card, to prevent her going to the authorities. When the drug deal finally goes
down, Viktor then double-crosses the Cleanheads by killing their point man
at an American Liberty Lines bus station, and making off with the merchan-
dise. Danko and Ridzik catch up with Viktor via a tip-off but cannot prevent
him commandeering a bus, which he drives off in. The cops give chase in a bus
of their own, and, after a game of chicken, force Viktor to crash into a speed-
ing train. Finally, Danko despatches Viktor in a Western-style gunslinger’s
shoot-out.
At the very end, Ridzik and Danko bid a fond farewell at O’Hare Airport.
Danko tells Ridzik that Russians have started to play baseball, and the two
argue comically over who – America or the Soviet Union – would win an inter-
national World Series. Finally, they exchange watches as a symbol of East-
West friendship. Ridzik gives the Russian his $1,000 Swiss Rolex; Danko
presents the American with his $20 East German wind-up.
292 Hollywood’s Cold War
Time for a fresh start: bearing the scars of their joint war on drugs, Ridzik (James Belushi) and Danko
(Arnold Schwarzenegger) say goodbye at the end of Red Heat (1988). Carolco/The Kobal Collection.
CONCLUSION
Hollywood’s politico-financial ‘empire’ did indeed strike back during the final
decade of the Cold War. In the late 1960s and early 1970s, America’s film-
making culture had been increasingly dominated by directors. Together with
a wider scope for independent film production, this gave rise to greater cre-
ativity and political unorthodoxy on screen. In the 1980s, however, this culture
was supplanted by one dominated by business-minded executives, agents and
lawyers. With this came a new reliance on advertising and marketing, and new
exhibition patterns that were aimed at a quick profit rather than gradual
returns. In the early eighties, an average Hollywood film cost roughly $11
million to make and another $10 million to market; these sums inevitably mil-
itated against the production of risky material, political or otherwise. Like so
much of the US economy in the Reagan era, the film industry was also dereg-
ulated. In 1985, the 1948 Supreme Court anti-trust ruling was reversed, allow-
ing the major film companies to buy back into cinema chains, thus increasing
their control over which movies could be shown and where. All of this, plus
the shift to the political right caused partly by increased East-West tensions in
the early part of the decade, explains why so much of Hollywood’s output in
the 1980s spoke of reaction and conservative reassurance.81
The empire strikes back 293
The three main films analysed above all fit into this new financial and
political framework. Red Dawn on the one hand represented a return to
McCarthyite anti-communist agit-prop, minus the HUAC factor. On the other
hand, it reflected both the industry’s and the New Right’s appetite for vio-
lence – film executives saw stylised violence as a box office draw, whereas mil-
itary and political hawks like Alexander Haig and Ronald Reagan believed
warlike violence was part of a healthy society, if targeted at the enemy. The
fact that a movie as critical of US Cold War strategy as Alex Cox’s Walker got
made at all in the mid-1980s shows how far Hollywood had travelled politi-
cally since the McCarthy era. Yet Cox’s row with Universal also demonstrated
that, though many of the constraints of the classical studio era had long gone,
filmmakers were often still only as free as their distribution deal let them be.
This lack of autonomy alerts us to the difficulties filmmakers had in making
politically subversive statements even during the latter stages of the Cold War,
when many people had long passed the point of looking at the conflict in sim-
plistic terms and even when, as was the case with the Reagan administration’s
actions in Central America, Congressional and public opinion were bitterly
divided over an issue.
Walter Hill’s Red Heat combined ‘high-concept’, easily marketable film-
making with violence and a huge box office star (Schwarzenegger). Neither its
makers nor its viewers probably regarded Red Heat as a ‘political’ movie. But
it was so, of course, not least in the way in which it projected the political
establishment’s view of the dangers that the United States faced in the new,
post-Cold War world. By the late 1980s, many in Washington believed that
drugs had already replaced communism as terrorism’s twin evil, and Red Heat
pointed the way towards a joint US-Russian policing role to combat that dual
threat. In September 1989, the United States and Soviet Union held a confer-
ence on how the two nations could work together against terrorists.82 In the
same month, US Secretary of Defence Dick Cheney ordered his military com-
manders to devise new plans for a drug war. Three months later, in December
1989, US forces invaded Panama to overthrow President Manuel Noriega, on
the grounds that he engaged in international drug-smuggling. America’s new
enemies had started to fall.83
Hollywood’s last major contribution to the Cold War was John McTiernan’s
$30-million blockbuster The Hunt for Red October. Based on Tom Clancy’s 1984
best-selling novel, which Ronald Reagan publicly called ‘a perfect yarn’, the
movie was about a Soviet naval commander (played by the former James Bond,
Sean Connery) who defects with his country’s new, untraceable nuclear sub-
marine in order to avert a first strike on the United States and thereby hope-
fully establish the grounds for a post-Cold War alliance of Russian and
American peoples. The US Navy gave McTiernan full logistical support after
294 Hollywood’s Cold War
Steering a peaceful path ahead: sharing the helm of the Soviet nuclear super-sub, Captain Marko Ramius
(Sean Connery) and CIA analyst Jack Ryan (Alec Baldwin) defeat the communist old guard at the climax of
The Hunt for Red October (1990). Paramount/The Kobal Collection.
vetting the script, and Connery’s dialogue was partly written by John Milius.
Back in 1985, when the producers Mace Neufeld and Jerry Sherlock had
acquired the rights to Clancy’s book, Russia’s underwater fleet posed one of the
most critical threats to the United States. By the time The Hunt for Red October
hit the screens in March 1990, however, Moscow’s hold over Eastern Europe
had collapsed, and Mikhail Gorbachev had famously declared, in December
1989, that his country no longer considered the United States its enemy.
Despite being out of date, The Hunt for Red October was a huge commercial
success. Many Americans presumably watched the film with mixed emotions –
with an element of pride that the United States had ‘won’ the Cold War, tinged
with relief that, in the process, they could consign such East-West doomsday
nuclear scenarios to history once and for all.84
Notes
1 Cited in Philip John Davies and Paul Wells (eds), American Film and Politics from
Reagan to Bush Jr (Manchester, 2002), p. 8.
2 The partial exception to this is India, where there is a long history of matinee
idols entering politics. Some have served as state chief ministers. See Ram Avtar
Agnihotri, Film Stars in Indian Politics (New Delhi, 1998).
The empire strikes back 295
3 Ronald Reagan, An American Life (London, 1990), pp. 104–25; Gary Wills,
Reagan’s America (New York, 1987), pp. 246–58. Reagan served as Guild president
from 1947 to 1952 and returned for another year in 1959–60.
4 Frances Fitzgerald, Way Out There in the Blue: Reagan, Star Wars and the End of the
Cold War (New York, 2000), p. 60; Wills, Reagan’s America, p. 300.
5 On Reagan’s relationship with and, some argue, mastery of the media during his
presidency see Mark Hertsgaard, On Bended Knee: The Press and the Reagan Presidency
(New York, 1988) and John Tebbel and Sarah Miles Watts, The Press and the
Presidency: From George Washington to Ronald Reagan (New York, 1985), pp. 531–53.
6 Nicholas J. Cull, ‘Public Diplomacy and the Private Sector: The United States
Information Agency, its Predecessors and the Private Sector’, in Laville and
Wilford (eds), Citizen Groups, p. 220. On Wick’s time at the USIA see Snyder,
Warriors. Reagan also slotted others friends from his Hollywood days into polit-
ical positions. Roy Brewer, for instance, a former head of the film trade union
IATSE, and a life-long anti-communist, was given a high posting in the US
Labour Department. May, Tomorrow, p. 212.
7 Rogin, Reagan, pp. 1–43 especially; James William Gibson, Warrior Dreams:
Paramilitary Culture in Post-Vietnam America (New York, 1994), pp. 267, 269;
Jeffords, Hard Bodies, pp. 3–5.
8 Fitzgerald, Way Out There, pp. 34–8.
9 Ibid., pp. 24, 37, 74; Lou Cannon, President Reagan: The Role of a Lifetime (New
York, 2000), pp. 289–90.
10 See, for instance, Robin Wood, Hollywood from Vietnam to Reagan (New York,
1986); Chris Jordan, Movies and the Reagan Presidency: Success and Ethics (Westport,
CT, 2003); Belton, American Cinema/American Culture; Ryan and Kellner, Camera
Politica.
11 Yablans’ efforts to save the company failed. By the end of the 1980s, MGM/UA
had been dismantled and its back lot sold. On this see Peter Bart, Fade Out: The
Calamitous Final Days of MGM (New York, 1990).
12 Variety, 21 September 1988.
13 ‘Ten Soldiers’, revised second draft script by Kevin Reynolds, 27 October 1982,
Collection 073, Box F-741, UCLA AL.
14 Bart, Fade Out, pp. 110–11; Variety, 16 June 1997, p. 34.
15 Marquee, June/July 1984, pp. 24–6.
16 American Film, March 1986, p. 48; Devine, Vietnam, pp. 219–21.
17 Los Angeles Herald-Examiner, 10 February 1982 and 9 September 1984; Alexander
Haig, Inner Circles: How America Changed the World: A Memoir (New York, 1992),
p. 550.
18 ‘Red Dawn’ AKA ‘Ten Soldiers’, shooting script by Kevin Reynolds and John
Milius, 19 October 1983, Collection 073, Box F-24, UCLA AL; Bart, Fade Out,
pp. 111–13, 134; BAM, 7 September 1984, pp. 18–19. A still from the
McDonald’s scene – showing four Red Army soldiers posing with a Russian tank
under a Golden Arches sign – remained the most prominent advertisement for
Red Dawn in the press.
296 Hollywood’s Cold War
19 Bart, Fade Out, pp. 133–5, 138–9; Los Angeles Herald-Examiner, 2 April 1984; Red
Dawn Production notes and Press book, AMPAS; Los Angeles Weekly, 17–23
August 1984, p. 37; Red Dawn budget file, Box 6, Buzz Feitshans Collection,
AMPAS.
20 This is partly due to the frequency with which Reagan quoted lines from the
movie. See, for instance, his speech on tax reform at the Santa-Cali-Gon Days
Celebration in Independence, Missouri, in September 1985, at www.reagan.
utexas.edu/archives/speeches/1985/90285a.htm (27 March 2006). Rambo: First
Blood Part 2 made $200 million in the United States alone. On the movie’s cultural
and political impact see Palmer, Eighties, pp. 62–3, 96–9. In early 1986, the New
York Times reported that Rambo video-cassettes were much sought after even on
the Russian black market. In that year, as part of a government-ordered Five Year
Plan of anti-American movies, Soviet film-goers got to see actor Mikhail
Nozhkin play their industry’s equivalent of John Rambo, making short work of
American military terrorists in Mikhail Tumanishvili’s Solo Voyage. See Val
Golovskoy, ‘Art and Propaganda in the Soviet Union 1980–5’, in Anna Lawton
(ed.), The Red Screen: Politics, Society and Art in Soviet Cinema (London, 1992),
pp. 264–74.
21 Green’s ‘invasion’ – which starts with a Soviet nuclear attack on Alaska – is not
as ‘real’ as that depicted in Red Dawn. It turns out to be the result of a hypnotist’s
trick, played on the patrons in a New York bar as a warning against complacency
in the face of the communist threat. Hollywood Reporter, 3 December 1952, p. 3,
and New York Times, 30 April 1953, p. 39.
22 Fitzgerald, Way Out There, pp. 37, 73.
23 Gibson, Warrior Dreams, pp. 270–4.
24 Jeffords, Hard Bodies, p. 12.
25 According to calculations conducted by a group calling itself the National
Coalition on Television Violence, an act of violence occurred in Red Dawn at an
average rate of 134 per hour or 2.23 per minute. This earned the film an entry in
the Guinness Book of World Records for the most acts of violence in a single film up
to that time. New York Times, 16 September 1984, H19, 24.
26 On the strong propaganda component of Reagan’s ‘Star Wars’ programme see
Fitzgerald, Way Out There. On Hollywood’s nuclear films of the 1980s, including
Testament and The Day After, see Chapter 5, note 73, and Palmer, Eighties,
pp. 179–205.
27 For a contemporary analysis of the revenge theme see Vincent Canby, New York
Times, 8 December 1985, H21–2.
28 Cannon, President Reagan, p. 11; Marquee, June/July 1984, pp. 25–6.
29 Bart, Fade Out, p. 227–8; Los Angeles Herald-Examiner, 9 September 1984.
30 David Denby in New York, 20 August 1984, p. 90; Janet Maslin in New York Times,
19 August 1984, H15.
31 Wall Street Journal, 14 November 1984, p. 35; New York Times, 10 November 1984,
pp. 48, 79.
32 Los Angeles Herald-Examiner, 15 August and 9 September 1984.
The empire strikes back 297
50 Walker script, dated 29 October 1986, Box 2, Folder 5, Cox Papers, UCLA AL;
Wurlitzer, Walker, p. 25.
51 Walker scripts, dated 29 October 1986 and 7 January 1987, Box 2, Folder 5, Cox
Papers, UCLA AL; Cox’s interview with Cork City-based filmmaker Chris Neill,
October 2002, www.senseofcinema.com/contents/03/24/walker.html (5
September 2004). For a more detailed analysis of Walker’s unusual take on the his-
torical film genre see Robert A. Rosenstone, ‘Walker: The Dramatic Film as
(Postmodern) History’, and Sumiko Higashi, ‘Walker and Mississippi Burning:
Postmodernism versus Illusionist Narrative’, in Robert A. Rosenstone (ed.),
Revisioning History: Film and the Construction of a New Past (Princeton, NJ, 1995),
pp. 188–213.
52 Sight and Sound, Vol. 56, No. 4, Autumn 1987, pp. 250–1; Walker script, undated
but between 29 October 1986 and 7 January 1987, Box 2, Folder 6, Cox Papers,
UCLA AL. The directors of The Terminator (1984) and Commando (1985) were
James Cameron and Mark L. Lester respectively.
53 Wurlitzer, Walker, p. i.
54 Rob Moore to Alex Cox, 11 March 1987, Box 2, Folder 4; Walker script, dated 29
October 1986, Box 2, Folder 5: Cox Papers, UCLA AL.
55 Kornbluh and Byrne, The Iran-Contra Scandal, pp. xv, xx, 408.
56 Los Angeles Times, 19 April 1987, pp. 16–23; Los Angeles Weekly, 15–21 January,
1988, p. 41; Cineaste, Vol. 16, No. 3, 1988, pp. 12–16, 52–3.
57 Newsweek, 20 April 1987, p. 44. In 1989, Oliver North was sentenced to a three-
year suspended prison term, having been found guilty of three charges in rela-
tion to his activities while at the National Security Council. A year later, his
convictions were overturned on the grounds that his Congressional testimony
prejudiced his right to a fair trial. During the Iran-Contra Affair, Elliott Abrams
was indicted for giving false testimony about his role in the illicit money-raising
schemes by the special prosecutor handling the case, but he pleaded guilty to two
lesser offences of withholding information from Congress in order to avoid a trial
and a possible jail term. President George Bush pardoned Abrams along with a
number of other Iran-Contra defendants shortly before leaving office in 1992.
Lawrence E. Walsh, Firewall: The Iran-Contra Conspiracy and Cover-up (New York,
1998), pp. 158–9, 490–510.
58 Los Angeles Times, 19 April 1987, pp. 16–23; City Limits, 23–30 March 1989,
pp. 13–14; Davies, Cox, p. 100.
59 Los Angeles Weekly listings, 10–24 December 1987 – Walker advertisement
4 December 1987, p. 82; Village Voice listings, 10–13 December 1987; City Limits,
23–30 March 1989, pp. 13–14.
60 Wurlitzer, Walker, pp. 24–5; Guardian, 30 March 1989, p. 27; Davies, Cox,
p. 101.
61 Variety’s Film Reviews, Vol. 20, 1987–8 (New York, 1991), 2 December 1987;
BoxOffice, February 1988.
62 Village Voice, cited in Wurlitzer, Walker, p. ii; Commonweal, 29 January 1988; Los
Angeles Herald-Examiner, 4 December 1987, p. 11; Davies, Cox, p. 100.
The empire strikes back 299
63 Los Angeles Times, 5 March 1988, VI, 8; Davies, Cox, p. 104; www.imdb.com/
title/tt0096409/business (25 March 2006).
64 Los Angeles Times, 10 February 1988; Palmer, Eighties, p. 209.
65 Palmer, Eighties, p. 21; Reagan’s toast, 30 May 1988, in Public Papers of the
Presidents of the United States: Ronald Reagan, 1988: Book 1: Jan. 1–July 1, 1988
(Washington, DC, 1988), p. 680. Ironically, and probably unbeknownst to
Reagan, the screenplay of Friendly Persuasion was credited to a communist writer,
Michael Stevens. See Joseph Dmohowski, ‘The Friendly Persuasion (1956)
Screenplay Controversy: Michael Wilson, Jessamyn West, and the Hollywood
Blacklist’, Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television, Vol. 22, No. 4, 2002,
pp. 491–514.
66 Films and Filming, February 1984, p. 36.
67 Hollywood Reporter, 28 March 1984, p. 419.
68 S. J. Ball, The Cold War: An International History, 1947–1991 (London, 1998),
pp. 221–6.
69 Variety, 4 November 1987, p. 11; Hollywood Reporter, 25 May 1982, p. 3; Motion
Picture Herald, 25 May 1966, p. 525.
70 BoxOffice, September 1988; www.imdb.com/title/tt0095963/business (27 March
2006).
71 Katz, Encyclopedia, p. 631; Bart, Fade Out, p. 110.
72 Los Angeles Times, 25 October 1987; Adrian Wright, Arnold Schwarzenegger: A Life
in Film (London, 1994), p. 103.
73 Katz, Encyclopedia, p. 756; Variety, 29 April 1987, p. 16.
74 Movie, January 1989, pp. 34–45.
75 See, for instance, first draft shooting script of Red Heat, undated, by Troy
Kennedy Martin and Walter Hill, Collection 073, Box 741, UCLA AL.
76 US, 17 June 1988; Red Heat Production notes, AMPAS; Laurence Leamer,
Fantastic: The Life of Arnold Schwarzenegger (New York, 2005). Schwarzenegger
followed in Ronald Reagan’s footsteps when he was elected Governor of
California in 2003.
77 Red Heat Production Notes, AMPAS; Variety, 17 February 1988; Los Angeles
Herald-Examiner, 10 February 1988.
78 ‘Making of Red Heat’, Red Heat DVD (2001), Momentum Pictures MP024D.
79 Variety, 17 February 1988; Wright, Schwarzenegger, p. 104.
80 Lone citizen-warriors battling against petty functionaries to defeat foreign
robber terrorists or drug-smugglers were a staple theme in mid-to-late
eighties Hollywood movies like Lethal Weapon (1987) and Die Hard (1988).
On this see Jeffords, Hard Bodies, pp. 58–63, and Palmer, Eighties, pp. 110–11,
130–2.
81 Lev, American Films of the 70s, pp. 181–5; Jeffords, Hard Bodies, p. 16; Thomas
Schatz, ‘The Hollywood Studio System’, in Crowdus (ed.), Companion,
pp. 199–204.
82 Los Angeles Times, 29 September 1989.
83 Gibson, Warrior Dreams, pp. 288–91.
300 Hollywood’s Cold War
84 Lee Pfeiffer and Philip Lisa, The Films of Sean Connery (New York, 1993),
pp. 238–41; Suid, Guts and Glory, pp. 570–9. Another Cold War drama, John
Frankenheimer’s The Fourth War, was also made in 1989 and appeared two weeks
after The Hunt for Red October. This was about two aged, hawkish commanders
(one American, the other Russian) who carry out their own private and outdated
war against each other on the German-Czechoslovakia border. It hardly made a
dent at the box office. Variety, 14 March 1990, p. 21.
Conclusion
I won’t be so bold as to say that American movies are responsible for the
popular uprising in China. But I am willing to bet that for more than a few
Chinese citizens our films served as an inspiration to strike for something
better.
Richard Frank, President of Walt Disney Studios, to the US Congress,
July 19891
Female Soviet apparatchiks spellbound by Parisian lingerie. Emotionally
deranged subversives betraying their wholesome American families for the
communist cause. Giant alien robots espousing nuclear disarmament.
Revamped Old Testament stories of freedom versus dictatorship. Brave black
Americans campaigning for racial progress. GIs forced to play Russian
roulette for the entertainment of their Viet Cong captors. Globe-trotting
Western spies slaying KGB assassins with a hi-tech gizmo in one hand and a
curvaceous blonde in another. Kafkaesque CIA agents murdering their col-
leagues for oil. Muscle-bound Russian cops beating America’s new drug-
dealing enemies to a pulp.
Hollywood made hay with the Cold War, plundering the conflict for profit
and propaganda from beginning to end. Cold War themes appeared in a mul-
titude of genres including musicals, Westerns, biblical epics, romantic come-
dies, science-fiction fantasies, documentaries, detective thrillers and absurdist
biopics. The result was thousands of images – some bland, some compelling
– that helped millions of people worldwide to grasp the ‘real’ meaning of a
conflict that for most of them was peculiarly abstract and, for many
Americans especially, was fought solely on an imaginary level.
In Cold War Russia, as befitted Lenin’s famous post-revolutionary asser-
tion that cinema was the most important of all the arts, film propaganda was
controlled almost entirely from the centre. Film studios were nationalised,
cultural commissars scrutinised the content of movies, and a plethora of
state organisations regulated celluloid imports and exports. The ‘cultural
thaws’ ushered in by Nikita Khrushchev in the 1950s and Mikhail
Gorbachev in the 1980s did allow Russian filmmakers a modicum of artistic
freedom. But the need to adhere to the grand master narrative of socialism
302 Hollywood’s Cold War
other productions registered a growing unease with the spiralling arms race
and with the Big-Brother-like activities of America’s own security agencies.
Finally, this third phase gave way to the schizophrenic, self-reflexive coverage
of the 1980s. During this decade, some filmmakers harked back to the black-
and-white Cold War certainties of the 1950s, while others traded blows over
the New Right’s war on ‘commu-terrorists’ or looked forwards to an end to
East-West hostilities.
If Hollywood was no mere functionary of government during the Cold
War, neither was it as independent as the film industry or the government
would have people believe. Considerable political influence was exerted on the
industry’s Cold War output. In some instances, state propaganda bodies
merely assisted or trimmed movies, often in association with politically
conservative, self-regulating film organisations like the Production Code
Administration. On other occasions, agencies such as the FBI, CIA and USIA
financed, produced and marketed films. Conversely, at other times the state
simply hitched a ride on entirely privately made films, like Ninotchka. As a con-
sequence of all this, American films both reflected and projected official Cold
War ideology, consciously and unconsciously. From the early 1960s onwards,
responding to structural changes within the film industry and political changes
outside, American filmmakers felt more able to defy aspects of that ideology.
However, because the highly capitalised nature of the industry continued to
militate against the production and wide-scale distribution of politically
radical movies, especially those that espoused left-wing or communist views,
these dissenting films largely questioned the means rather than the ends of US
foreign policy.
If the state had a hand in determining how the film industry and the
American people approached the Cold War, it seems highly likely that, in turn,
Hollywood output helped to shape US policy-makers’ own views on the con-
flict. In the 1950s, George Kennan, architect of the US government’s ‘con-
tainment’ strategy, accused the Eisenhower administration of modelling its
xenophobic Cold War ‘frontier mentality’ partly on celluloid Westerns of that
era.5 Twenty years later, US Secretary of State Henry Kissinger happily com-
pared himself to John Wayne, implying that the latter’s tough-guy screen
persona had influenced his approach towards negotiations with the commu-
nist world. Several Cold War American presidents were self-confessed film
buffs who had been raised on a strict Hollywood diet and who, when they were
in office, loved to ‘take time out’ by watching old movies or the latest releases.
Richard Nixon, for instance, had well over 500 films screened at the White
House, Camp David, and his various vacation homes during his presidency.6
During the 1980s, Ronald Reagan gave many the strong impression he viewed
the Cold War through a camera lens, but he was surely not the only senior
304 Hollywood’s Cold War
external opponents – were in the long run probably its weakest points, for they
strained credibility. As in much of Soviet domestic and foreign propaganda
generally, internal constraints on filmmakers seem to have crippled creativity
and bred systematic flaws.10
We can never know for certain how much Hollywood’s victory in the Cold
War’s cinematic battle contributed to the West’s eventual defeat of Soviet
communism. Traditionally, historians have tended to attribute the collapse of
the Eastern bloc and the Soviet Union itself in the late 1980s and early 1990s
to a multiplicity of political, economic, diplomatic and military factors.11
Recently, however, scholars have begun to outline the cultural dynamics of the
Cold War, and to recognise that popular culture as ‘soft’ power perhaps played
a much greater role in bringing an end to the conflict than previously acknowl-
edged.12 This study has underlined the importance that the American gov-
ernment and media attached to winning the Cold War on the cultural front.
Though its focus has been on film, its findings can also be extended to explain
why the United States was far better equipped than its rivals to win the whole
domestic and international battle for hearts and minds during the Cold War –
financially, technologically, politically and culturally.
Since the end of the Cold War, the state-film network has continued to
operate. Deprived of the Soviet Union as a worthy enemy, Hollywood films
of the 1990s had few difficulties in identifying viable successors. Drug cartels,
nuclear terrorists, petty despots, Russian nationalists and Islamic extremists
appeared in scores of Hollywood productions, giving the impression that
Americans had entered a new and possibly more dangerous era of interna-
tional uncertainty.13 In tandem with these messages came renewed links
between filmmakers and a Pentagon that needed to justify maintaining the
world’s largest and most powerful military establishment. Movies like James
Cameron’s $365-million-grossing True Lies (1994), which saw the US Marines
help Arnold Schwarzenegger’s secret agent defeat Middle Eastern nuclear ter-
rorists, were one result.14 Meanwhile, Republican party grandees, jealous of
the support that Democratic President Bill Clinton received from industry lib-
erals like Steven Spielberg, charged Hollywood with having shifted its output
markedly to the left.15
Instead of the New World Order policed by a single superpower, the new
century brought a more potent and readily identifiable threat to the United
States – that from ‘Al-Qaeda’. Whatever else, the terrorist attacks on the World
Trade Centre and the Pentagon on 11 September 2001 were brilliantly chore-
ographed propaganda: a cross between Japanese Second World War kamikaze
tactics and Hollywood’s recent fictional portrayals of terrorists seizing control
of American airliners.16 Within weeks of ‘9/11’, government officials led by
President George W. Bush’s chief political adviser, Karl Rove, had held a series
306 Hollywood’s Cold War
of meetings with Hollywood’s leading lights to enlist their services in the ‘War
on Terror’. Echoing cinematic tough guys of yore, President Bush himself
declared that the sponsors of anti-American terrorism were ‘wanted dead or
alive’.17
Headed by a working group loosely called Hollywood 9/11, the film indus-
try responded swiftly to the White House’s requests to boost domestic morale
and, once again, to back the United States’ fight for ‘freedom’ overseas.
Experienced networkers like Jack Valenti, who had been president of the
Motion Picture Association of America for more than thirty years, pledged
his organisation’s support. Stars like Jennifer Lopez and the cast of Steven
Soderbergh’s crime caper Ocean’s 11 (2001) appeared in USO-style shows at
American bases in Europe. Director Ridley Scott dedicated his new movie
portraying American military bravery in Somalia in the early 1990s, Black
Hawk Down (2001), to US troops hunting for Osama bin Laden in
Afghanistan.18 And mega-star Robert De Niro founded the Tribeca Film
Festival to help lower Manhattan recover economically from the 9/11 terror-
ist attacks.19 In April 2006, Tribeca would premiere the first feature film to
dramatise 9/11, and one that, according to De Niro, honoured the bravery of
Americans on that terrible day. United 93 was a real-time ‘reconstruction’ of
the passenger revolt that took place on the fourth plane hijacked on the
morning of 11 September 2001. The aircraft ultimately crashed in the
Pennsylvania countryside, perhaps sparing either the Capitol or the White
House from destruction.20
Hollywood’s most visually striking contribution to the War on Terror,
however, appeared before the rubble at New York’s Ground Zero had been
cleared. Over the 2001 Christmas holidays, audiences watching feature trail-
ers in more than 9,000 cinema screens across the United States were treated
to a three-minute, rapid-fire montage film, entitled The Spirit of America. Made
by the Oscar-winning director Chuck Workman, this compilation comprised
clips from 110 Hollywood movies, stretching from D. W. Griffith’s The Birth
of a Nation (1915) to Michael Bay’s Pearl Harbor (2001). Workman grouped
the clips around one-word themes (heroism, courage, style, defiance and
diversity) and book-ended his film with scenes from John Ford’s 1956
Western The Searchers, starring John Wayne. ‘It’s a picture that emphasises the
values that most Americans consider important’, said the President of the
National Association of Theatre Owners, John Fithian. ‘It’s about being an
American without resorting to propaganda.’21 The Spirit of America was a
fitting tribute to Hollywood’s intimate relationship with the American nation
throughout the twentieth century – as entertainer, story-teller, agenda-setter
and persuader.
Conclusion 307
Notes
1 Hearings Before the Subcommittee on Telecommunications and Finance of the
Committee on Energy and Commerce, House of Representatives, Television
Broadcasting and the European Community (Washington, DC, 1990), p. 51. The ‘upris-
ing’ to which Frank was referring focused on the student-led demonstrations in
Beijing’s Tiananmen Square, which took place between April and June 1989. The
People’s Liberation Army crushed the protests on 3–4 June, killing, according to
some estimates, between 400 and 800 civilians, and injuring between 7,000 and
10,000 others. The US media, like NBC and the cable television network founded
in 1980, CNN, relayed the fact that the students were singing ‘The Internationale’
and quoting Abraham Lincoln. Andrew J. Nathan and Perry Link (eds), The
Tiananmen Papers: The Chinese Leadership’s Decision to Use Force Against their Own
People — In their Own Words, comp. Zhang Liang (New York, 2001). On the
Chinese people’s limited access to American films in the 1980s see Segrave,
American Films Abroad, pp. 258–9.
2 On Soviet cinema during the Cold War see Richard Taylor, Nancy Wood, Julian
Graffy and Dina Lordanova (eds), The BFI Companion to Eastern Europe and Russian
Cinema (London, 2000), pp. 223–30; Kenez, Cinema and Soviet Society, pp. 185–221;
Dmitry Shlapentokh and Vladimir Shlapentokh, Soviet Cinematography, 1918–1991:
Ideological Conflict and Social Reality (New York, 1993), pp. 121–45; Josephine Woll,
Real Images: Soviet Cinema and the Thaw (London, 2000); Maya Turovskaya, ‘Soviet
Films of the Cold War’, in Richard Taylor and Derek Spring (eds), Stalinism and
Soviet Cinema (London, 1993), pp. 131–41; Kristian Feigelson (ed.), Théorème 8:
Caméra Politique – Cinéma et Stalinisme (Paris, 2005).
3 Michael Nelson, War of the Black Heavens: The Battles of Western Broadcasting in the
Cold War (New York, 1997); Peter Graham, ‘New Directions in French Cinema’,
in Geoffrey Nowell-Smith (ed.), The Oxford History of World Cinema (Oxford,
1997), pp. 576–86.
4 On the American news media during the Cold War see Doherty, Cold War;
Michael Curtin, Redeeming the Wasteland: Television Documentary and Cold War Politics
(New Brunswick, NJ, 1995); Elke Von Cassel, ‘In Search of a Clear and
Overarching American Policy’, in Laville and Wilford (eds), Citizen Groups,
pp. 116–40; Aronson, The Press; Bernhard, Television News.
5 Policy Planning Staff memorandum, ‘The Inauguration of Organised Political
Warfare’, 4 May 1948, reprinted at www.state.gov/www/about_state/history/
intel/260_269.html (8 May 2006); John Elsom, Cold War Theatre (London, 1992),
p. 11.
6 Mark Feeney, Nixon at the Movies: A Book about Belief (Chicago, IL, 2004), p. xii.
7 See, for example, Ernest R. May, ‘Lessons’ of the Past: The Use and Misuse of History
in American Foreign Policy (New York, 1975), and Richard E. Neustadt and Ernest
R. May, Thinking in Time: The Uses of History for Decision-Makers (New York, 1986).
8 Caute, Dancer, pp. 117–18; Davies, ‘Soviet Cinema’; Daniela Berghahn, Hollywood
Behind the Wall: The Cinema of East Germany (Manchester, 2005), pp. 22–3;
Richmond, Cultural Exchange, pp. 128–32.
308 Hollywood’s Cold War
UNPUBLISHED MATERIAL
American Heritage Centre, Laramie, Wyoming, USA (AHCW)
Louis de Rochement and Daniel Taradash Collections
Archdiocese of Los Angeles, San Fernando Mission, Mission Hills, California, USA
Chancery Archives
L. Tom Perry Special Collections, Harold B. Lee Library, Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah, USA
(TPCBY)
Cecil B. DeMille Collection
Margaret Herrick Library, Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences, Los Angeles, California, USA
(AMPAS)
Production Code Administration Files
Miscellaneous press books, scripts, clippings files, marketing files, audio tapes
Buzz Feitshans, Charles Guggenheim, Mervyn LeRoy, John Paxton, Gregory Peck and George
Stevens Collections
Tamiment Library, New York University, New York, New York, USA (TLNYU)
American Committee for Cultural Freedom Records
UCLA Arts Library Special Collections, University of California, Los Angeles, California, USA (UCLA
AL)
Miscellaneous scripts
America; American Legion Magazine; Beverly Hills Citizen; Catholic World; Christian Science Monitor;
Commentary; Common Sense; Commonweal; Daily Express (UK); Daily Herald (UK); Daily Mail (UK);
Daily Telegraph (UK); Daily Worker (UK); Dallas Times Herald; Encounter (UK); Le Figaro (France);
Galaxy; Glamour; Glasgow Herald (UK); Guardian (UK); Harvard International Review; Independent on
Sunday (UK); Interview; Los Angeles Daily News; Los Angeles Herald-Examiner; Los Angeles Magazine;
Los Angeles Mirror News; Los Angeles Times; Los Angeles Weekly; Life; Manchester Guardian (UK);
Mother Jones; Ms.; Nation; National Review; New Musical Express (UK); New Republic; New Statesman
(UK); New Times; New York; New York Daily Mirror; New York Herald Tribune; New York Post; New
York Times; New York Times Magazine; New Yorker; News Chronicle (UK); Newsweek; Northern Echo
(UK); Observer (UK); Osceola; People (UK); Playboy; PR Week; Publishers Weekly; Ramparts; Saturday
Evening Post; Saturday Review; Soldier of Fortune; Star (UK); Stars and Stripes; Sunday Citizen (UK);
Sunday Express (UK); Sunday Times (UK); Sunday Worker; Tablet (UK); Time; The Times (UK); Times
Literary Supplement (UK); The Universe (UK); US; Vanity Fair; Village Voice; Vogue; Wall Street Journal;
Washington Post, Yorkshire Evening Post (UK)
BOOKS
Agnihotri, Ram Avtar, Film Stars in Indian Politics (New Delhi: Commonwealth, 1998)
Aldgate, Anthony, James Chapman and Arthur Marwick (eds), Windows on the Sixties: Exploring
Key Texts of Media and Culture (London: I. B. Tauris, 2000)
Alexander, William, Film on the Left: American Documentary Film from 1931 to 1942 (Princeton, NJ:
Princeton University Press, 1981)
Allan, Sean and John Stanford (eds), DEFA: East German Cinema, 1946–1992 (New York:
Berghahn, 1999)
Alterman, Jon B., Egypt and American Foreign Assistance 1952–1956: Hopes Dashed (Basingstoke:
Palgrave, 2002)
Anderegg, Michael (ed.), Inventing Vietnam: The War in Film and Television (Philadelphia, PA:
Temple University Press, 1991)
Anderson, Chris, Citizen Jane (New York: Henry Holt, 1990)
Andrew, Christopher, For the President’s Eyes Only: Secret Intelligence and the American Presidency from
Washington to Bush (London: HarperCollins, 1995)
Appy, Christian G. (ed.), Cold War Constructions: The Political Culture of United States Imperialism,
1945–1966 (Amherst, MA: University of Massachusetts Press, 2000)
Aronson, James, The Press and the Cold War (Boston, MA: Beacon Press, 1973)
Babington, Bruce and Peter Evans, Biblical Epics: Sacred Narratives in the Hollywood Cinema
(Manchester: Manchester University Press, 1993)
Babitsky, Paul and John Rimberg, The Soviet Film Industry (New York: Praeger, 1955)
Badsey, Stephen, The Manchurian Candidate (Trowbridge: Flicks Books, 1998)
Balio, Tino (ed.), The American Film Industry (Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Press, 1976)
Balio, Tino, United Artists: The Company that Changed the Film Industry (Madison, WI: University
of Wisconsin Press, 1987)
Ball, S. J., The Cold War: An International History, 1947–1991 (London: Arnold, 1998)
Barghoorn, Frederick, The Soviet Cultural Offensive (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1960)
Barghoorn, Frederick, Soviet Foreign Propaganda (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1962)
Barr, Charles (ed.), All Our Yesterdays (London: BFI, 1986)
Bart, Peter, Fade Out: The Calamitous Final Days of MGM (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1990)
Baxter, John, Science Fiction in the Cinema (London: Tantivy Press, 1979)
Baxter, John, Stanley Kubrick: A Biography (London: HarperCollins, 1997)
Belton, John, American Cinema/American Culture (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1994)
Berghahn, Daniela, Hollywood Behind the Wall: The Cinema of East Germany (Manchester:
Manchester University Press, 2005)
Berghahn, Volker R., America and the Intellectual Cold Wars in Europe: Shepherd Stone between
Philanthropy, Academy and Diplomacy (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 2002)
Bernhard, Nancy, US Television News and Cold War Propaganda, 1947–1960 (New York:
Cambridge University Press, 1999)
Biskind, Peter, Seeing is Believing: How Hollywood Taught Us to Stop Worrying and to Love the Fifties
(London: Pluto, 1984)
Biskind, Peter, Easy Riders, Raging Bulls: How the Sex ’n’ Drugs ’n’ Rock ’n’ Roll Generation Saved
Hollywood (London: Bloomsbury, 1998)
Bittman, Ladislav, The New Image Makers: Soviet Propaganda and Disinformation Today (London:
Pergamon-Brassey’s, 1988)
Bloom, Alexander, Prodigal Sons: The New York Intellectuals and their World (Oxford: Oxford
University Press, 1986)
314 Hollywood’s Cold War
Bogle, Lori Lyn (ed.), The Cold War. Vol. 5: Cold War Culture and Society (New York: Routledge,
2001)
Booker, Keith M., Film and the American Left: A Research Guide (Westport, CT: Greenwood Press,
1999)
Bordwell, David, Janet Staiger and Kristin Thompson, The Classical Hollywood Cinema: Film Style
and Mode of Production to 1960 (London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1985)
Borstelmann, Thomas, The Cold War and the Color Line: American Race Relations in the Global Arena
(Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2003)
Bowles, Chester, Promises to Keep: My Years in Public Life, 1941–1969 (New York: Harper and Row,
1971)
Boyd, Malcolm, Christ and Celebrity Gods: The Church in Mass Culture (Greenwich, CT: Seabury
Press, 1958)
Boyer, Paul, By the Bomb’s Early Light: American Thought and Culture at the Dawn of the Atomic Age
(New York: Pantheon, 1985)
Brackett, Charles, Billy Wilder and Walter Reisch, Ninotchka: The MGM Library of Film Scripts
(London: Lorrimer, 1972)
Bradbury, Malcolm, The Modern British Novel (London: Secker and Warburg, 1993)
Branch, Taylor, Parting the Waters: America in the King Years, 1954–1963 (New York: Simon and
Schuster, 1988)
Broderick, Mick, Nuclear Movies (Jefferson, NC: McFarland, 1991)
Brownlow, Kevin, Behind the Mask of Innocence: Sex, Violence, Prejudice, Crime: Films of Social
Conscience in the Silent Era (Berkeley and Los Angeles, CA: University of California Press,
1990)
Buhle, Paul and Dave Wagner, Hide in Plain Sight: The Hollywood Blacklistees in Film and Television,
1950–2002 (New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2005)
Burns, E. Bradford, Patriarch and Folk: The Emergence of Nicaragua, 1798–1858 (Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press, 1991)
Buscombe, Edward, The Searchers (London: BFI, 2000)
Cameron, Ian and Douglas Pye (eds), The Movie Book of the Western (London: Studio Vista, 1996)
Campbell, R. H., The Bible on Film: A Checklist, 1897–1980 (Lanham, MD: Scarecrow Press,
1981)
Cannon, Lou, President Reagan: The Role of a Lifetime (New York: Public Affairs, 2000)
Caputo, Philip, A Rumor of War (New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1977)
Carroll, Peter N., It Seemed Like Nothing Happened: The Tragedy and Promise of America in the 1970s
(New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1982)
Carruthers, Susan L., The Media at War (Basingstoke: Macmillan, 2000)
Cassels, Alan, Ideology and International Relations in the Modern World (London: Routledge, 1996)
Caute, David, The Great Fear: The Anti-Communist Purge under Truman and Eisenhower (New York:
Simon and Schuster, 1978)
Caute, David, The Dancer Defects: The Struggle for Cultural Supremacy during the Cold War (Oxford:
Oxford University Press, 2003)
Ceplair, Larry and Steven Englund, The Inquisition in Hollywood: Politics in the Film Community,
1930–1960 (Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, 1979)
Chambers, John Whiteclay and David Culbert (eds), World War II, Film and History (New York:
Oxford University Press, 1996)
Chanan, Michael, Cuban Cinema (Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press, 2004)
Chapman, James, Licence to Thrill: A Cultural History of the James Bond Films (London: I. B. Tauris,
1999)
Bibliography 315
Fielding, Raymond, The March of Time, 1935–1951 (New York: Oxford University Press, 1978)
Fitzgerald, Frances, Way Out There in the Blue: Reagan, Star Wars and the End of the Cold War (New
York: Simon and Schuster, 2000)
Fordin, Hugh, The World of Entertainment! Hollywood’s Greatest Musicals (New York: Doubleday,
1975)
Fousek, John, To Lead the Free World: American Nationalism and the Cultural Roots of the Cold War
(Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina Press, 2000)
Franklin, H. Bruce, Vietnam and Other American Fantasies (Amherst, MA: University of
Massachusetts Press, 2000)
Fried, Richard M., The Russians are Coming! The Russians are Coming! Pageantry and Patriotism in Cold-
War America (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1998)
Froman, Michael B., The Development of the Idea of Détente (Basingstoke: St Antony’s/Macmillan,
1992)
Fulbright, J. W., The Pentagon Propaganda Machine (New York: Liveright, 1970)
Furhammar, Leif and Folke Isaksson, Politics and Film (London: Studio Vista, 1971)
Gabler, Neal, An Empire of their Own: How the Jews Invented Hollywood (New York: Crown, 1988)
Gaddis, John Lewis, We Now Know: Rethinking Cold War History (Oxford: Oxford University
Press, 1997)
Gallagher, Tag, John Ford: The Man and his Films (Berkeley, CA: University of California Press,
1986)
Gibbons, William Conrad, The US Government and the Vietnam War: Executive and Legislative Roles
and Relationships. Part IV: July 1965-January 1968 (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press,
1995)
Gibson, James William, Warrior Dreams: Paramilitary Culture in Post-Vietnam America (New York:
Hill and Wang, 1994)
Giddins, Gary, Satchmo (New York: Doubleday, 1988)
Gienow-Hecht, Jessica, Transmission Impossible: Journalism as Cultural Diplomacy in Postwar Germany,
1945–1955 (Baton Rouge, LA: Louisiana State University Press, 1999)
Gienow-Hecht, Jessica and Frank Schumacher (eds), Culture and International History (New York:
Berghahn, 2003)
Gifford, Denis, British Animated Films, 1895–1985 (London: MacFarlane, 1987)
Goodman, Walter, The Committee: The Extraordinary Career of the House Committee on Un-American
Activities (New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 1968)
Gowing, Margaret, Independence and Deterrence: Britain and Atomic Energy, 1945–1952. Vol. Two:
Policy Execution (Basingstoke: Macmillan, 1974)
Guilbaut, Serge, How New York Stole the Idea of Modern Art: Abstract Expressionism, Freedom and the
Cold War (Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press, 1993)
Guinness, Alec, Blessings in Disguise (London: Fontana, 1985)
Gustainis, Justin, American Rhetoric and the Vietnam War (Westport, CT: Praeger, 1993)
Haddow, Robert H., Pavilions of Plenty: Exhibiting American Culture Abroad in the 1950s
(Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press, 1997)
Haig, Alexander, Inner Circles: How America Changed the World: A Memoir (New York: Warner,
1992)
Hallin, Daniel, The ‘Uncensored’ War: The Media and Vietnam (Berkeley, CA: University of
California Press, 1989)
Hammond, William, Reporting Vietnam: Media and the Military at War (Lawrence, KS: University
of Kansas Press, 1998)
Hasford, Gustav, The Short-Timers (London: Century, 1979)
318 Hollywood’s Cold War
Haut, Woody, Pulp Culture: Hardboiled Fiction and the Cold War (London: Serpent’s Tail, 1996)
Hay, Peter, MGM: When the Lion Roars (New York: Turner, 1991)
Haynes, John E., Red Scare or Red Menace? American Communism and Anticommunism in the Cold War
Era (Chicago, IL: Ivan R. Dee, 1996)
Hazan, Baruch, Soviet Impregnational Propaganda (Ann Arbor, MI: Ardis, 1982)
Henry, Nora, Ethics and Social Criticism in the Hollywood Films of Erich Von Stroheim, Ernst Lubitsch,
and Billy Wilder (Westport, CT: Praeger, 2001)
Herberg, Will, Protestant, Catholic, Jew: An Essay in American Sociology (Garden City, KS: Anchor
Books, 1960)
Herr, Michael, Dispatches (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1977)
Hertsgaard, Mark, On Bended Knee: The Press and the Reagan Presidency (New York: Farrar Straus
and Giroux, 1988)
Herzstein, Richard, Henry R. Luce: A Political Portrait of the Man Who Created the American Century
(New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1994).
Heston, Charlton, In the Arena: An Autobiography (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1995)
Hewison, Robert, In Anger: Culture in the Cold War, 1945–1960 (London: Weidenfeld and
Nicolson, 1981)
Higashi, Sumiko, Cecil B. DeMille: A Guide to References and Resources (Boston, MA: G. K. Hall,
1985)
Higashi, Sumiko, Cecil B. DeMille and American Culture (Berkeley, CA: University of California
Press, 1994)
Highham, Charles, Cecil B. DeMille (New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1973)
Highham, Charles, Bette: A Biography of Bette Davis (London: New English Library, 1981)
Highham, Charles, Merchants and Dreams: Louis B. Mayer, MGM, and the Secret Hollywood (London:
Sedgwick and Jackson, 1993)
Hillier, Jim, The New Hollywood (New York: Continuum, 1994)
Hirano, Kyoko, Mr. Smith Goes to Tokyo: Japanese Cinema under the American Occupation, 1945–1952
(Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institute Press, 1992)
Hitchens, Christopher, Orwell’s Victory (London: Penguin, 2004)
Hixson, Walter L., Parting the Curtain: Propaganda, Culture and the Cold War, 1945–1961
(Basingstoke: Macmillan, 1997)
Hobsbawm, Eric, Age of Extremes: The Short Twentieth Century, 1914–1991 (London: Michael
Joseph, 1994)
Hogan, Michael J., The End of the Cold War: Its Meaning and Implications (Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press, 1992)
Holloway, David, Stalin and the Bomb: The Soviet Union and Atomic Energy, 1939–1956 (New Haven,
CT: Yale University Press, 1994)
Holston, Kim, Richard Widmark: A Bio-Bibliography (Westport, CT: Greenwood, 1990)
Holt, Robert T. and Robert W. van de Velde, Strategic Psychological Operations and American Foreign
Policy (Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press, 1960)
Hook, Sidney, Out of Step: An Unquiet Life in the Twentieth Century (New York: Harper and Row,
1987)
Horne, Gerald, Class Struggle in Hollywood, 1930–1950 (Austin, TX: University of Texas Press, 2001)
Hosking, Geoffrey, A History of the Soviet Union, 1917–1991 (London: Fontana Press, 1992)
Hughes, Emmet John, Ordeal of Power: A Political Memoir of the Eisenhower Years (New York:
Antheneum, 1963)
Hughes, Langston, I Wonder as I Wander: An Autobiographical Journey (New York: Hill and Wang,
1993)
Bibliography 319
Hunt, Howard, Undercover: Memoirs of an American Secret Agent (London: W. H. Allen, 1975)
Hunt, Michael, Ideology and US Foreign Policy (New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 1987)
Hurst, Steven, Cold War US Foreign Policy: Key Perspectives (Edinburgh: Edinburgh University
Press, 2005)
Isserman, Maurice and Michael Kazin, America Divided: The Civil War of the 1960s (New York:
Oxford University Press, 2000)
Jackall, Robert (ed.), Propaganda (Basingstoke: Macmillan, 1995)
Jancovich, Mark, Rational Fears: American Horror in the 1950s (Manchester: Manchester University
Press, 1996)
Jarvie, Ian, Hollywood’s Overseas Campaign: The North Atlantic Movie Trade, 1920–1950 (Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press, 1992)
Jeffords, Susan, Hard Bodies: Hollywood Masculinity in the Reagan Era (New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers
University Press, 1994)
Johnson, Ben F., Arkansas in Modern America, 1930–1999 (Fayetteville, AR: University of
Arkansas Press, 2000)
Johnson, William (ed.), Focus on the Science Fiction Film (Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall, 1972)
Jordan, Chris, Movies and the Reagan Presidency: Success and Ethics (Westport, CT: Praeger, 2003)
Jowett, Garth, Film: The Democratic Art (Boston, MA: Little, Brown, 1976)
Kael, Pauline, I Lost it at the Movies (Boston, MA: Little, Brown, 1965)
Kanfer, Stefan, A Journal of the Plague Years (New York: Atheneum, 1973)
Katz, Ephraim, The International Film Encyclopedia (Basingstoke: Macmillan, 1998)
Kenez, Peter, Cinema and Soviet Society, 1917–1953 (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press,
1992)
Kieskalt, Charles John, The Official John Wayne Reference Book (New York: Citadel Press, 1993)
Kilborn, Richard, Multi-Media Melting Pot: Marketing ‘When The Wind Blows’ (London: Comedia,
1986)
Kirby, Dianne (ed.), Religion and the Cold War (Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, 2003)
Kirk, John A., Redefining the Color Line: Black Activism in Little Rock, Arkansas, 1940–1970
(Gainesville, FL: University Press of Florida, 2002)
Kirkham, Pat and David Thoms (eds), War Culture: Social Change and the Changing Experience in
World War Two (London: Lawrence and Wishart, 1995)
Klein, Michael (ed.), The Vietnam Era: Media and Popular Culture in the US and Vietnam (London:
Pluto, 1990)
Knightley, Phillip, The First Casualty: From the Crimea to the Falklands: The War Correspondent as Hero,
Propagandist and Myth Maker (London: Pan, 1989)
Kofsky, Frank, Harry S. Truman and the War Scare of 1948: A Successful Campaign to Deceive the
Nation (Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, 1995)
Koppes, Clayton R. and Gregory D. Black, Hollywood Goes to War: How Politics, Profits and
Propaganda Shaped World War II Movies (New York: Free Press, 1987)
Kornbluh, Peter and Malcolm Byrne (eds), The Iran-Contra Scandal: The Declassified History (New
York: New Press, 1993)
Kovic, Ron, Born on the Fourth of July (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1976)
Krenn, Michael L., Fall-Out Shelters for the Human Spirit: American Art and the Cold War (Chapel
Hill, NC: University of North Carolina Press, 2005)
Kroes, Rob, If You’ve Seen One, You’ve Seen the Mall: Europeans and American Mass Culture
(Champaign, IL: University of Illinois Press, 1996)
Kuisel, Richard, Seducing the French: The Dilemma of Americanization (Berkeley, CA: University of
California Press, 1993)
320 Hollywood’s Cold War
Kutler, Stanley I., The Wars of Watergate: The Last Crisis of the Nixon Presidency (New York: W. W.
Norton, 1990)
Kuznick, Peter J. and James Gilbert (eds), Rethinking Cold War Culture (Washington, DC:
Smithsonian Institution Press, 2001)
LaFeber, Walter, The American Age: United States Foreign Policy at Home and Abroad since 1750 (New
York: W. W. Norton, 1989)
LaFeber, Walter, America, Russia and the Cold War, 1945–1996 (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1997)
Lally, Kevin, Wilder Times: The Life of Billy Wilder (New York: Henry Holt, 1996)
Larkin, Maurice, France since the Popular Front: Government and the People, 1936–1986 (Oxford:
Clarendon Press, 1995)
Lashmar, Paul and James Oliver, Britain’s Secret Propaganda War, 1948–1977 (Stroud: Sutton,
1998)
Laville, Helen and Hugh Wilford (eds), The US Government, Citizen Groups and the Cold War: The
State-Private Network (London: Routledge, 2006)
Lawton, Anna (ed.), The Red Screen: Politics, Society and Art in Soviet Cinema (London: Routledge,
1992)
Leab, Daniel, From Sambo to Superspade: The Black Experience in Motion Pictures (London: Secker
and Warburg, 1973)
Leab, Daniel (ed.), Communist Activity in the Entertainment Industry: FBI Surveillance Files on
Hollywood, 1924–1958 (microfilm collection) (Bethesda, MD: University Publications of
America, 1991)
Leab, Daniel, I Was a Communist for the FBI (University Park, PA: Pennsylvania State University
Press, 2000)
Leamer, Laurence, Fantastic: The Life of Arnold Schwarzenegger (New York: St Martin’s, 2005)
Lebow, Richard Ned and Thomas Risse-Kappen (eds), International Relations Theory and the End
of the Cold War (New York: Columbia University Press, 1995)
Leighton, Marian Kirsch, Soviet Propaganda as a Foreign Policy Tool (New York: Freedom House,
1991)
Lenihan, John H., Showdown: Confronting Modern America in the Western (Urbana, IL: University of
Chicago Press, 1980)
Lentz, Robert J., Korean War Filmography: 91 English Language Features through 2000 (Jefferson, NC:
McFarland, 2003)
Lev, Peter, American Films of the 70s: Conflicting Visions (Austin, TX: University of Texas Press,
2000)
Levesque, Jacques, The Enigma of 1989: The USSR and the Liberation of Eastern Europe (Berkeley,
CA: University of California Press, 1997)
Lewis, Peter, George Orwell: The Road to 1984 (London: Heinemann, 1981)
Lewis, Randolph, Emile de Antonio: Radical Filmmaker in Cold War America (Madison, WI:
University of Wisconsin Press, 2000)
Lifton, Robert J. and Greg Mitchell, Hiroshima in America: Fifty Years of Denial (New York: G. P.
Putnam’s Sons, 1995)
Lindner, Christoph, The James Bond Phenomenon: A Critical Reader (Manchester: Manchester
University Press, 2003)
Lorence, James L., The Suppression of Salt of the Earth: How Hollywood, Big Labor, and Politicians
Blacklisted a Movie in Cold War America (Albuquerque, NM: University of New Mexico Press,
1999)
Louis, William Roger and Roger Owen (eds), Suez 1956: The Crisis and its Consequences (Oxford:
Clarendon Press, 1991)
Bibliography 321
Loveland, Anne C., American Evangelicals and the US Military 1942–1993 (Baton Rouge, LA:
Louisiana State University Press, 1996)
Lowe, Peter (ed.), The Vietnam War (Basingstoke: Macmillan, 1998)
Lucas, Scott, Freedom’s War: The American Crusade against the Soviet Union, 1947–56 (Manchester:
Manchester University Press, 1999)
Lucas, Scott, The Betrayal of Dissent: Beyond Orwell, Hitchens and the New American Century (London:
Pluto, 2004)
Lundestad, Geir (ed.), The Fall of Great Powers: Peace, Stability, and Legitimacy (Oslo: Scandinavian
University Press, 1994)
MacCann, Richard Dyer, The People’s Films: A Political History of US Government Motion Pictures
(New York: Hastings House, 1973)
Malo, Jean-Jacques and Tony Williams (eds), Vietnam War Films (Jefferson, NC: McFarland,
1994)
Maltby, Richard, Harmless Entertainment: Hollywood and the Ideology of Consensus (London:
Scarecrow, 1983)
Maltby, Richard, Hollywood Cinema (Oxford: Blackwell, 2003)
Manvell, Roger, The Animated Film: With Pictures from the Film ‘Animal Farm’ by Halas and Batchelor
(London: Sylvan Press, 1954)
Manvell, Roger, The Film and the Public (Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1955)
Markel, Lester (ed.), Public Opinion and Foreign Policy (New York: Harper and Brothers, 1949)
Mast, Gerald, Can’t Help Singin’: The American Musical on Stage and Screen (Woodstock, NY:
Overlook Press, 1987)
May, Elaine Tyler, Homeward Bound: American Families in the Cold War Era (New York: Basic
Books, 1990)
May, Ernest, ‘Lessons’ of the Past: The Use and Misuse of History in American Foreign Policy
(New York: Oxford University Press, 1975)
May, Ernest (ed.), American Cold War Strategy: Interpreting NSC 68 (Boston, MA:
Bedford/St Martin’s, 1993)
May, John R. and Michael Bird (eds), Religion in Film (Knoxville, TN: University of Tennessee
Press, 1982)
May, Lary (ed.), Recasting America: Culture and Politics in the Age of the Cold War (Chicago, IL:
University of Chicago Press, 1988)
May, Lary, The Big Tomorrow: Hollywood and the Politics of the American Way (Chicago, IL: University
of Chicago Press, 2000)
McBride, Joseph, Frank Capra: The Catastrophe of Success (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1992)
McBride, Joseph, Searching for John Ford: A Life (New York: St Martin’s, 2001)
McConachie, Bruce, American Theatre in the Culture of the Cold War: Producing and Contesting
Containment, 1947–1962 (Iowa City, IA: University of Iowa Press, 2003)
McCormick, Donald, Approaching 1984 (London: David and Charles, 1980)
McDonald, Paul, The Star System: Hollywood’s Production of Popular Identities (London: Wallflower,
2000)
McGilligan, Pat (ed.), Backstory 2: Interviews with Screenwriters of the 1940s and 1950s (Oxford:
Oxford University Press, 1981)
McGilligan, Patrick and Paul Buhle, Tender Comrades: A Backstory of the Hollywood Blacklist (New
York: St Martin’s Griffin, 1997)
McQuaid, Kim, The Anxious Years: America in the Vietnam-Watergate Era (New York: Basic Books,
1989)
Meyers, Jeffrey, A Reader’s Guide to George Orwell (London: Thames and Hudson, 1975)
322 Hollywood’s Cold War
Michalczyk, John J., Costa-Gavras: The Political Action Film (Philadelphia, PA: Associated
University Presses, 1984)
Miller, Toby, Nitin Govil, John McMurria and Richard Maxwell, Global Hollywood (London: BFI,
2001)
Milne, Tom, Rouben Mamoulian (London: Thames Hudson, 1969)
Minnion, John and Philip Bolsover, The CND Story (London: Allison and Busby, 1983)
Mitter, Rana and Patrick Major (eds), Across the Blocs: Cold War Cultural and Social History
(London: Frank Cass, 2004)
Mosley, Leonard, Zanuck (Boston, MA: Little, Brown, 1984)
Munn, Michael, Charlton Heston: A Biography (London: Robson, 1986)
Munn, Michael, Gregory Peck (London: Hale, 1998)
Munn, Michael, John Wayne: The Man Behind the Myth (New York: New American Library, 2004)
Munson, H. L., European Beliefs Regarding the United States: 1949 (New York: Common Council
for American Unity, 1949)
Murphy, Brenda, Congressional Theatre: Dramatizing McCarthyism on Stage, Film, and Television
(Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1999)
Murray, Patrick, Companion to Animal Farm (Dublin: Educational Press, 1985)
Muscio, Giuliana, Hollywood’s New Deal (Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press, 1996)
Nadel, Alan, Containment Culture: American Narratives, Postmodernism, and the Atomic Age (London:
Duke University Press, 1995)
Nashel, Jonathan, Edward Lansdale’s Cold War (Amherst, MA: University of Massachusetts
Press, 2006)
Nathan, Andrew J. and Perry Link (eds), The Tiananmen Papers: The Chinese Leadership’s Decision to
Use Force Against their Own People — In their Own Words, comp. Zhang Liang (New York:
PublicAffairs, 2001)
Navasky, Victor S., Naming Names (New York: John Calder, 1980)
Nelson, Michael, War of the Black Heavens: The Battles of Western Broadcasting in the Cold War (New
York: Syracuse University Press, 1997)
Neustadt, Richard E. and Ernest R. May, Thinking in Time: The Uses of History for Decision-Makers
(New York: Free Press, 1986)
Nicholson, Steve, British Theatre and the Red Peril: The Portrayal of Communism, 1917–1945 (Exeter:
University of Exeter Press, 1999)
Noerdlinger, Henry S., Moses and Egypt: The Documentation to the Motion Picture The Ten
Commandments (Los Angeles, CA: University of Southern California Press, 1956)
Nowell-Smith, Geoffrey (ed.), The Oxford History of World Cinema (Oxford: Oxford University
Press, 1997)
Nowell-Smith, Geoffrey and Steven Ricci (eds), Hollywood and Europe: Economics, Culture,
National Identity 1945–1995 (London: BFI, 1998)
Nye, Joseph S., Bound to Lead: The Changing Nature of American Power (New York: Basic Books, 1990)
Nye, Joseph S., Soft Power: The Means to Success in World Politics (New York: PublicAffairs, 2004)
Oakes, Guy, The Imaginary War: Civil Defence and American Cold War Culture (Oxford: Oxford
University Press, 1994)
O’Connor, John E. (ed.), American History/American Television: Interpreting the Video Past (New
York: Ungar, 1983)
O’Connor, John E. and Martin A. Jackson (eds), American History/American Film: Interpreting the
Hollywood Image (New York: Ungar, 1979)
O’Neill, William, A Better World: The Great Schism – Stalinism and the American Intellectuals (New
York: Simon and Schuster, 1982)
Bibliography 323
O’Reilly, Kenneth, Hoover and the UnAmericans (Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press, 1983)
Orman, John, The Politics of Rock Music (Chicago, IL: Nelson-Hall, 1984)
Orwell, George, The Orwell Reader: Fiction, Essays and Reportage by George Orwell (New York:
Harvest/Harcourt Brace Javonovich, 1955)
Orwell, George, Nineteen Eighty-Four (Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1973)
Orwell, George, Animal Farm (Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1980)
Orwell, Sonia and Ian Angus (eds), The Collected Essays, Journalism and Letters of George Orwell.
Vol. IV: In Front of Your Nose, 1945–50 (London: Secker and Warburg, 1968)
Osgood, Kenneth, Total Cold War: Eisenhower’s Secret Propaganda Battle at Home and Abroad
(Lawrence, KS: University of Kansas Press, 2006)
Page, Caroline, US Official Propaganda during the Vietnam War, 1965–1973 (London: Leicester
University Press, 1996)
Palmer, William J., The Films of the Eighties: A Social History (Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois
University Press, 1993)
Paul, William, Ernst Lubitsch’s American Comedy (New York: Columbia University Press, 1983)
Peary, Danny (ed.), Moni’s Screen Flights/Screen Fantasies (New York: Dolphin, 1984)
Pells, Richard, Not Like Us: How Europeans have Loved, Hated and Transformed American Culture since
World War Two (New York: Basic Books, 1997)
Pfeiffer, Lee and Philip Lisa, The Films of Sean Connery (New York: Citadal, 1993)
Pipes, Richard, US-Soviet Relations in the Era of Détente (Boulder, CO: Westview, 1981)
Pirie, David, Anatomy of the Movies (New York: Macmillan, 1981)
Pisani, Sallie, The CIA and the Marshall Plan (Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press, 1991)
Plummer, Brenda Gayle (ed.), Window on Freedom: Race, Civil Rights and Foreign Affairs, 1945–1988
(Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina Press, 2006)
Pons, Silvio and Frederico Romero (eds), Reinterpreting the End of the Cold War: Issues,
Interpretations, Periodizations (London: Frank Cass, 2005)
Prevots, Naima, Dance for Export: Cultural Diplomacy and the Cold War (Middletown, CT: Wesleyan
University Press, 2001)
Pronay, Nicholas and Keith Wilson (eds), The Political Re-education of Germany and her Allies after
World War II (London: Croom Helm, 1985)
Puddington, Arch, Broadcasting Freedom: The Cold War Triumph of Radio Free Europe and Radio
Liberty (Lexington, KY: University Press of Kentucky, 2000)
Quart, Leonard and Albert Auster, American Film and Society since 1945 (New York: Praeger, 1991)
Radosh, Ronald and Allis Radosh, Red Star over Hollywood: The Film Colony’s Long Romance with the
Left (San Francisco, CA: Encounter, 2005)
Ramet, Sabrina (ed.), Rocking the State: Rock Music and Politics in Eastern Europe and Russia (Boulder,
CO: Westview Press, 1994)
Rand, Ayn, Screen Guide for Americans (Beverley Hills, CA: Motion Picture Alliance for the
Preservation of American Ideals, 1950)
Ranelagh, John, The Agency: The Rise and Decline of the CIA (London: Sceptre, 1988)
Rawnsley, Gary (ed.), Cold War Propaganda in the 1950s (Basingstoke: Macmillan, 1999)
Reagan, Ronald, An American Life (London: Hutchinson, 1990)
Redgrave, Michael, In My Mind’s Eye: An Autobiography (London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson,
1983)
Reid, Susan E. and David Crowley (eds), Style and Socialism: Modernity and Material Culture in
Postwar Eastern Europe (Oxford: Berg, 2000)
Richmond, Yale, Cultural Exchange and the Cold War: Raising the Iron Curtain (University Park, PA:
Pennsylvania State University Press, 2003)
324 Hollywood’s Cold War
Riesman, David, Abundance for What? And Other Essays (London: Chatto, 1964)
Robbins, Louise S., The Dismissal of Miss Ruth Brown: Civil Rights, Censorship, and the American
Library (Norman, OK: Oklahoma University Press, 2000)
Roberts, Randy and James S. Olson, John Wayne, American (Lincoln, NE: University of Nebraska
Press, 1995)
Rodden, John, The Politics of Literary Reputation: The Making and Claiming of ‘St. George’ Orwell
(New York: Oxford University Press, 1989)
Roffman, Peter and Jim Purdy, The Hollywood Social Problem Film: Madness, Despair, and Politics from
the Depression to the Fifties (Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press, 1981)
Rogin, Michael Paul, Ronald Reagan, The Movie and Other Episodes in Political Demonology (Berkeley,
CA: University of California Press, 1987)
Rollins, Peter C. (ed.), Hollywood as Historian: American Film in a Cultural Context (Lexington, KY:
University Press of Kentucky, 1983)
Rose, Kenneth D., One Nation Underground: The Fallout Shelter in American Culture (New York: New
York University Press, 2001)
Rose, Lisle, The Cold War Comes to Main Street (Lawrence, KS: University Press of Kansas, 1999)
Rosenstone, Robert A. (ed.), Revisioning History: Film and the Construction of a New Past (Princeton,
NJ: Princeton University Press, 1995)
Rositzke, Harry, The CIA’s Secret Operations (New York: Reader’s Digest Press, 1977)
Ross, Steven J. (ed.), Movies and American Society (Oxford: Blackwell, 2002)
Rotter, Andrew J., Comrades at Arms: The United States and India, 1947–1964 (Ithaca, NY: Cornell
University Press, 2000)
Rowe, John Carlos and Rick Berg (eds), The Vietnam War and American Culture (New York:
Columbia University Press, 1991)
Ryan, Michael and Douglas Kellner, Camera Politica: The Politics and Ideology of Contemporary
Hollywood Film (Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press, 1988)
Ryback, Timothy W., Rock around the Bloc: A History of Rock Music in Eastern Europe and the Soviet
Union (New York: Oxford University Press, 1990)
Saunders, Frances Stonor, Who Paid the Piper? The CIA and the Cultural Cold War (London:
Granta, 1999)
Sayre, Nora, Running Time: Films of the Cold War (New York: Dial, 1982)
Schary, Dore, Heyday (Boston, MA: Little, Brown, 1979)
Schrecker, Ellen W., The Age of McCarthyism: A Brief History with Documents (Boston, MA:
Bedford/St Martin’s, 2002)
Schwarz, Richard A., Cold War Culture: Media and the Arts, 1945–1990 (New York: Checkmark,
1998)
Scott, Ian, American Politics in Hollywood Film (Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press, 2000)
Scott-Smith, Giles and Hans Krabbenham (eds), The Cultural Cold War in Western Europe,
1945–1960 (London: Frank Cass, 2003)
Seed, David, American Science Fiction and the Cold War: Literature and Film (Edinburgh: Edinburgh
University Press, 2002)
Seed, David, Brainwashing: The Fictions of Mind Control – A Study of Novels and Films since World
War II (Kent, OH: Kent State University Press, 2004)
Segrave, Kerry, American Films Abroad: Hollywood’s Domination of the World’s Movie Screens from the
1890s to the Present (Jefferson, NC: McFarland, 1997)
Segrave, Kerry, Foreign Films in America (Jefferson, NC: McFarland, 2004)
Shaheen, Jack (ed.), Nuclear War Films (Carbondale and Edwardsville, IL: Southern Illinois
Press, 1978)
Bibliography 325
Taylor, Richard, Film Propaganda: Soviet Russia and Nazi Germany (London: I. B. Tauris, 1998)
Taylor, Richard and Derek Spring (eds), Stalinism and Soviet Cinema (London: Routledge, 1993)
Taylor, Richard, Nancy Wood, Julian Graffy and Dina Iordanova (eds), The BFI Companion to
Eastern Europe and Russian Cinema (London: BFI, 2000)
Tebbel, John and Sarah Miles Watts, The Press and the Presidency: From George Washington to Ronald
Reagan (New York: Oxford University Press, 1985)
Thelen, David, Becoming Citizens in the Age of Television: How Americans Challenged the Media and
Seized Political Initiative during the Iran-Contra Affair, 1985–1990 (Chicago, IL: University of
Chicago Press, 1996)
Theoharis, Athan, Chasing Spies: How the FBI Failed in Counterintelligence but Promoted the Politics of
McCarthyism in the Cold War Years (Chicago, IL: Ivan R. Dee, 2002)
Theoharis, Athan and John Stuart Cox, The Boss (Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press,
1988)
Thomas, Evan, The Very Best Men: Four Who Dared – The Early Years of the CIA (New York: Simon
and Schuster, 1995)
Thompson, Kristin, Exporting Entertainment (London: BFI, 1985)
Toplin, Robert Brent (ed.), Hollywood as Mirror: Changing Views of ‘Outsiders’ and ‘Enemies’ in
American Movies (Westport, CT: Greenwood, 1993)
Toplin, Robert Brent, History by Hollywood: The Use and Abuse of the American Past (Chicago, IL:
University of Chicago Press, 1996)
Tuska, John, The American West in Film (London: Greenwood, 1985)
Vaisey, Ruth, The World According to Hollywood, 1918–1939 (Exeter: University of Exeter Press,
1997)
Vali, Ferenc A., Rift and Revolt in Hungary (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1961)
Vaughn, Robert, Only Victims: A Study of Show Business Blacklisting (New York: G. P. Putnam’s
Sons, 1972)
Vaz, Mark Costa, Living Dangerously: The Adventures of Merian C. Cooper, Creator of King Kong (New
York: Villard, 2005)
Vizzard, Jack, See No Evil: Life Inside a Hollywood Censor (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1970)
Von Eschen, Penny, Satchmo Blows Up the World: Jazz Ambassadors Play the Cold War (Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press, 2004)
Wagnleitner, Reinhold, Coca-Colonization and the Cold War: The Cultural Mission of the United States
in Austria after the Second World War (Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina Press,
1994)
Wald, Alan M., The New York Intellectuals: The Rise and Decline of the Anti-Stalinist Left from the 1930s
to the 1980s (Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina Press, 1987)
Walsh, Frank, Sin and Censorship: The Catholic Church and the Motion Picture Industry (New Haven,
CT: Yale University Press, 1996)
Walsh, Lawrence E., Firewall: The Iran-Contra Conspiracy and Cover-up (New York: W. W. Norton,
1998)
Wang, Jessica, American Science in an Age of Anxiety: Scientists, Anti-Communism and the Cold War
(Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina Press, 1999)
Warburg, Fredric, All Authors are Equal (London: Hutchinson, 1973)
Weart, Spencer R., Nuclear Fear: A History of Images (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press,
1988)
West, W. J. (ed.), Orwell: The War Commentaries (London: Duckworth/BBC, 1985)
Westad, Odd Arne (ed.), Reviewing the Cold War: Approaches, Interpretations, Theory (London: Frank
Cass, 2000)
Bibliography 327
White, Donald W., The American Century: The Rise and Decline of the United States as a World Power
(New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 1996)
White, Theodore H., The Making of the President, 1960 (London: Jonathan Cape, 1961)
Whitfield, Stephen J., The Culture of the Cold War (Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University
Press, 1996)
Wiley, Mason and Damien Bona, Inside Oscar: The Unofficial History of the Academy Awards (New
York: Ballantine, 1986)
Wilford, Hugh, The CIA, the British Left and the Cold War: Calling the Tune? (London: Frank Cass,
2003)
Willett, Ralph, The Americanization of Germany, 1945–1949 (London: Routledge, 1992)
Wills, Gary, Reagan’s America (New York: Doubleday, 1987)
Wills, Gary, John Wayne: The Politics of Celebrity (London: Faber, 1997)
Winkler, Allan M., The Politics of Propaganda: The Office of War Information, 1942–1945 (New
Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 1978)
Wittner, Lawrence S., The Struggle Against the Bomb. Vol. One: One World or None: A History of the
World Nuclear Disarmament Movement through 1953 (Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press,
1993)
Wittner, Lawrence S., The Struggle Against the Bomb. Vol. Two: Resisting the Bomb: A History of the
World Nuclear Disarmament Movement, 1954–1970 (Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press,
1997)
Woll, Josephine, Real Images: Soviet Cinema and the Thaw (London: I. B. Tauris, 2000)
Wood, Michael, America in the Movies (New York: Basic Books, 1975)
Wood, Robin, Hollywood from Vietnam to Reagan (New York: Colombia University Press, 1986)
Woodcock, George, Twentieth Century Fiction (Basingstoke: Macmillan, 1983)
Wright, Adrian, Arnold Schwarzenegger: A Life in Film (London: Robert Hale, 1994)
Wurlitzer, Rudy, Walker (New York: Harper and Row, 1987)
Wyke, Maria, Projecting the Past: Ancient Rome, Cinema, and History (New York: Routledge, 1997)
Zmijewsky, Steve, Boris Zmijewsky and Mark Ricci, The Complete Films of John Wayne (Secaucus,
NJ: Citadel Press, 1983)
ARTICLES
Articles appearing in publications listed above under ‘Newspapers and periodicals’ and ‘Film
journals and trade papers’ are not given here.
Adler, Les K. and Thomas G. Paterson, ‘Red Fascism: The Merger of Nazi Germany and Soviet
Russia in the American Image of Totalitarianism, 1930s–1950s’, American Historical Review,
Vol. 75, No. 4, April 1970, pp. 1046–64
Badsey, Stephen, ‘The Depiction of War Reporters in Hollywood Feature Films from the
Vietnam War to the Present’, Film History, Vol. 14, No. 3–4, 2002, pp. 243–60
Bachman, Gregg, ‘Three Days of the Condor: Tension’, Creative Writing, Vol. 3, No. 3, Winter 1996,
pp. 76–82
Barnouw, Erik, ‘The Hiroshima-Nagasaki Footage: A Report’, Historical Journal of Film, Radio
and Television, Vol. 2, No. 1, 1982, pp. 91–100
Bennett, Todd, ‘Culture, Power, and Mission to Moscow: Film and Soviet-American Relations
during World War II’, Journal of American History, Vol. 88, No. 2, September 2001,
pp. 489–518
328 Hollywood’s Cold War
Bernhard, Nancy E., ‘Clearer than Truth: Public Affairs Television and the State Department’s
Domestic Information Campaigns’, Diplomatic History, Vol. 21, No. 4, Fall 1997, pp. 545–68
Billingsley, Kenneth Lloyd, ‘Hollywood’s Missing Movies: Why American Films Have Ignored
Life under Communism’, Reason, June 2000, pp. 21–9
Black, Gregory D., ‘Movies, Politics, and Censorship: The Production Code Administration
and Political Censorship of Film Content’, Journal of Policy History, Vol. 3, No. 2, 1991,
pp. 95–129
Booth, Alan R., ‘The Development of the Espionage Film’, Intelligence and National Security,
Vol. 5, No. 4, October 1990, pp. 136–60
Briley, Ron, ‘John Wayne and Big Jim McLain (1952): The Duke’s Cold War Legacy’, Film and
History, Vol. 3, No. 1, 2001, pp. 28–33
Brown, JoAnne, ‘ “A is for Atom, B is for Bomb”: Civil Defence in American Public Education,
1948–1963’, Journal of American History, Vol. 75, 1988, pp. 68–90
Carruthers, Susan L., ‘The Manchurian Candidate (1962) and the Cold War Brainwashing Scare’,
Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television, Vol. 18, No. 1, 1998, pp. 75–94
Carruthers, Susan L., ‘Redeeming the Captives: Hollywood and the Brainwashing of America’s
Prisoners of War in Korea’, Film History, Vol. 10, No. 3, 1998, pp. 275–94
Casey, Steven, ‘Selling NSC-68: The Truman Administration, Public Opinion, and the
Politics of Mobilization, 1950–51’, Diplomatic History, Vol. 29, No. 4, September 2005,
pp. 655–90
Cohn, Karl, ‘Toontown’s Reds: HUAC’s Investigation of Alleged Communists in the
Animation Industry’, Film History, Vol. 5, No. 2, 1993, pp. 190–203
Crouse, Eric R., ‘Popular Cold Warriors: Conservative Protestants, Communism, and Culture
in Early Cold War America’, Journal of Religion and Popular Culture, Vol. 2, Fall 2002, unpaged,
www.usask.ca/relst/jrpc/popcoldwarprint.html
Cull, Nicholas J., ‘Auteurs of Ideology: USIA Documentary Film Propaganda in the Kennedy
Era as Seen in Bruce Herschensohn’s The Five Cities of June (1963) and James Blue’s The March
(1964)’, Film History, Vol. 10, No. 3, 1998, pp. 295–310
Davies, Sarah, ‘Soviet Cinema and the Early Cold War: Pudovkin’s Admiral Nakhimov in
Context’, Cold War History, Vol. 4, No. 1, October 2003, pp. 49–70
Dmohowski, Joseph, ‘The Friendly Persuasion (1956) Screenplay Controversy: Michael Wilson,
Jessamyn West, and the Hollywood Blacklist’, Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television,
Vol. 22, No. 4, 2002, pp. 491–514
Doherty, Thomas, ‘Hollywood Agit-Prop: The Anti-Communist Cycle 1948–1954’, Journal of
Film and Video, Vol. 40, No. 4, Fall 1988, pp. 15–27
Doherty, Thomas, ‘Full Metal Genre: Stanley Kubrick’s Vietnam Combat Movie’, Film
Quarterly, Vol. 42, No. 2, 1988–9, pp. 24–30
Doherty, Thomas, ‘Frank Costello’s Hands: Film, Television, and the Kefauver Crime
Hearings’, Film History, Vol. 10, No. 3, 1998, pp. 359–74
Ehrhart, W. D., ‘Why I Did It’, Virginia Quarterly Review, Vol. 56, No. 1, Winter 1980,
pp. 19–31
Eldridge, David, ‘ “Dear Owen”: The CIA, Luigi Luraschi and Hollywood, 1953’, Historical
Journal of Film, Radio and Television, Vol. 20, No. 2, June 2000, pp. 149–96
El-Hai, Jack, ‘Black and White and Red’, American Heritage, Vol. 42, May-June 1991, pp. 83–92
Ellwood, D. W. ‘The 1948 Elections in Italy: A Cold War Propaganda Battle’, Historical Journal
of Film, Radio and Television, Vol. 13, No. 1, 1993, pp. 19–33
Fein, Seth, ‘New Empire into Old: Making Mexican Newsreels the Cold War Way’, Diplomatic
History, Vol. 28, No. 5, November 2004, pp. 703–48
Bibliography 329
Franklin, H. Bruce, ‘Star Trek in the Vietnam Era’, Science Fiction Studies, Vol. 21, No. 1, March
1994, pp. 24–34
Fraser, Cary, ‘Crossing the Color Line in Little Rock: The Eisenhower Administration and the
Dilemma of Race for US Foreign Policy’, Diplomatic History, Vol. 24, No. 2, Spring 2000,
pp. 233–64
Gordon, Leonard A., ‘Wealth Equals Wisdom? The Rockefeller and Ford Foundations in
India’, Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, Vol. 554, November 1997,
pp. 104–16
Gribble, Richard, ‘Anti-Communism, Patrick Peyton, CSC and the CIA’, Journal of Church and
State, Vol. 45, No. 3, 2003, pp. 535–58
Gundle, Stephen, ‘Hollywood Glamour and Mass Consumption in Postwar Italy’, Journal of
Cold War Studies, Vol. 4, No. 3, Summer 2002, pp. 95–118
Haefele, Mark, ‘John F. Kennedy, USIA and World Opinion’, Diplomatic History, Vol. 25, No. 1,
Winter 2001, pp. 63–84
Hall, Jeanne, ‘The Benefits of Hindsight: Re-visions of HUAC and the Film and Television
Industries in The Front and Guilty by Suspicion’, Film Quarterly, Vol. 54, No. 2, 2001, pp. 15–26
Hanke, H., ‘Media Culture in the GDR: Characteristics, Processes, and Problems’, Media,
Culture and Society, Vol. 12, No. 2, 1990, pp. 175–93
Haynes, John Earl and Harvey Klehr, ‘The Historiography of American Communism: An
Unsettled Field’, Labor History Review, Vol. 68, No. 1, April 2003, pp. 61–78
Hemsing, Albert, ‘The Marshall Plan’s European Film Unit 1948–1955: A Memoir
and Filmography’, Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television, Vol. 14, No. 3, 1994,
pp. 269–97
Hsin, Honor, interview with Jack Valenti, Haward International Review, Vol. 24, No. 2, Summer
2002, pp. 78–80
Johnson, Glen M., ‘Sharper than an Irish Serpent’s Tooth: Leo McCarey’s My Son John,’ Journal
of Popular Film and Television, Vol. 8, No. 1, 1980, pp. 44–9
Johnston, Eric, ‘Messengers from a Free Country’, Saturday Review of Literature, Vol. 33, 4 March
1950, pp. 9–12
Klein, Michael and Peter Wiesner, ‘A Filmography of Oppositional Politics and Culture in the
Vietnam Era, 1963–1974’, Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television, Vol. 11, No. 1, 1991,
pp. 59–72
Kramer, Mark (ed.), ‘The Collapse of the Soviet Union’, Parts l and 2, Journal of Cold War Studies,
Vol. 5, No. 1, Winter 2003, and Vol. 5, No. 4, Fall 2004
Kramer, Mark, ‘The Collapse of East European Communism and the Repercusions within the
Soviet Union’, Parts 1, 2 and 3, Journal of Cold War Studies, Vol. 5, No. 4, Fall 2004, Vol. 6, No.
4, Fall 2004, and Vol. 7, No. 1, Winter 2005
Laville, Helen, ‘ “Our Country Endangered by Underwear”: Fashion, Femininity, and the
Seduction Narrative in Ninotchka and Silk Stockings’, Diplomatic History, Vol. 30, No. 4,
September 2006, pp. 623–44
Layton, Azza Salama, ‘International Pressure and the US Government’s Response to Little
Rock’, Arkansas Historical Quarterly, Vol. 56, No. 3, Autumn 1997, pp. 257–72
Leab, Daniel J., ‘How Red was My Valley: Hollywood, the Cold War Film, and I Married A
Communist’, Journal of Contemporary History, Vol. 19, 1984, pp. 59–88
Leab, Daniel J., ‘The Iron Curtain (1948): Hollywood’s First Cold War Movie’, Historical Journal of
Film, Radio and Television, Vol. 8, No. 2, 1988, pp. 153–88
Leab, Daniel J., ‘The American Government and the Filming of Animal Farm in the 1950s’,
Media History, Vol. 12, No. 2, 2006, pp. 133–55
330 Hollywood’s Cold War
Leffler, Melvyn P., ‘9/11 and American Foreign Policy’, Diplomatic History, Vol. 29, No. 3, June
2005, pp. 395–413
Lucas, Scott W., ‘Campaigns of Truth: The Psychological Strategy Board and American
Ideology, 1951–1953’, International History Review, Vol. 18, No. 2, May 1996, pp. 279–302
MacDonald, Fred J., ‘The Cold War as Entertainment in Fifties Television’, Journal of Popular
Film and Television, Vol. 7, No. 1, 1998, pp. 3–31
Mayer, Gerald M., ‘American Motion Pictures in World Trade’, Annals of the American Academy
of Political and Social Sciences, Vol. 254, November 1947, pp. 31–6.
Mayhew, Robert, ‘The Making of Song of Russia’, Film History, Vol. 16, No. 4, 2004, pp. 334–57
McCrillis, Neal R., ‘ “Simply Try for One Hour to Behave Like Gentlemen”: British Cinema
during the Early Cold War, 1945–1960’, Film and History, Vol. 31, No. 2, 2001, pp. 6–12
Mechling, Elizabeth Walker and Jay Mechling, ‘The Atom According to Disney’, Quarterly
Journal of Speech, Vol. 81, 1995, pp. 436–53
Miller, James E., ‘Taking Off the Gloves: The United States and the Italian Elections of 1948’,
Diplomatic History, Vol. 7, No. 1, Winter 1983, pp. 35–56
Mindich, Jeremy, ‘Re-reading Ninotchka: A Misread Commentary on Social and Economic
Systems’, Film and History, Vol. 20, No. 1, February 1990, pp. 16–24
Murphy, Brian, ‘Monster Movies: They Came from Beneath the Fifties’, Journal of Popular Film,
Vol. 1, No. 1, Winter 1972, pp. 31–44
Nelson, Michael, ‘Ol’ Red, White, and Blue Eyes: Frank Sinatra and the American Presidency’,
Popular Music and Society, Vol. 24, No. 4, 2000, pp. 79–102
Noakes, John A., ‘Bankers and Common Men in Bedford Falls: How the FBI Determined that
It’s a Wonderful Life was a Subversive Movie’, Film History, Vol. 10, No. 3, 1998, pp. 311–19
Pechatnov, V., ‘Exercise in Frustration: Soviet Foreign Propaganda in the Early Cold War,
1945–47’, Cold War History, Vol. 1, No. 2, January 2001, pp. 1–27
Pittaway, Mark, ‘A Home Front in the Cold War: Hungary, 1948–1989’,
www.history.azc.uk/ihr/cold/articles/pittaway. html (9 May 2006)
Sarantakes, Nicholas Evan, ‘Cold War Pop Culture and the Image of US Foreign Policy: The
Perspective of the Original Star Trek Series’, Journal of Cold War Studies, Vol. 7, No. 4, Fall
2005, pp. 74–103
Sbardellati, John and Tony Shaw, ‘Booting a Tramp: Charlie Chaplin, the FBI and the
Construction of the Subversive Image in Red Scare America’, Pacific Historical Review, Vol. 72,
No. 4, November 2003, pp. 495–530
Schein, Harry, ‘The Olympian Cowboy’, American Scholar, Vol. 24, No. 3, 1955, pp. 309–20
Schwenk, Melinda, ‘Reforming the Negative through History: The US Information Agency and
the 1957 Little Rock Integration Crisis’, Journal of Communication Inquiry, Vol. 23, No. 3, July
1999, pp. 288–306
Shain, Russell E., ‘Hollywood’s Cold War’, Journal of Popular Film, Vol. 3, No. 4, 1974,
pp. 334–50, 365–72
Shaw, Tony, ‘From Liverpool to Russia, With Love: A Letter to Brezhnev and Cold War Cinematic
Dissent in 1980s Britain’, Contemporary British History, Vol. 19, No. 2, June 2005, pp. 243–62
Shaw, Tony, ‘The BBC, the State and Cold War Culture: The Case of Television’s The War Game
(1965)’, English Historical Review, Vol. 121, No. 494, December 2006, pp. 1351–84
Short, K. R. M., ‘The March of Time, Time Inc. and the Berlin Blockade 1948–1949: Selling
Americans on the “New” Democratic Germany’, Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television,
Vol. 13, No. 4, 1993, pp. 451–68
Skinner, James M., ‘Cliché and Convention in Hollywood’s Cold War Anti-Communist Films’,
North Dakota Quarterly, Summer 1978, pp. 35–40
Bibliography 331
Slotkin, Richard, ‘The Continuity of Forms: Myth and Genre in Warner Brothers’ The Charge of
the Light Brigade’, Representations, Winter 1990, pp. 1–23
Soldovieri, Stefan, ‘Socialists in Outer Space: East German Film’s Venusian Adventure’, Film
History, Vol. 10, No. 3, 1998, pp. 382–98
Swann, Paul, ‘The Little State Department: Hollywood and the State Department in the
Postwar World’, American Studies International, Vol. 29, No. 1, April 1991, pp. 2–19
Walsh, Francis R., ‘The Films We Never Saw: American Movies View Organized Labor,
1934–1954’, Labor History, Vol. 27, Fall 1986, pp. 564–80
Wanger, Walter F., ‘Donald Duck and Diplomacy’, Public Opinion Quarterly, Vol. 14, No. 3, 1950,
pp. 443–52
Young, Charles S., ‘Missing Action: POW Films, Brainwashing, and the Korean War,
1954–1968’, Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television, Vol. 18, No. 1, 1998, pp. 49–74
DVDS
Hearts and Minds (1974), Metrodome MTD5206 (2005)
Red Heat (1988), Momentum Pictures MP024D (2001)
Film Index
Abrams, Elliott, 284 Barrett, James Lee, 154, 213, 214, 215
Acheson, Dean, 86 Baruch, Donald, 201–2, 212–15
Adams, Eddie, 245 Baryshnikov, Mikhail, 9–10, 288
Adenauer, Konrad, 125 Batchelor, Joy, 76–82
Adler, Renata, 221, 223 Bates, Harry, 140
Advertising Council, 32 Batjac Productions, 211, 212, 214–16, 218–19, 222,
Afghanistan, 270, 276, 306 225
African-Americans, 9–10, 167–98, 232n79, 290–1 Bauchens, Anne, 118
Agnew, Spiro, 240 Baxter, Anne, 117
Air Force, 28, 202, 208, 220, 225 Bay, Michael, 306
‘Al Qaeda’, 305 Bay of Pigs (1961), 183
Albert, Eddie, 86 BBS, 239, 242–3
Aldrich, Robert, 50, 252 Beatty, Warren, 237, 243, 260
Aleksandrov, Grigori, 172 Beckley, Paul V., 157
Alland, William, 139 Begelman, David, 242
Allende, Salvatore, 261 Behn, Noel, 250
Allilueva, Svetlana, 34 Behrman, S. N., 16
Alsop, Carleton, 75–6 Belushi, James, 288, 292
American Broadcasting Company (ABC), 33 Bennett, Wallace F., 157
American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU), 243, 259 Bergen, Candice, 243
American Committee for Cultural Freedom (ACCF), 84, Berghof, Herbert, 103
87, 88 Berlin, 1, 11, 16, 25, 27, 34, 49, 60, 94, 109, 125, 151, 157,
American Film Institute (AFI), 178 179, 180, 200, 202, 269
American Legion, 42, 43, 47, 63, 205, 243, 247 Bernstein, Carl, 252, 254
Americanisation, 91, 168–9, 304–5 Bernstein, Elmer, 121
Anderson, Donna, 154, 155 Bertolucci, Bernardo, 238
Anderson, Marian, 181 Biberman, Herbert, 146
Anderson, Michael, 87, 92 Bidault, George, 243
Anderson, Robert, 156 bin Laden, Osama, 306
Andrews, Dana, 199 Black Panthers, 239
animation, 75–85, 126, 138 Black September, 249
Anti-Defamation League, 63 Blair, Sonia, 75–6, 79, 86, 92, 93
Anti-Nazi League, 45 Blauner, Stephen, 239
Applebaum, Louis, 57 Blaustein, Julian, 140, 147, 159, 160
Apted, Michael, 286 Blue, James, 177, 179, 181, 190
Armstrong, Louis, 173 Bogdanovich, Peter, 239
Army, 28, 64, 109, 141, 173, 201, 211–16, 221, 246, 250, Bohlen, Charles, 32
290 Bolshevik Revolution (1917), 1, 13, 14, 15, 18, 105
Arnold, Jack, 139 Bond, Ward, 203–4, 237
Ashby, Hal, 234 Bono, 280
Associated Films, 175 Boothe, Powers, 273
Astaire, Fred, 29–32, 154 Borgnine, Ernest, 146
Atomic Energy Commission, 152 Borsage, Frank, 15
Atomic Scientists’ Movement, 141 Bortnyik, Alexander, 76
atomic weapons/energy, 3, 5, 25, 50, 54, 56, 60, 89, 103, Bouchey, Willis, 103
112, 136–44, 151–8, 171, 201, 202, 225, 226, 235, Boyd, Malcolm, 124
238, 244, 250, 268, 270, 272, 273, 275, 277, 287, Boyle, Peter, 280
293–4, 301, 305 Brackett, Charles, 17, 21
audience figures in the US, 66n7, 238 Bradbury, Malcolm, 73
Auster, Albert, 50 Bradbury, Ray, 139
Australia, 88, 152, 153, 156 Bragg, Billy, 280
Austria, 16, 27, 28, 169, 288 brainwashing, 10, 49, 85, 89, 91, 110–12, 203, 210, 252,
271
Bacon, Lloyd, 14, 147, 201, 267 Brando, Marlon, 109, 238
Balaban, Barney, 108, 116 Brandt, Willy, 125
Balaban, Burt, 139 Brecht, Bertolt, 15
Baldwin, Alec, 294 Breen, Joseph, 12, 17, 58, 112
Ballard, Carroll, 178 Bressart, Felix, 21
Barnes, Tracy, 80, 203 Brewer, Roy, 46, 295n6
336 Hollywood’s Cold War
Motion Picture Industry Council, 115, 150 Pakistan, 126, 170, 179
Motion Picture Producers and Distributors of America Pakula, Alan J., 252, 260
(MPPDA), 12, 46 Palestine Liberation Organisation, 249
Motion Picture Producers’ Association, 46 Palmer, A. Mitchell, 13
Moyer, Roy, 118 Pan, Hermes, 29
Moyers, Bill, 212 Panama, 208, 293
Muhammad, Elijah, 179 Panama, Norman, 145, 152, 244
Mundt, Karl, 63 Paramount, 12, 16, 17, 27, 44, 57, 108, 114, 116, 117, 122,
Munn, Michael, 207 123, 125, 171, 209, 237, 253, 259, 269
Muppets, the, 285 Paramount Decree (1948), 236
Murphy, Audie, 209 Parsons, Louella, 207
Murphy, Brian, 138 Pathé, 174
Murphy, Eddie, 287 Pattillo, Melba, 188, 189
Murphy, Emmett, 56 Pauling, Linus, 157
Murphy, George, 58, 59 Paxton, John, 154
Murrow, Edward R., 174, 176, 177, 180, 182 Payne, John, 145
Mutual Broadcasting System, 174 Pearce, Richard, 240–1, 244
Pearson, Drew, 149
Nadel, Alan, 121 Peck, Gregory, 109, 153, 200
Nagasaki, 138 Peckinpah, Sam, 282
NASA, 179 Penn, Arthur, 236
National Association of Theatre Owners, 306 Pennemaker, D. A., 241
National Broadcasting Company (NBC), 86–7, 88, 245, Pentagon see Defence Department
288 The Pentagon Papers, 239–40
National Committee for Free Europe (NCFE), 49, 85, ‘People’s Capitalism’, 32
115 Perkins, Anthony, 153, 155
National Legion of Decency, 46, 47, 112, 149, 153 Peru, 279
National Security Council (NSC), 3, 24, 75, 277, 283 Peters, Susan, 24
National Student Association, 250 Peyton, Father Patrick, 108
Navy, 54, 57, 75, 146, 154, 201, 204, 225, 244, 246, 293 Philbrick, Herbert, 58
Nazism, 17, 19, 22, 23, 27, 45, 51, 52, 54, 61, 76, 91, 103, Philippines, 209
121, 169, 200, 202, 272 Phillips, Burrill, 185
Neal, Patricia, 141 Phoenix Corporation, 147
Nelson, Ralph, 181 Physicians for Social Responsibility, 140
Neufield, Mace, 294 Pichel, Irving, 110
Neumann, Kurt, 112 Picker, Arnold, 178
New Zealand, 158, 169 Pickford, Mary, 147
Newell, Mike, 200 Pierce, Robert, 186–7, 192
newsreels, 54, 175, 201, 241 Pike, Otis, 254
Ngo Dinh Diem, 209 Poe, G. Tom, 158
Niblo, Fred, 14 Poindexter, John, 283
Nicaragua, 271–3, 277–85 Poitier, Sidney, 178
Nichols, Louis, 53, 54, 56, 57 Poland, 22, 57, 86, 105, 203, 272
Nimitz, Admiral Chester, 115 Polanski, Roman, 238
Nixon, Richard, 58, 63, 200, 207, 237, 238, 239, 244, 250, Poledouris, Basil, 272
254, 270, 303 Pollack, Sydney, 236, 252–5, 260
Noerdlinger, Henry S., 116 Pollock, Tom, 279
Nolan Lloyd, 55 Polonsky, Abraham, 137
Nolte, Nick, 287 Pope Gregory V, 126
Noriega, Manuel, 293 Pope John Paul II, 105
Norris, Chuck, 199 Pope Pius XII, 125, 155
North, Edmund H., 140–1 Porgy and Bess (opera), 9, 172
North, Oliver, 283, 284 Porter, Cole, 29
North Atlantic Treaty Organisation (NATO), 76, 86, 270, Potter, H. C., 145
271, 272 Powell, Addison, 257
Nyby, Christian, 137 Power, Tyrone, 26, 58, 249
Pressman, Edward R., 279, 281, 284
O’Brien, Edmond, 88, 90, 92 Production Code Administration (PCA), 12–13, 17, 29,
O’Brien, Lorenzo, 279 58, 112, 141, 142, 152, 153, 236, 303
O’Brien, Pat, 201 Protestantism, 106, 110, 114, 118
Odets, Clifford, 146 Psychological Strategy Board (PSB), 79–80, 94
Office of Civil Defence Management (OCDM), 156
Office of Policy Coordination (OPC), 75–80 Quart, Leonard, 50
Office of Strategic Services (OSS), 24, 54, 203 Quigley, Martin, 46, 63, 125
Office of War Information (OWI), 23, 24, 48, 65, 107
O’Hara, Maureen, 204 Rackmail, Milton, 108
Olympic Games, 275 Radio Free Europe, 106, 115
Open Road Films, 139 Radio Liberty, 106
Operations Coordinating Board (OCB), 107 Radio Marti, 268
Oppenheimer, Robert, 151, 163n45 Rafelson, Bob, 239, 242
Orman, John, 274 Rainbow Pictures, 243
O’Ross, Ed, 288 Ramirez, Sergio, 279
Ortega, Daniel, 279 Rand, Ayn, 46, 103
Orwell, George, 72–94, 254 Rand Corporation, 158
Rathvon, Peter, 46, 87, 88, 90, 92, 175
Paige, Janis, 31 Ratoff, Gregory, 23–4
Film Index 341